CA2818071A1 - Modified cyclodextrin ring compounds having exactly two hydroxyl moieties substituted with an amino acid for therapeutics delivery - Google Patents
Modified cyclodextrin ring compounds having exactly two hydroxyl moieties substituted with an amino acid for therapeutics delivery Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2818071A1 CA2818071A1 CA2818071A CA2818071A CA2818071A1 CA 2818071 A1 CA2818071 A1 CA 2818071A1 CA 2818071 A CA2818071 A CA 2818071A CA 2818071 A CA2818071 A CA 2818071A CA 2818071 A1 CA2818071 A1 CA 2818071A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- amino acid
- cyclodextrin
- compound
- polymer
- cpt
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical group O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 239
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 title claims description 53
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 title claims description 33
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 title abstract description 165
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 185
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 153
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 112
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims description 76
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 51
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 17
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 17
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 16
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N beta-cyclodextrin Chemical compound OC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1CO WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 claims 14
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 14
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 claims 8
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 claims 5
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 claims 5
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 claims 5
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- 150000001370 alpha-amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims 5
- 235000009697 arginine Nutrition 0.000 claims 5
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims 5
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- 235000014304 histidine Nutrition 0.000 claims 5
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 claims 5
- 239000001116 FEMA 4028 Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 235000011175 beta-cyclodextrine Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 229960004853 betadex Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 abstract description 351
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 abstract description 84
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 71
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 71
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 abstract description 63
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 55
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 abstract description 54
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 abstract description 52
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 abstract description 19
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 15
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 abstract description 14
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 abstract description 13
- 239000012867 bioactive agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 11
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 abstract description 10
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 abstract description 5
- 229940127093 camptothecin Drugs 0.000 description 188
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 186
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 153
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 109
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 100
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 71
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 66
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 62
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 59
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 58
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 57
- -1 intermolecularly)) Chemical class 0.000 description 54
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 53
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 50
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 46
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 45
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 39
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 36
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 36
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 34
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 33
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 32
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 31
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 31
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 31
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 31
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 25
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 25
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 24
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 23
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 23
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 23
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 21
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 20
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 19
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 19
- 238000006065 biodegradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 18
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 18
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 18
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 17
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 16
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 229940014144 folate Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 15
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 14
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 14
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 14
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 13
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 12
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 12
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N camptothecin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 12
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-camptothecin Natural products C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)C5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 12
- KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Camptothecin Natural products CCC1(O)C(=O)OCC2=C1C=C3C4Nc5ccccc5C=C4CN3C2=O KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 11
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 11
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium carbonate Substances [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 11
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 10
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 10
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 10
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 9
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229960004768 irinotecan Drugs 0.000 description 9
- GURKHSYORGJETM-WAQYZQTGSA-N irinotecan hydrochloride (anhydrous) Chemical compound Cl.C1=C2C(CC)=C3CN(C(C4=C([C@@](C(=O)OC4)(O)CC)C=4)=O)C=4C3=NC2=CC=C1OC(=O)N(CC1)CCC1N1CCCCC1 GURKHSYORGJETM-WAQYZQTGSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 9
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 8
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 8
- XKUKSGPZAADMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-glycyl-glycine Chemical compound NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(O)=O XKUKSGPZAADMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 8
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 7
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 7
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 7
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 7
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 6
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 6
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 6
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium bicarbonate Chemical compound [NH4+].OC([O-])=O ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910000013 Ammonium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical group OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 5
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 5
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 235000012538 ammonium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000001099 ammonium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 5
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 5
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009969 flowable effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108010067216 glycyl-glycyl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007142 ring opening reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 4
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 4
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 241001415846 Procellariidae Species 0.000 description 4
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000001961 anticonvulsive agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 4
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001724 microfibril Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 4
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 4
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 4
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- VRPJIFMKZZEXLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(O)=O VRPJIFMKZZEXLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GHONIQQBOSTHSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[[2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]acetyl]amino]acetyl]amino]acetic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(O)=O GHONIQQBOSTHSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GNSFRPWPOGYVLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCCO GNSFRPWPOGYVLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OTFAWEIFBPUXOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-chlorosulfonylphenyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)Cl)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 OTFAWEIFBPUXOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100033639 Acetylcholinesterase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010022752 Acetylcholinesterase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004225 Cathepsin B Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000712 Cathepsin B Proteins 0.000 description 3
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940022698 acetylcholinesterase Drugs 0.000 description 3
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 230000003288 anthiarrhythmic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940030600 antihypertensive agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003560 cancer drug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940052303 ethers for general anesthesia Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000578 graft copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000743 hydrocarbylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 238000002414 normal-phase solid-phase extraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphinate Chemical compound [O-][PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000447 polyanionic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008057 potassium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000932 sedative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940125723 sedative agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- RPENMORRBUTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;1-hydroxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].ON1C(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C1=O RPENMORRBUTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000005563 spheronization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XSOHXMFFSKTSIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-adamantylmethanamine Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC2CC1(CN)C3 XSOHXMFFSKTSIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yldiazenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-VAWYXSNFSA-N AIBN Substances N#CC(C)(C)\N=N\C(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 101710141544 Allatotropin-related peptide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001612 Hydroxyethyl starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N L-cystine Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CSSC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000000134 MTT assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000002 MTT assay Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CYTYCFOTNPOANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Perchloroethylene Chemical group ClC(Cl)=C(Cl)Cl CYTYCFOTNPOANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propyl gallate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007605 air drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- DKNWSYNQZKUICI-UHFFFAOYSA-N amantadine Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC2CC1(N)C3 DKNWSYNQZKUICI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005576 amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960003942 amphotericin b Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940035674 anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001466 anti-adreneric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001078 anti-cholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003556 anti-epileptic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001022 anti-muscarinic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003416 antiarrhythmic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940125681 anticonvulsant agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940005513 antidepressants Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960003965 antiepileptics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000164 antipsychotic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002249 anxiolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000949 anxiolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940005530 anxiolytics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010560 atom transfer radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000718 cholinopositive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001143 conditioned effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930182912 cyclosporin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteamine Chemical compound NCCS UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002433 cysteine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960003067 cystine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007857 degradation product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004945 emulsification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- JBKVHLHDHHXQEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N epsilon-caprolactam Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCN1 JBKVHLHDHHXQEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003885 eye ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000370 gamma-poly(glutamate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940050526 hydroxyethylstarch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003326 hypnotic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000147 hypnotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002083 iodinating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000831 ionic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960003151 mercaptamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052987 metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004681 metal hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000472 muscarinic agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003149 muscarinic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003176 neuroleptic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002698 neuron blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl Chemical group [P]=O LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002643 polyglutamic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000580 polymer-drug conjugate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940083542 sodium Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium periodate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]I(=O)(=O)=O JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000002195 soluble material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimide Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1 KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229950011008 tetrachloroethylene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- CWERGRDVMFNCDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioglycolic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CS CWERGRDVMFNCDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001889 triflyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-carboxy-2-sulfanylethyl)azanium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.Cl.SCC(N)C(O)=O QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXYPGCIGRDZWNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[[3-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-3-oxopropyl]disulfanyl]propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O FXYPGCIGRDZWNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXMISKNUHHOXFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O YXMISKNUHHOXFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWKDAHOFRVIONA-UWVGGRQHSA-N (2R)-2-amino-3-[[(2R)-2-[bis[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]amino]-2-carboxyethyl]disulfanyl]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)[C@H](C(O)=O)CSSC[C@H](N)C(O)=O UWKDAHOFRVIONA-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N (2s)-2-[[2-benzyl-3-[hydroxy-[(1r)-2-phenyl-1-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)ethyl]phosphoryl]propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)O)C(=O)C(CP(O)(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJCKUSBFFMLBQG-IBGZPJMESA-N (2s)-6-amino-2-[bis(phenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COC(=O)N([C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 IJCKUSBFFMLBQG-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N (R)-alpha-Tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N (S)-chloroquine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2C(N[C@@H](C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 1
- SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)Cl SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940058015 1,3-butylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 1-[(3s,4s)-4-[8-(2-chloro-4-pyrimidin-2-yloxyphenyl)-7-fluoro-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-1-yl]-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl]-2-hydroxyethanone Chemical compound CC1=NC2=CN=C3C=C(F)C(C=4C(=CC(OC=5N=CC=CN=5)=CC=4)Cl)=CC3=C2N1[C@H]1CCN(C(=O)CO)C[C@@H]1F WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 1-[6-[2-[3-[3-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-[2-[[(2r)-1-[[2-[[(2r)-1-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-(2-amino-2-oxoethoxy)acetyl]amino]propoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propylamino]-3-hydroxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-2-oxoethyl]amino]-3-[(2r)-2,3-di(hexadecanoyloxy)propyl]sulfanyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl Chemical compound O=C1C(SCCC(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CO)C(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(N)=O)CC(=O)N1CCNC(=O)CCCCCN\1C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2CC/1=C/C=C/C=C/C1=[N+](CC)C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C1 UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HNAGHMKIPMKKBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzylpyrrolidine-3-carboxamide Chemical compound C1C(C(=O)N)CCN1CC1=CC=CC=C1 HNAGHMKIPMKKBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCS(O)(=O)=O LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DVVGIUUJYPYENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpyridin-2-one Chemical compound CN1C=CC=CC1=O DVVGIUUJYPYENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGHHQBMTXTWTJV-BQAIUKQQSA-N 119413-54-6 Chemical compound Cl.C1=C(O)C(CN(C)C)=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 DGHHQBMTXTWTJV-BQAIUKQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XQQZRZQVBFHBHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 12-crown-4 Chemical compound C1COCCOCCOCCO1 XQQZRZQVBFHBHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VFTFKUDGYRBSAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 15-crown-5 Chemical compound C1COCCOCCOCCOCCO1 VFTFKUDGYRBSAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 18-crown-6 Chemical compound C1COCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO1 XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-bis(butanoylsulfanyl)propyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(SC(=O)CCC)CSC(=O)CCC NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- RAZLJUXJEOEYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[bis[2-(2,6-dioxomorpholin-4-yl)ethyl]azaniumyl]acetate Chemical compound C1C(=O)OC(=O)CN1CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN1CC(=O)OC(=O)C1 RAZLJUXJEOEYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YSUIQYOGTINQIN-UZFYAQMZSA-N 2-amino-9-[(1S,6R,8R,9S,10R,15R,17R,18R)-8-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-9,18-difluoro-3,12-dihydroxy-3,12-bis(sulfanylidene)-2,4,7,11,13,16-hexaoxa-3lambda5,12lambda5-diphosphatricyclo[13.2.1.06,10]octadecan-17-yl]-1H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC2=C(N=CN2[C@@H]2O[C@@H]3COP(S)(=O)O[C@@H]4[C@@H](COP(S)(=O)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]3F)O[C@H]([C@H]4F)N2C=NC3=C2N=CN=C3N)C(=O)N1 YSUIQYOGTINQIN-UZFYAQMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLGYVWRJIZPQMM-HHHXNRCGSA-N 2-azaniumylethyl [(2r)-2,3-di(dodecanoyloxy)propyl] phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OCCN)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC ZLGYVWRJIZPQMM-HHHXNRCGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=COC=C21 UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJVRPNIWWODHHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyanoprop-2-enoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C(=C)C#N IJVRPNIWWODHHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUFVJZSDSXXFOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2.2.2-cryptand Chemical compound C1COCCOCCN2CCOCCOCCN1CCOCCOCC2 AUFVJZSDSXXFOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POLIXZIAIMAECK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-(2,6-dioxomorpholin-4-yl)ethyl]morpholine-2,6-dione Chemical compound C1C(=O)OC(=O)CN1CCN1CC(=O)OC(=O)C1 POLIXZIAIMAECK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJJWOSAXNHWBPR-HUBLWGQQSA-N 5-[(3as,4s,6ar)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]-n-(6-hydrazinyl-6-oxohexyl)pentanamide Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)NCCCCCC(=O)NN)SC[C@@H]21 IJJWOSAXNHWBPR-HUBLWGQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N Amphotericin-B Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1C=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=C[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000252073 Anguilliformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000003276 Apios tuberosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010777 Arachis hypogaea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010744 Arachis villosulicarpa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940078581 Bone resorption inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQXUPNKLZNSUMC-YUQWMIPFSA-N CCN(CCCCCOCC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1C[C@H](O)C[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C)c1ccc(cc1)-c1scnc1C)C(C)(C)C)CCOc1ccc(cc1)C(=O)c1c(sc2cc(O)ccc12)-c1ccc(O)cc1 Chemical compound CCN(CCCCCOCC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1C[C@H](O)C[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C)c1ccc(cc1)-c1scnc1C)C(C)(C)C)CCOc1ccc(cc1)C(=O)c1c(sc2cc(O)ccc12)-c1ccc(O)cc1 BQXUPNKLZNSUMC-YUQWMIPFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127291 Calcium channel antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010052360 Colorectal adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010036941 Cyclosporins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005927 Cysteine Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010005843 Cysteine Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N DMF Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)O1 GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000206672 Gelidium Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000012766 Growth delay Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001202 Inulin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011786 L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004201 L-cysteine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013878 L-cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L L-tartrate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pteroyl-L-glutaminsaeure Natural products C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000007817 Olea europaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium on carbon Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001218 Pullulan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000004443 Ricinus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000018199 S phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001963 Synthetic biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical compound C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002494 Zein Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000230 acceptable toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940022663 acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005042 acyloxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PAWBEUGPROLMBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane;ethanol Chemical compound CCO.C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 PAWBEUGPROLMBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000674 adrenergic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HAXFWIACAGNFHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N aldrithiol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1SSC1=CC=CC=N1 HAXFWIACAGNFHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930013930 alkaloid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000003797 alkaloid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005865 alkene metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940087168 alpha tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001371 alpha-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010640 amide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005021 aminoalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005014 aminoalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N amphotericin B Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002269 analeptic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000578 anorexic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001857 anti-mycotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000118 anti-neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001139 anti-pruritic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001754 anti-pyretic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002921 anti-spasmodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000924 antiasthmatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005475 antiinfective agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002543 antimycotic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002579 antinauseant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003908 antipruritic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002221 antipyretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125716 antipyretic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124575 antispasmodic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001204 arachidyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005228 aryl sulfonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010385 ascorbyl palmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-L aspartate group Chemical class N[C@@H](CC(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-] CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-L 0.000 description 1
- XRWSZZJLZRKHHD-WVWIJVSJSA-N asunaprevir Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1C[C@H](CN1C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)OC1=NC=C(C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C21)OC)N[C@]1(C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2CC2)C[C@H]1C=C XRWSZZJLZRKHHD-WVWIJVSJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidin-2-one Chemical class O=C1CCN1 MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N azide group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[N-] IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002469 basement membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002511 behenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002903 benzyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125388 beta agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002876 beta blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097320 beta blocking agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003851 biochemical process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005842 biochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OWMAHJUZSNNASJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[2-(1-adamantyl)ethyl] hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC(C3)CC2CC13CCOP(=O)(O)OCCC1(C2)CC(C3)CC2CC3C1 OWMAHJUZSNNASJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004820 blood count Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002617 bone density conservation agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008468 bone growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OBNCKNCVKJNDBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N butanoic acid ethyl ester Natural products CCCC(=O)OCC OBNCKNCVKJNDBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000480 calcium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L calcium glucoheptonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- VTJUKNSKBAOEHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N calixarene Chemical class COC(=O)COC1=C(CC=2C(=C(CC=3C(=C(C4)C=C(C=3)C(C)(C)C)OCC(=O)OC)C=C(C=2)C(C)(C)C)OCC(=O)OC)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1CC1=C(OCC(=O)OC)C4=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 VTJUKNSKBAOEHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- WRWHFVRDUAQRIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonothioic O,O-acid Chemical compound OC(O)=S WRWHFVRDUAQRIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012754 cardiac puncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052729 chemical element Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002975 chemoattractant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000005827 chlorofluoro hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003677 chloroquine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroquine Natural products ClC1=CC=C2C(NC(C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C[CH]OC2=C1 QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000112 colonic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125810 compound 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126208 compound 22 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125961 compound 24 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000748 compression moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003433 contraceptive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002254 contraceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940037530 cough and cold preparations Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JMZZXKLQQWGKQV-QFIPXVFZSA-N cpt-gly Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(OC(=O)CN)CC)C4=NC2=C1 JMZZXKLQQWGKQV-QFIPXVFZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000913 crospovidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006037 cross link polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001767 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002739 cryptand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004956 cyclohexylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960001305 cysteine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003493 decenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000850 decongestant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124581 decongestants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010061428 decreased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZICQBHNGXDOVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diamantane Chemical compound C1C2C3CC(C4)CC2C2C4C3CC1C2 ZICQBHNGXDOVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001990 dicarboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NDIDJCLVDWFMDV-UHFFFAOYSA-M dichlorophosphinate;1-methylpyridin-1-ium Chemical compound [O-]P(Cl)(Cl)=O.C[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 NDIDJCLVDWFMDV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SNVCRNWSNUUGEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorophosphoryloxymethane Chemical compound COP(Cl)(Cl)=O SNVCRNWSNUUGEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002228 disulfide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030606 diuretics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N divinyl sulfone Chemical group C=CS(=O)(=O)C=C AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036267 drug metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008406 drug-drug interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dysprosium atom Chemical compound [Dy] KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005430 electron energy loss spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007336 electrophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000132 electrospray ionisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093499 ethyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000105 evaporative light scattering detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012356 eye drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoromethane Chemical compound FC NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000304 folic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N furazan Chemical compound C=1C=NON=1 JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010749 gastric carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002989 glutamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002306 glutamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002310 glutaric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003827 glycol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010559 graft polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N gtpl8555 Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](B1O[C@@]2(C)[C@H]3C[C@H](C3(C)C)C[C@H]2O1)CCC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000755 henicosyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000140 heteropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexanoate Chemical compound CCCCCC([O-])=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001861 immunosuppressant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125721 immunosuppressive agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- JYJIGFIDKWBXDU-MNNPPOADSA-N inulin Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)OC[C@]1(OC[C@]2(OC[C@]3(OC[C@]4(OC[C@]5(OC[C@]6(OC[C@]7(OC[C@]8(OC[C@]9(OC[C@]%10(OC[C@]%11(OC[C@]%12(OC[C@]%13(OC[C@]%14(OC[C@]%15(OC[C@]%16(OC[C@]%17(OC[C@]%18(OC[C@]%19(OC[C@]%20(OC[C@]%21(OC[C@]%22(OC[C@]%23(OC[C@]%24(OC[C@]%25(OC[C@]%26(OC[C@]%27(OC[C@]%28(OC[C@]%29(OC[C@]%30(OC[C@]%31(OC[C@]%32(OC[C@]%33(OC[C@]%34(OC[C@]%35(OC[C@]%36(O[C@@H]%37[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%37)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%36)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%35)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%34)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%33)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%32)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%31)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%30)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%29)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%28)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%27)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%26)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%25)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%24)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%23)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%22)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%21)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%20)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%19)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%18)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%17)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%16)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%15)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%14)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%13)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%12)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%11)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%10)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O9)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O8)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O7)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O6)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O5)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 JYJIGFIDKWBXDU-MNNPPOADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029339 inulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026045 iodination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006192 iodination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005040 ion trap Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000644 isotonic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002561 ketenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-M lactobionate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N lichenxanthone Natural products COC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C3=C(C)C=C(OC)C=C3OC2=C1 QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002463 lignoceryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003580 lung surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940066294 lung surfactant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002960 margaryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacrylamide Chemical compound CC(=C)C(N)=O FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanethioic s-acid Chemical compound SC=O AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940029985 mineral supplement Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020786 mineral supplement Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012046 mixed solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N monoethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(O)=O CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036457 multidrug resistance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940035363 muscle relaxants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003158 myorelaxant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N n'-amino-n-iminomethanimidamide Chemical compound N\N=C\N=N VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ninhydrin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(O)(O)C(=O)C2=C1 FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000001196 nonadecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005151 nonafluorobutanesulfonyl group Chemical group FC(C(C(S(=O)(=O)*)(F)F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)F 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005187 nonenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000474 nursing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005064 octadecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002969 oleic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000021313 oleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005580 one pot reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008058 pain sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010603 pastilles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002958 pentadecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940021222 peritoneal dialysis isotonic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008191 permeabilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenoxathiine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001308 poly(aminoacid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002627 poly(phosphazenes) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010064470 polyaspartate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002851 polycationic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006068 polycondensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013809 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000523 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000473 propyl gallate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010388 propyl gallate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075579 propyl gallate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000001514 prostate carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003368 psychostimulant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019423 pullulan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001698 pyrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004040 pyrrolidinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002534 radiation-sensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005604 random copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N renifolin D Natural products CC(=C)[C@@H]1Cc2c(O)c(O)ccc2[C@H]1CC(=O)c3ccc(O)cc3O BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010242 retro-orbital bleeding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004626 scanning electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bisulfate Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])(=O)=O WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000342 sodium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940100996 sodium bisulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003206 sterilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000021 stimulant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000000498 stomach carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L suberate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCCCC([O-])=O TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000003443 succinic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002317 succinimide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical class ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008053 sultones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052713 technetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N technetium atom Chemical compound [Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005063 tetradecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CCSC1 RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N thianthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioacetate Chemical compound CC([S-])=O DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 1
- 150000003566 thiocarboxylic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000005919 time-dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N tocofersolan Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000984 tocofersolan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M toluene-4-sulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000303 topotecan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007070 tosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000167 toxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000816 toxic dose Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002110 toxicologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000723 toxicological property Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003204 tranquilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002936 tranquilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004102 tricarboxylic acid cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002469 tricosyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005040 tridecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002889 tridecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000013024 troubleshooting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005065 undecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002948 undecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940070710 valerate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124549 vasodilator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019871 vegetable fat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000834 vinyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004260 weight control Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005019 zein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093612 zein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014692 zinc oxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002076 α-tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004835 α-tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Landscapes
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to novel compositions of therapeutic cyclodextrin containing polymeric compounds designed as a carrier for small molecule therapeutics delivery and pharmaceutical compositions thereof. In particular, the therapeutic/bioactive agents are covalently bound to the cyclodextrin-containing polymers. These cyclodextrin-containing polymers improve drug stability and solubility, and reduce toxicity of the small molecule therapeutic when used in vivo. Furthermore, by selecting from a variety of linker groups and targeting ligands the polymers present methods for controlled delivery of the therapeutic agents.
The invention also relates to methods of treating subjects with the therapeutic compositions described herein. The invention further relates to methods for conducting pharmaceutical business comprising manufacturing, licensing, or distribution kits containing or relating to the polymeric compounds described herein.
The invention also relates to methods of treating subjects with the therapeutic compositions described herein. The invention further relates to methods for conducting pharmaceutical business comprising manufacturing, licensing, or distribution kits containing or relating to the polymeric compounds described herein.
Description
Cyclodextrin-Based Polymers for Therapeutics Delivery This application is a divisional application of Canadian Patent Application 2,497,792 filed on September 4, 2003.
Background of the Invention Drug delivery of some small molecule therapeutic agents, sucn as camptothecin, has been problematic due to their poor pharmacological profiles.
These therapeutic agents often have low aqueous solubility, their bioactive forms exist in equilibrium with an inactive form, or high systemic concentrations of the agents lead to toxic side-effects. Some approaches to circumvent the problem of their delivery have been to conjugate the agent directly to a water-soluble polymer such as hydroxypropyl methacrylate (HPMA), polyethyleneglycol, and poly-L-glutamic acid. In some cases, such conjugates have been successful in solubilizing or stabilizing the bioactive loth' of the therapeutic agent, or achieving a sustained release formulation which circumvents complications associated with high systemic concentrations of the agent.
Another approach to the drug delivery problem has been to form host/guest inclusion complexes between the therapeutic agent and cyclodextrins or derivatives thereof. Cyclodextrins (a., 1, y) and their oxidized forms have unique physico-chemical properties such as good water solubility, low toxicity and low immune response. To date, most of the drug delivery studies with cyclodextrins have focused on their ability to form supra-molecular complexes, wherein cyclodextrins form host/guest inclusion complexes with therapeutic molecules and thus alter the physical, chemical, and/or biological properties of these guest molecules.
U.S. Patent 5,276,088 describes a method for synthesizing cyclodextrin-containing polymers by either reacting polyvinyl alcohol or cellulose or derivatives thereof with cyclodextrin derivatives, or by copolymerization of a cyclodextrin derivative with vinyl acetate or methyl methacrylate.
U.S. Patent No. 5,355,900 describes a biodegradable cyclodextrin-containing polymer. The patent discloses a supramolecular-stinetured biodegradable polymeric assembly comprising a Plurality of drug-modified a, p, y-cycIod extrins and a linear polymeric chain threading through the structural cavity of the cyclodextrins.
There is an ongoing need for new approaches to the delivery of small therapeutic agents that have poor pharmacological profiles such as camptothecin, paclitaxel, doxorubicin, and cyclosporine A.
Summary of the Invention The present invention relates to novel compositions of polymer conjugates, defined as polymeric materials covalently coupled to therapeutic/bioactive agents, as carriers for therapeutics delivery. In one aspect, the present invention provides water-soluble, biocompatible polymer conjugates comprising a water-soluble, biocompatible polymer covalently attached to bioactive moieties through attachments that are cleaved under biological conditions to-release the bioactive moieties. In certain such embodiments, the polymer comprises cyclic moieties alternating with linker moieties that connect the cyclic structures, e.g., into linear or branched polymers, preferably linear polymers. The polymer may be a polycation, polyanion, or non-ionic polymer. The bioactive agent, which may be a therapeutic agent, a diagnostic agent, or an adjuvant, preferably makes up at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, or even 35% by weight of the conjugate. In certain embodiments, the rate of drug release is dependent primarily upon the rate of hydrolysis. In certain other embodiments, the rate of drug release is dependent primarily on enzymatic cleavage.
The present invention provides cyclodextrin-containing polymeric compounds for use in drug delivery of these therapeutic agents. The invention also provides compounds for use in controlled drug delivery which are capable of releasing a therapeutic agent in a targeted, predictable, and controlled rate.
Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention is a polymer conjugate comprising cyclodextrin moieties, a therapeutic agent, and an optional ligand targeting agent. The polymer may be linear or branched, and may be formed via polycondensation of cyclodextrin-containing monomers, copolymerization between one or more cyclodextrin-containing monomers and one or more comonomers which do not contain cyclodextrin moieties. Furthermore, the present invention also contemplates cyclodextrin-containing polymers formed by grafting cyclodextrin moieties to an already formed polymer. The cyclodextrin moieties contemplated by the present invention include, but are not limited to, a, i3, and y cyclodextrins and oxidized forms thereof. Depending on the drug/polymer ratio desired, the therapeutic agent may be attached to a monomer via an optional linker prior to the polymerization step, or may be subsequently grafted onto the polymer via an optional linker. Likewise, the targeting ligand may be attached to a monomer via an optional linker prior the polymerization step, or may be subsequently grafted onto the polymer via an optional linker,-or may be attached to the polymer as an inclusion complex or host-guest interactions.
To illustrate further, one embodiment of the invention is a polymeric compound represented by Formula 1:
( CD) I m ) =
al b T) v _ W (I) wherein P represents a linear or branched polymer chain;
CD represents a cyclic moiety such as a cyclodextrin moiety;
LI, L2 and L3, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group; f .
D, independently for each occurrence, represents a therapeutic agent or a prodrug thereof;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents a targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
a, m, and v, independently for each occurrence, represent integers in the range of 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 8, 1 to 5, or even 1 to 3);
b represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and n and w, independently for each occurrence, represents an integer in the range of 0 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5), wherein either the polymer chain comprises cyclodextrin moieties or n is at least I. = .
Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound represented by Formula II:
_ r _ I m =
- i ¨13 =
_________________ L6 P ___________ L8 I[ 1 (CD)in_ (D ) m n =
o() wherein P represents a monomer unit of a polymer;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents a targeting ligand or a precursor thereof;
L6, L7, L8, L9, and L10, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
CD, independently for each occurrence, represents a cyclic moiety such as a cyclodextrin moiety or a derivative thereof;
D, independently for each occurrence, represents a therapeutic agent or a prodrug form thereof;
in, independently for each occurrence, represents an integer in the range of 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 8, I to 5, or even Ito 3);
o represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and p, n, and q, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 to 10 (preferably 0 to 8, 0 to 5, 0 to 3, or even 0 to about 2), wherein CD and D are preferably each present at at least 1 location .
(preferably at least 5, 10, 25, 50 or even >100 locations) in the compound.
Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound represented by Formula III:
T
- - Z
____________________ L4 __ CDL7 ______________________________________________________ =
Df ( g L6 -z ( EY) f - g wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety such as a cyclodextrin moiety, or derivative thereof;
L4, L5, L6, and L7, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
D and D', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different therapeutic agent or prodrugs thereof;
T and T', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
f and y, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 1 and 10 (preferably 1 to 8, Ito 5, or even 1 to 3);
g and z, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 and 10 (preferably 0 to 8, 0 to 5, 0 to 3, or even 0 to about 2); and = h represents an integer in the range of.1 and 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5), wherein at least one occurrence (and preferably at least 5, 10, or even at least 20, 50, or >100 occurrences) of g represents an integer greater than 0.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method for preparing the therapeutic cyclodextrin-containing polymeric conjugates described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or polymer as discussed above.
Another aspect of the present invention is a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a polymeric conjugate as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method for treating a subject comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of any of the polymeric conjugates described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method of conducting a pharmaceutical business comprising manufacturing, licensing, or distributing kits containing or relating to any of the polymeric conjugates described herein.
In certain embodiments, these therapeutic polymer conjugates improve drug stability and/or solubility of the therapeutic agent when used in vivo.
Furthermore, by selecting from a variety of linker groups, the polymer conjugates present methods for controlled release of the therapeutic and/or bioactive agents, or improve the in vivo safety and/or therapeutic efficacy of the therapeutic/bioactive agent. In certain embodiments, the polymer conjugates are bioerodable or biodegradable.
Brief Description of the Figures Figure 1 shows strategies for varying polymer conjugates to tune their characteristics.
Figure 2 demonstrates the effect of peptide tether length on drug release rate for drug-loaded CD polymer.
I 5 Figure 3 presents the effect that tethering camptothecin has on enhancing camptothecin stability, e.g., inhibiting lactone ring-opening.
Figure 4 shows lactone ring opening studies in pH 7.4 KR2PO4 buffer.
Figure 5a and 5b show polymerization control by adjusting polymerization time.
Figures 6 illustrates CPT release from 11G6 and HGGG6 at 37 C after 24 h in buffer solutions with pHs ranging from 1.1 to 13.1.
Figure 7 Displays HPLC analysis of degradation of CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400 Polymer Figure 8 Shows the tumor growth curve as a function of time for the D5 W, CPT, irinotecan, LGGGIO at its highest non-toxic dose tested (18 mg CPT/kg), and the other three conjugates with high MW polymer (HGGG6, HG6, HGGG10) at their MTDs in xenograft mice.
Figure 9 presents the median tumor growth curves for HGGG6, HG6 and HGGG10 in xenograft mice.
Figurel0 presents the medium tumor growth curves for LGGG10 and HGGG10 each dosed at 9 mg CPT/kg inxenograft mice.
Figure 11 presents the mean body weight (MBW) losses as a function of time plotted for D5W, CPT, irinotecan and the three conjugates containing high MW
polymer at their MTDs in xenograft mice.
Figure 12 shows the correlation of CPT concentration (ng/mg tissue) to tumor size (in mg) in xenograft mice.
Detailed Description of the Invention I Overview The present invention relates to novel compositions of therapeutic cyclodextrin-containing polymeric compounds designed for drug delivery of =
therapeutic agents. In certain embodiments, these cyclodextrin-containing polymers improve drug stability and/or solubility, and/or reduce toxicity, and/or improve efficacy of the small molecule therapeutic when used in vivo. In certain embodiments, the polymers can be used for delivery of therapeutics such as camptothecin, taxol, doxorubicin, and arnphotericin. Furthermore, by selecting from a variety of linker groups, and/or targeting ligands, the rate of drug release from the polymers can be attenuated for controlled delivery. The invention also relates to methods of treating subjects with the therapeutic compositions described herein.
The invention further relates to methods for conducting a pharmaceutical business comprising manufacturing, licensing, or distributing kits containing or relating to the polymeric compounds described herein.
More generally, the present invention provides water-soluble, biocompatible polymer conjugates comprising a water-soluble, biocompatible polymer covalently attached to bioactive moieties through attachments that are cleaved under biological conditions to release the bioactive moieties. In certain such embodiments, the polymer comprises cyclic moieties alternating with linker moieties that connect the cyclic structures, e.g., into linear or branched polymers, preferably linear polymers.
The cyclic moieties may be any suitable cyclic structures, such as cyclodextrins, crown ethers (e.g., 18-crown-6, 15-crown-5, 12-crown-4, etc.), cyclic oligopeptides (e.g., comprising from 5 to 10 amino acid residues), cryptands or cryptates (e.g., cryptand [2.2.2], cryptand-2,1,1, and complexes thereof), calixarenes, or cavitancls, = or any combination thereof. Preferably, the cyclic structure is (or is modified to be) water-soluble. In certain embodiments, e.g., where a linear polymer is desired, the cyclic structure is selected such that under polymerization conditions, exactly two moieties of each cyclic structure are reactive with the linker moieties, such that the resulting polymer comprises (or consists essentially of) an alternating series of cyclic moieties and linker moieties, such as at least four of each type of moiety.
Suitable difunctionalized cyclic moieties include many that are commercially available and/or amenable to preparation using published protocols. In certain embodiments, conjugates are soluble in water to a concentration of at least 0.1 g/mL, preferably at least 0.25 g/mL.
The polymer may be a polycation, polyanion, or non-ionic polymer. A
polycationic or polyanionic polymer has at least one site that bears a positive or negative charge, respectively. In certain such embodiments, at least one of the linker moiety and the cyclic moiety comprises such a charged site, so that every occurrence of that moiety includes a charged site.
The bioactive agent, which may be a therapeutic agent, a diagnostic agent, or an adjuvant (such as a radiosensitizer, or a compound that lacks significant activity administered alone but that potentiates the activity of another therapeutic agent), preferably makes up at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, or even 35% by weight of the conjugate. In preferred embodiments, administration of the polymer to a patient results in release of the bioactive agent over a period of at least 6 hours, preferably at least 12 or 18 hours. For example, the agent may be released over a period of time ranging from 6 hours to a month, 6 hours to two weeks, 6 hours to 3 days, etc. In certain embodiments, the rate of drug release is dependent primarily upon the rate of hydrolysis (as opposed to enzymatic cleavage), e.g., the rate of release changes by less than a factor of 5, preferably less than a factor of 2, in the presence of hydrolytic enzymes. In other embodiments, the rate of drug release may be dependent primarily on the rate of enzymatic cleavage.
Polymeric conjugates of the present invention may be useful to improve solubility and/or stability of a bioactive/therapeutic agent, reduce drug-drug interactions, reduce interactions with blood elements including plasma proteins, reduce or eliminate immunogenicity, protect the agent from metabolism, modulate drug-release kinetics, improve circulation time, improve drug half-life (e.g., in the serum, or in selected tissues, such as tumors), attenuate toxicity, improve efficacy, normalize drug metabolism across subjects of different species, ethnicities, and/or races, and/or provide for targeted delivery into specific cells or tissues.
Poorly soluble and/or toxic compounds may benefit particularly from incorporation into polymeric compounds of the invention.
II. Definitions (a) General Terms An 'adjuvant', as the term is used herein, is a compound that has little or no therapeutic value on its own, but increases the effectiveness of a therapeutic agent.
Exemplary adjuvants include radiosensitizers, transfection-enhancing agents (such as chloroquine and analogs thereof), ehemotactic agents and chemoattractants, peptides that modulate cell adhesion and/or cell mobility, cell permeabilizing agents, inhibitors of multidrug resistance and/or efflux pumps, etc.
The term "agonist", as used herein, is meant to refer to an agent that mimics .
or up-regulates (e.g., potentiates or supplements) the bioactivity of a protein of interest, or an agent that facilitates or promotes (e.g., potentiates or supplements) an interaction among polypeptides or between a polypeptide and another molecule (e.g., a steroid, hormone, nucleic acids, small molecules etc.). An agonist can be a wild-type protein or derivative thereof having at least one bioactivity of the wild-type protein. An agonist can also be a small molecule that up-regulates the expression of a gene or which increases at least one bioactivity of a protein.
An agonist can also be a protein or small molecule which increases the interaction of a polypeptide of interest with another molecule, e.g., a target peptide or nucleic acid.
"Antagonist" as used herein is meant to refer to an agent that down-regulates (e.g., suppresses or inhibits) the bioactivity of a protein of interest, or an agent that inhibits/suppresses or reduces (e.g., destabilizes or decreases) interaction among polypeptides or other molecules (e.g., steroids, hormones, nucleic acids, etc.). An antagonist can also be a compound that down-regulates the expression of a gene of interest or which reduces the amount of the wild-type protein present. An antagonist can also be a protein or small molecule which decreases or inhibits the interaction of a polypeptide of interest with another molecule, e.g., a target peptide or nucleic acid.
The terms "biocompatible polymer" and "biocompatibility" when used in relation to polymers are art-recognized. For example, biocompatible polymers include polymers that are neither themselves toxic to the host (e.g., an animal or human), nor degrade (if the polymer degrades) at a rate that produces monomeric or oligorneric subunits or other byproducts at toxic concentrations in the host.
In certain embodiments of the present invention, biodegradation generally involves degradation of the polymer in an organism, e.g., into its monomeric subunits, which may be known to be effectively non-toxic. Intermediate oligomeric products resulting from such degradation may have different toxicological properties, however, or biodegradation may involve oxidation or other biochemical reactions that generate molecules other than monomeric subunits of the polymer.
Consequently, in certain embodiments, toxicology of a biodegradable polymer intended for in vivo use, such as implantation or injection into a patient, may be =
determined after one or more toxicity analyses. It is not necessary that any subject composition have a purity of 100% to be deemed biocompatible. Hence, a subject composition may comprise 99%, 98%, 97%, 96%, 95%, 90% 85%, 80%, 75% or even less of biocompatible polymers, e.g., including polymers and other materials and excipients described herein, and still be biocompatible.
To determine whether a polymer or other material is biocompatible, it may be necessary to conduct a toxicity analysis. Such assays are well known in the art.
One example of such an assay may be performed with live carcinoma cells, such as GT3TKB tumor cells, in the following manner: the sample is degraded in 1 M
NaOH at 37 C until complete degradation is observed: The solution is then neutralized with I M HC1. About 200 p.L of various concentrations of the degraded sample products are placed in 96-well tissue culture plates and seeded with human gastric carcinoma cells (GT3TKI3) at 104/well density. The degraded sample products are incubated with the GT3TKB cells for 48 hours. The results of the assay may be plotted as % relative growth vs. concentration of degraded sample in the tissue-culture well. In addition, polymers and formulations of the present invention may also be evaluated by well-known in vivo tests, such as subcutaneous implantations in rats to confirm that they do not cause significant levels of irritation or inflammation at the subcutaneous implantation sites.
The term "biodegradable" is art-recognized, and includes polymers, compositions and formulations, such as those described herein, that are intended to degrade during use. Biodegradable polymers typically differ from non-biodegradable polymers in that the former may be degraded during use. In certain embodiments, such use involves in vivo use, such as in vivo therapy, and in other certain embodiments, such use involves in vitro use. In general, degradation =
attributable to biodegradability involves the degradation of a biodegradable polymer into its component subunits, or digestion, e.g., by a biochemical process, of the polymer into smaller, non-polymeric subunits. In certain embodiments, two different types of biodegradation may generally be identified. For example, one type of biodegradation may involve cleavage of bonds (whether covalent or otherwise) in the polymer backbone. In such biodegradation, monomers and oligomers typically result, and even more typically, such biodegradation occurs by cleavage of a bond connecting one or more of subunits of a polymer. In contrast, another type of biodegradation may involve cleavage of a bond (whether covalent or otherwise) internal to sidechain or that connects a side chain to the polymer backbone.
For example, a therapeutic agent or other chemical moiety attached as a side chain to the polymer backbone may be released by biodegradation. In certain embodiments, one or the other or both general types of biodegradation may occur during use of a polymer.
As used herein, the term "biodegradation" encompasses both general types of biodegradation. The degradation rate of a biodegradable polymer often depends in part on a variety of factors, including the chemical identity of the linkage responsible for any degradation, the molecular weight, crystallinity, biostability, and degree of cross-linking of such polymer, the physical characteristics (e.g., shape and size) of an implant, and the mode and location of administration. For example, the greater the molecular weight, the higher the degree of crystallinity, and/or the greater the biostability, the biodegradation of any biodegradable polymer is usually slower. The term "biodegradable" is intended to cover materials and processes also termed "bioerodible".
In certain embodiments wherein the biodegradable polymer also has a therapeutic agent or other material associated with it, the biodegradation rate of such polymer may be characterized by a release rate of such materials. In such circumstances, the biodegradation rate may depend on not only the chemical identity and physical characteristics of the polymer, but also on the identity of material(s) incorporated therein. Degradation of the subject compositions includes not only the cleavage of intrarnolecular bonds, e.g., by oxidation and/or hydrolysis, but also the disruption of intermolecular bonds, such as dissociation of host/guest complexes by competitive complex formation with foreign inclusion hosts.
In certain embodiments, polymeric formulations of the present invention biodegrade within a period that is acceptable in the desired application. In certain embodiments, such as in vivo therapy, such degradation occurs in a period usually less than about five years, one year, six months, three months, one month, fifteen days, five days, three days, or even one day on exposure to a physiological solution with a pH between 6 and 8 having a temperature of between 25 and 37 C. In other embodiments, the polymer degrades in a period of between about one hour and several weeks, depending on the desired application.
As used herein the term "bioerodable" refers to polymers which deliver -sustained effective amounts of therapeutic agent to target tissue over desired extended periods of time. Thus, a polymer according to the invention in the biological environment of host tissue and the like, in one aspect, is subjected to hydrolytic enzymes and oxidative species under, and in proportion to, the host's inflammatory response. This results in release of the therapeutic agent via the breaking of the covalent linked bonds. Thus, in certain embodiments, the materials of the invention utilize the mammal's own wound-healing repair process in being degraded thereby, as hereinbefore described.
The biodegradable polymers polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, and polylactic-glycolic acid copolymer (PLGA), have been investigated extensively for nanoparticle formulation. These polymers are polyesters that, upon implantation in the body, undergo simple hydrolysis. The products of such hydrolysis are =
biologically compatible and metabolizable moieties (e.g., lactic acid and glycolic acid), which are eventually removed from the body by the citric acid cycle.
Polymer biodegradation products are formed at a very slow rate, and hence do not affect normal cell function. Several implant studies with these polymers have proven safe in drug delivery applications, used in the form of matrices, microspheres, bone implant materials, surgical sutures, and also in contraceptive applications for long-term effects. These polymers are also used as graft materials for artificial organs, and recently as basement membranes in tissue engineering investigations.
Nature Med. 824-826 (1996). Thus, these polymers have been time-tested in various applications and proven safe for human use. Most importantly, these polymers are FDA-approved for human use.
When polymers are used for delivery of pharmacologically active agents in vivo, it is essential that the polymers themselves be nontoxic and that they degrade into non-toxic degradation products as the polymer is eroded by the body fluids.
Many synthetic biodegradable polymers, however, yield oligom.ers and monomers upon erosion in vivo that adversely interact with the surrounding tissue. D.
F.
Williams, J. Mater. Sci. 1233 (1982). To minimize the toxicity of the intact polymer carrier and its degradation products, polymers have been designed based on naturally occurring metabolites. Probably the most extensively studied examples of such polymers are the polyesters derived from lactic or glycolic acid and polyamides derived from amino acids.
A number of bioerodable ot biodegradable polymers are known and used for controlled release of pharmaceuticals. Such polymers are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,291,013; U.S. Pat. No. 4,347,234; U.S. Pat. No. 4,525,495;
U.S. Pat No. 4,570,629; U.S. Pat. No. 4,572,832; U.S. Pat. No. 4,587,268;
'U.S. Pat. No. 4,638,045; U.S. Pat. No. 4,675,381; U.S. Pat. No. 4,745,160;
and U.S. Pat. No. 5,219,980.
A biohydrolyzable bond (e.g., ester, amide, carbonate, carbamates, or imide) refers to a bond that is cleaved (e.g., an ester is cleaved to form a hydroxyl and a carboxylic acid) under physiological conditions. Physiological conditions include the acidic and basic environments of the digestive tract (e.g., stomach, intestines, etc.), acidic environment of a tumor, enzymatic cleavage, metabolism, and other biological processes, and preferably refer to physiological conditions in a vertebrate, such as a mammal.
As used herein the terms "comonomer A precursor", "linker", "linker group", and "linker moiety" refer to any straight chain or branched, symmetric or asymmetric compound which upon reaction with a cyclodextrin monomer precursor or other suitable cyclic moiety links two such moieties together. In certain embodiments, a comonomer A precursor is a compound containing at least two functional groups through which reaction and thus linkage of the cyclodextrin monomers can be achieved. Examples of functional groups, which may be the same or different, terminal or internal, of each comonomer A precursor include, but are not limited, to amino, acid, imidazole, hydroxyl, thin, acyl halide, or groups and derivatives thereof. In preferred embodiments, the two functional groups are the same and are located at termini of the coinonomer. In certain embodiments, a comonomer A precursor contains one or more pendant groups with at least one functional group through which reaction and thus linkage of therapeutic agent or targeting ligand can be achieved, or branched polymerization can be achieved.
Examples of functional groups, which may be the same or different, terminal or internal, of each comonomer A precursor pendant group include, but are not limited, to amino, acid, imidazole, hydroxyl, thiol, acyl halide, ethylene, and ethyne groups and derivatives thereof. In certain embodiments, the pendant group is a (un)substituted branched, cyclic or straight chain Cl-Cl 0 (preferably C I-C6) alkyl, or arylalkyl optionally containing one or more heteroatoms, e.g., N, 0, S, within the chain or ring.
Upon copolymerization of a comonomer A precursor with a cyclodextrin monomer precursor, two cyclodextrin monomers may be linked together by joining the primary hydroxyl side of one cyclodextrin monomer with the primary hydroxyl side of another cyclodextrin monomer, by joining the secondary hydroxyl side of one cyclodextrin Monomer with the secondary hydroxyl side of another cyclodextrin monomer, or by joining the primary hydroxyl side of one cyclodextrin monomer with the secondary hydroxyl side of another cyclodextrin monomer. Accordingly, combinations of such linkages may exist in the final copolymer. Both the comonomer A precursor and the comonomer A of the final copolymer may be neutral, cationic (e.g., by containing protonated groups such as, for example, quaternary ammonium groups), or anionic (e.g., by containing deprotonated groups, such as, for example, sulfate, phosphate, borinate or carboxylate). The charge of comonomer A of the copolymer may be adjusted by 'adjusting pH conditions.
Examples of suitable comonomer A precursors include, but are not limited to succinimide (e.g., dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate) DSP, and dissucinimidyl suberate (DSS)), glutamates, and aspartates).
The cyclodextrin-containing polymers of the present invention may be linear, branched or grafted. As used herein, the term "linear cyclodextrin-containing polymer" refers to a polymer comprising (a, or y) cyclodextrin molecules, or derivatives thereof which are inserted within a polymer chain. As used herein, the term "grafted cyclodextrin-containing polymer" refers to a polymer comprising (a, p, or y) cyclodextrin molecules, or derivatives thereof which are pendant off of the polymer chain. The term "graft polymer" as used .herein refers to a polymer molecule which has additional moieties attached as pendent groups along a polymer backbone. The term "graft polymerization" denotes a polymerization in which a side chain is grafted onto a polymer chain, which side chain consists of one or several other monomers. The properties of the graft copolymer obtained such as, for example, solubility, melting point, water absorption, wettability, mechanical properties, adsorption behavior, etc., deviate more or less sharply from those of the initial polymer as a function of the type and amount of the grafted monomers.
The term "grafting ratio", as used herein, means the weight percent of the amount of the monomers grafted based on the weight of the polymer. As used herein, a branched cyclodextrin-containing polymer refers to a polymer backbone with a plurality of branch points, wherein each branch point is a starting point of yet another strand of the polymer backbone, and each section of polymer backbone may have a plurality of (a, (3, or y) cyclodextrin molecules, or derivatives thereof, inserted into or grafted onto the chain.
The term "cyclodextrin moiety" refers to (a, f3, or y) cyclodextrin molecules or derivatives thereof, which may be in their oxidized or reduced forms.
Cyclodextrin moieties may comprise optional linkers. Optional therapeutic agents and/or targeting ligands may be further linked to these moieties via an optional linker. The linkage may be covalent (optionally via biohydrolyzable bonds, e.g., esters, amides, carbamates, and carbonates) or may be a host-guest complex between the cyclodextrin derivative and the therapeuticagent and/or targeting ligand or the oPtional linkers of each. Cyclodextrin moieties may further include one or more carbohydrate moieties, preferably simple carbohydrate moieties such as galactose, attached to the cyclic core, either directly (i.e., via a carbohydrate linkage) or through a linker group.
The term "ED50" means the dose of a drug that produces 50% of its maximum response or effect.
An 'effective amount' of a subject compound, with respect to the subject method of treatment, refers to an amount of the therapeutic in a preparation which, when applied as part of a desired dosage regimen provides a benefit according to clinically acceptable standards for the treatment or prophylaxis of a particular disorder.
The term "healthcare providers" refers to individuals or organizations that provide healthcare services to a person, community, etc. Examples of "healthcare providers" include doctors, hospitals, continuing care retirement communities, skilled nursing facilities, subacute care facilities, clinics, multispecialty clinics, freestanding ambulatory centers, home health agencies, and HMO's.
"Instruction(s)" as used herein means documents describing relevant materials or methodologies pertaining to a kit. These materials may include any combination of the following: background information, list of components and their availability information (purchase information, etc.), brief or detailed protocols for using the kit, trouble-shooting, references, technical support, and any other related documents. Instructions can be supplied with the kit or as a separate member component, either as a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation. Instructions can comprise one or multiple documents, and are meant to include future updates.
"Kit" as used herein means a collection of at least two components constituting the kit. Together, the components constitute a functional unit for a given purpose. Individual member components may be physically packaged together or separately. For example, a kit comprising an instruction for using the kit may or may not physically include the instruction with other individual member components. Instead, the instruction can be supplied as a separate member component, either in a paper form Or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded. from an internet webs ite, or as recorded presentation.
The term "LD50" means the dose of a drug that is lethal in 50% of test subjects.
A "patient" or "subject" to be treated by the subject method can mean either a human or non-human subject.
The "polymerizations" of the present invention include radical, anionic, and cationic mechanisms, as well as reactions of bifunctional molecules (analogous to the formation of nylon, e.g., reacting molecules each of which bears two or more different reactive moieties that react with each other (but, preferably, are disfavored from reacting intramolecularly by steric, conformational, or other constraints), or reacting two or more different compounds, each compound bearing two or more reactive moieties that react only with reactive moieties of different compounds (i.e., intermolecularly)), as well as metal-catalyzed polymerizations such as olefin metathesis, and other polymerization reactions known to those of skill in the art.
The term "prophylactic or therapeutic" treatment is art-recognized and includes administration to the host of one or more of the subject compositions. If it is administered prior to clinical manifestation of the unwanted condition (e.g., disease or other unwanted state of the host animal) then the treatment is prophylactic, i.e., it protects the host against developing the unwanted condition, whereas if it is administered after manifestation of the unwanted condition, the treatment is therapeutic, (i.e., it is intended to diminish, ameliorate, or stabilize the existing unwanted condition or side effects thereof).
The term "preventing" is art-recognized, and when used in relation to a condition, such as a local recurrence (e.g., pain), a disease such as cancer, a syndrome complex such as heart failure or any other medical condition, is well understood in the art, and includes administration of a composition which reduces the frequency of, or delays the onset of, symptoms of a medical condition in a subject relative to a subject which does not receive the composition. Thus, prevention of cancer includes, for example, reducing the number of detectable cancerous growths in a population of patients receiving a prophylactic treatment relative to an untreated control population, and/or delaying the appearance of detectable cancerous growths in a treated population versus an untreated control population, e.g., by a statistically and/or clinically significant amount.
Prevention of an infection includes, for example, reducing the number of diagnoses of the infection in a treated population versus an untreated control population, and/or delaying the onset of symptoms of the infection in a treated population versus an untreated control population. Prevention of pain includes, for example, reducing the frequency of, or alternatively delaying, pain sensations experienced by subjects in a treated population versus an untreated control population.
As used herein, the terms "therapeutic agent" include any synthetic or naturally occurring biologically active compound or composition of matter which, when administered to an organism (human or nonhuman animal), induces a desired pharmacologic, immunogenic, and/or physiologic effect by local and/or systemic action. The term therefore encomPasses those compounds or chemicals traditionally regarded as drugs, vaccines, and biopharmaceuticals including molecules such as proteins, peptides, hormones, nucleic acids, gene constructs and the like.
More particularly, the term "therapeutic agent" includes compounds or Compositions for use in all of the major therapeutic areas including, but not limited to, adjuvants; anti-infectives such as antibiotics and antiviral agents; analgesics and analgesic combinations, anorexics, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-epileptics, local and general . anesthetics, hypnotics, sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic and cholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents, antiadrenergics, antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, and nutrients, antiarthrities, antiasthmatic agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antinauseants, antineoplastics, antipruritics, antipyretics; antispasmodics, cardiovascular preparations (including calcium channel blockers, beta-blockers, beta-agonists and antiarrythmics), antihypertensives, diuretics, vasodilators; central nervous system stimulants;
cough and cold preparations; decongestants; diagnostics; hormones; bone growth stimulants and bone resorption inhibitors; immunosuppressives; muscle relaxants;
psychostimulants; sedatives; tranquilizers; proteins, peptides, and fragments thereof (whether naturally occurring, chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced);
and nucleic acid molecules (polymeric forms of two or more nucleotides, either ribonucleotides (RNA) or deoxyribonucleotides (DNA) including both double- and single-stranded molecules, gene constructs, expression vectors, antisense molecules and the like), small molecules (e.g., doxorubicin) and other biologically active macromolecules such as, for example, proteins and enzymes. The agent may be a biologically active agent used in medical, including veterinary, applications and in agriculture, such as with plants, as well as other areas. The term therapeutic agent also includes without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements;
substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of disease or illness; or substances which affect the structure or function of the body; or pro-drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a predetermined physiological environment.
As used herein the term "low aqueous solubility" refers to water insoluble compounds having poor solubility in water, that is <5 mg/m1 at physiological pH
(6.5-7.4). Preferably, their water solubility is <1 mg/ml, more preferably <0.1 mg/mi. It is desirable that the drug is stable in water as a dispersion;
otherwise a lyophilized or spray-dried solid form may be desirable.
Examples of some preferred water-insoluble drugs include iinmunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporins including cyclosporine (cyclosporin A), immunoactive agents, antiviral and antifungal agents, antineoplastic agents, analgesic and anti-inflammatory agents, antibiotics, anti-epileptics, anesthetics, hypnotics, sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, anticonvulsant agents, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic and cholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents, .
antiadrenergic and antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, and nutrients. A detailed description of these and other suitable drugs may be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, 1990, Mack Publishing Co.
Philadelphia, Pa The term "therapeutic index" refers to the therapeutic index of a drug defined as LD50/ED50.
A "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound, with respect to a method of treatment, refers to an amount of the compound(s) in a preparation which, when administered as part of a desired dosage regimen (to a mammal, preferably a human) alleviates a symptom, ameliorates a condition, or slows the onset of disease conditions according to clinically acceptable standards for the disorder or condition to be treated or the cosmetic purpose, e.g.,a.t a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
A "therapeutically effective daily dosage" of a compound, with respect to a method of treatment, refers to an amount of the compound(s) in a Preparation which, when administered as part of a desired daily dosage regimen (to a mammal, preferably a human) alleviates a symptom, ameliorates a condition, or slows the onset of disease conditions according to clinically acceptable standards for the disorder or condition to be treated or the cosmetic purpose, e.g., at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
(1)) Chemical Terms An aliphatic chain comprises the classes of alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl defined below. A straight aliphatic chain is limited to unbranched carbon chain radicals. As used herein, the term "aliphatic group" refers to a straight chain, branched-chain, or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and includes saturated and unsaturated aliphatic groups, such as an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an allcynyl group.
Alkyl refers to a fully saturated branched or unbranched carbon chain radical having the number of carbon atoms specified, or up to 30 carbon atoms if no specification is made. For example, alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms refers to radicals such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and octyl, and those radicals which are positional isomers of these radicals. Alkyl of 10 to 30 carbon atoms includes decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl, heneicosyl, docosyl, tricosyl and tetracosyl. In preferred embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chains, C3-for branched chains), and more preferably 20 or fewer. Likewise, preferred cycloalkyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
Moreover, the term "alkyl" (or "lower alkyl") as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkyls" and "substituted alkyls", the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl), a thiocarbonyt (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an arnidine, a cyano, a nitro, a sulfhydryl, an allcylthio, a sulfate, a suIfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroarornatic moiety. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, allcylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), -CF3, -CN and the like.
Exemplary substituted allcyls are described below. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted with alkyls, alkenyls, alkoxyls, alkylthios, aminoalkyls, carbonyl-substituted alkyls, -CF3, -CN, and the like.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl", as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
Likewise, "lower alkenyl" and "lower alkynyl" have similar chain lengths.
Throughout the application, preferred alkyl groups are lower alkyls. In preferred embodiments, a substituent designated herein as alkyl is a lower alkyl.
The term "alkylthio" refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto. In preferred embodiments, the "allcylthio" moiety is represented by one of -(S)-alkyl, -(S)-alkenyl, -(S)-alkynyl, and -(S)-(CH2)m-R1, wherein m and R1 are defined below. Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
Alkenyl refers to any branched or unbranched unsaturated carbon chain radical having the number of carbon atoms specified, or. up to 26 carbon atoms if no limitation on the number of carbon atoms is specified; and having 1 or more double bonds in the radical. Alkenyl of 6 to 26 carbon atoms is exemplified by hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undecenyl, dodenyl, tridecenyl, tetradecenyl, pentadecenyl, hexadecenyl, heptadecenyl, octadecenyl, nonadecenyl, eicosenyl, heneicosoenyl, docosenyl, tricosenyl and tetracosenyl, in their various isomeric forms, where the unsaturated bond(s) can be located anywhere in the radical and can have either the (Z) or the (E) configuration about the double bond(s).
Alkynyl refers to hydrocarbyl radicals of the scope of alkenyl, but having 1 or more triple bonds in the radical.
The terms "alkoxyl" or "alkoxy" as used herein refers to an alkyl group, as defined below, having an oxygen radical attached thereto. Representative alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and the like. An "ether"
is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accordingly, the substituent of =
an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of -0-alkyl, -0-alkenyl, -0-alkynyl, -0-(CH2)m-R1, where m and RI are described below.
The terms "amine" and "amino" are art-recognized and refer to both unsubstituted and substituted amines, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by the general formulae:
Rg f-N or wherein R3, R5 and R6 each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, -(CH2)m-R1, or R3 and R5 taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure;
RI represents an alkenyl, aryl, cycloallcyl, a cycloalkenyl, a heterocycly1 or a polycyclyl; and m is zero or an integer in the range of Ito 8. In preferred embodiments, only one of R3 or R5 can be a carbonyl, e.g., R3, R5 and the nitrogen together do not form an imide. In even more preferred embodiments, R3 and R5 (and optionally R6) each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, or -(CH2)m-R1. Thus, the term "alkylamine" as used herein means an amine group, as defined above, having a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl attached thereto, i.e., at least one of R3 and R5 is an alkyl group. In certain embodiments, an amino group or an alkylamine is basic, meaning it has a pKa > 7.00. The protonated forms of these functional groups have pKas relative to water above 7.00.
The term "carbonyl" is art-recognized and includes such moieties as can be represented by the general formula:
X R7 or scsi XJL Rg wherein X is a bond or represents an oxygen or a sulfur, and R7 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, -(CH2)m-R1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, R8 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl or -(C112)m-R1, where in and R1 are as defined above. Where X is an oxygen and R7 or R8 is not hydrogen, the formula represents an "ester". Where X is an oxygen, and R7 is as defined above, the moiety is referred to herein as a carboxyl group, and particularly when R7 is a hydrogen, the formula represents a "carboxylic acid". Where X is an oxygen, and R8 is hydrogen, the formula represents a "formate". In general, where the oxygen atom of the above formula is replaced by sulfur, the formula represents a "thiocarbonyl" group.
Where X is a sulfur and R7 or R8 is not hydrogen, the formula represents a "thioester"
group. Where X is a sulfur and R. is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thiocarboxylic acid" group. Where X is a sulfur and R8 is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thioformate" group. On the other hand, where X is a bond, and R7 is not hydrogen, the above formula represents a "ketone" group. Where X is a bond, and R7 is hydrogen, the above formula represents an "aldehyde" group.
The term "derivatized" refers to chemically modifying molecules. The chemical modifications may be artificial such as formation of drugs, natural such as formation of metabolites. The skilled artisan would readily recognize the variety of ways molecules may be modified, such as oxidations, reductions, electrophilic/nucleophilic substitutions, alkylations, ester/amide formations and the like. For example, cyclodextrins of the present invention may be chemically modified by amination, tosylation, or iodination prior to covalently attaching them to the polymeric matrix. Likewise, therapeutic agents may be chemically modified by preparing prodrugs (e.g., glycine-carnptothecin).
95 The terms "heterOcycly1" or "heterocyclic group" refer to 3- to 10-membered ring structures, more preferably 3- to 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heterocycles can also be polycycles.
Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, thiophene, thianthrene, furan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxathiin, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnolinc, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, pyrimidine, phenanthro line, phenazine, phenarsazine, phenothiazine, furazan, phenoxazine, pyrrolidine, oxolane, thiolane, oxazole, piperidine, piperazine, tnorpholine, lactones, lactarns such as azetidinones and pyrrolidinones, sultarns, sultones, and the like. The heterocyclic ring can be substituted at one or more positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, hnino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, sulfamoyl, sulfinyl, ether, allcylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, -CF3, -CN, or the like.
As used herein, the term "substituted" is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents_ of organic compounds.
Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described herein above.
The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
This invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds.
The term "hydrocarbyl" refers to a monovalent hydrocarbon radical comprised of carbon chains or rings of up to 26 carbon atoms to which hydrogen atoms are attached. The term includes alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and aryl groups, groups which have a mixture of saturated and unsaturated bonds, carbocyclic rings and includes combinations of such groups. It may refer to straight chain, branched-chain, cyclic structures or combinations thereof.
The term "hydrocarbylene" refers to a divalent hydrocarbyl radical.
Representative examples include alkylene, phenylene, or cyclohexylene.
Preferably, the hydrocarbylene chain is fully saturated and/or has a chain of 1-10 carbon atoms.
As used herein, the term "nitro" means -NO2; the term "halogen" designates -F, -Cl, -Br or :I; the term "sulfhydryl" means -SH; the term "hydroxyl" means -014;
and the term "sulfonyl" means -S02-.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
Analogous substitutions can be made to alkenyl and alkynyl groups to produce, for example, aminoalkenyls, aminoalkynyls, amidoalkenyls, amidoallcynyls, iminoalkenyls, iminoalkynyls, thioalkenyls, thioalkynyls, carbonyl-substituted alkenyls or alkynyls.
As used herein, the definition Of each expression, e.g., alkyl, m, n, etc., when it occurs more than once in any structure, is intended to be independent of its definition elsewhere in the same structure.
The terms triflyl, tosyl, mesyl, and nonafiylare art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, methanesulfonyl, and nonafluorobutanesulfonyl groups, respectively. The terms triflate, tosylate, mesylate, and nonaflate are art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonate ester, p-toluenesulfonate ester, methanesulfonate ester, and nonafluorobutanesulfonate ester functional groups and molecules that contain said groups, resPectively.
The abbreviations Me, Et, Ph, Ms represent methyl, ethyl, phenyl, and = methanesulfonyl, respectively. A more comprehensive list of the abbreviations utilized by organic chemists of ordinary skill in the art appears in the first issue of each volume of the Journal of Organic Chemistry; this list is typically presented in a table entitled Standard List of Abbreviations.
Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in particular geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and trans-isomers, (R)- and (S)-enantiomers, diastereomers, (d)-isomers, (I)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may . be present in a substituent such as an alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included in this invention.
If, for instance, a particulafenantiomer of a compound of the present invention is desired, it may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by derivatization with a chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide the pure desired enantiomers.
Alternatively, where the molecule contains a basic functional group, such as amino, or an acidic functional group, such as carboxyl, diastereomeric salts may be formed with an appropriate optically active acid or base, folloWed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic means well known in the art, and subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers.
Contemplated equivalents of the compounds described above include compounds which otherwise correspond thereto, and which have the same general properties thereof, wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the efficacy of the compound. In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures_ In these reactions, it is also possible to malce use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here.
For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 67th Ed., 1986-87, inside cover. Also for purposes of this invention, the term "hydrocarbon" is contemplated to include all permissible compounds having at least one hydrogen and one carbon atom. In a broad aspect, the permissible hydrocarbons include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonarornatic organic compounds which.
can be substituted or unsubstituted.
III. Exemplary Applications of Method and Compositions (a) Exemplmy Compositions The present invention includes polymer conjugates, such as cyclodextrin-containing polymer conjugates, wherein one or more therapeutic/bioactive agents are covalently attached. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a small molecule, a macromolecule, an antibody, a peptide, a protein, an enzyme, a nucleic acid, or a polymer that has therapeutic function. The polymers include linear or branched cyclodextrin-containing polymers and polymers grafted with cyclodextrin.
Exemplary cyclodextrin-containing polymers that may be modified as described herein are taught in U.S. Patent No. 6,509,323, published U.S. application No.
20020151523, and U.S. patent application serial No.s 60/417373, and 10/372723.
These polymers are useful as carriers for small molecule therapeutic delivery, and may improve drug stability and solubility when used in vivo.
Accordingly, one embodiment of present invention is a polymeric compound represented by Formula I:
cD) I m Li 1 _fl { L2 ( D) al b (T) v w (I) wherein P represents a linear or branched polymer chain;
CD represents a cyclic moiety such as a cyclodextrin moiety;
L, 1.;2 and 1,3, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
D, independently for each occurrence, represents a therapeutic agent or a prodrag thereof;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents a targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
a, in, and v, independently for each occurrence, represent integers in the range of Ito 10 (preferably 1 to 8, Ito 5, or even 1 to 3);
n and w, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and b represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000; <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5), wherein either P comprises cyclodextrin moieties or n is at least 1_ In certain embodiments, P contains a plurality of cyclodextrin moieties within the polymer chain as opposed to the cyclodextrin moieties being grafted on to pendant groups off of the polymeric chain. Thus in certain embodiments, the polymer chain of formula I further comprises n' units of U, wherein n' represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and U is represented by the general formula:
T
I Y
L
___________________ L4 ___________ CD _______ L7 _____ Df -g L6 - 7) -z D')f g wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety, such as a cyclodextrin moiety, or derivative thereof;
L4, L5, L6, and L7, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
D and D', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different therapeutic agent or prodrug forms thereof;
T and T', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
f and y, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 1 and 10; and g and z, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 and 10.
In preferred embodiments, L4 and L7 represent linker groups.
In certain embodiments, the polymer may be selected from polysaccharides, and other non-protein biocornpatible polymers, and combinations thereof, that contain at least one terminal hydroxyl group, such as polyvinylpyrrollidone, poly(oxyethylene)glycol (PEG), polysuccinic anhydride, polysebacic acid, PEG
phosphate, polyglutarnate, polyethylenimine, maleic anhydride divinylether (DIVMA), cellulose, pullulans, inulin, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), N-(2-.
Background of the Invention Drug delivery of some small molecule therapeutic agents, sucn as camptothecin, has been problematic due to their poor pharmacological profiles.
These therapeutic agents often have low aqueous solubility, their bioactive forms exist in equilibrium with an inactive form, or high systemic concentrations of the agents lead to toxic side-effects. Some approaches to circumvent the problem of their delivery have been to conjugate the agent directly to a water-soluble polymer such as hydroxypropyl methacrylate (HPMA), polyethyleneglycol, and poly-L-glutamic acid. In some cases, such conjugates have been successful in solubilizing or stabilizing the bioactive loth' of the therapeutic agent, or achieving a sustained release formulation which circumvents complications associated with high systemic concentrations of the agent.
Another approach to the drug delivery problem has been to form host/guest inclusion complexes between the therapeutic agent and cyclodextrins or derivatives thereof. Cyclodextrins (a., 1, y) and their oxidized forms have unique physico-chemical properties such as good water solubility, low toxicity and low immune response. To date, most of the drug delivery studies with cyclodextrins have focused on their ability to form supra-molecular complexes, wherein cyclodextrins form host/guest inclusion complexes with therapeutic molecules and thus alter the physical, chemical, and/or biological properties of these guest molecules.
U.S. Patent 5,276,088 describes a method for synthesizing cyclodextrin-containing polymers by either reacting polyvinyl alcohol or cellulose or derivatives thereof with cyclodextrin derivatives, or by copolymerization of a cyclodextrin derivative with vinyl acetate or methyl methacrylate.
U.S. Patent No. 5,355,900 describes a biodegradable cyclodextrin-containing polymer. The patent discloses a supramolecular-stinetured biodegradable polymeric assembly comprising a Plurality of drug-modified a, p, y-cycIod extrins and a linear polymeric chain threading through the structural cavity of the cyclodextrins.
There is an ongoing need for new approaches to the delivery of small therapeutic agents that have poor pharmacological profiles such as camptothecin, paclitaxel, doxorubicin, and cyclosporine A.
Summary of the Invention The present invention relates to novel compositions of polymer conjugates, defined as polymeric materials covalently coupled to therapeutic/bioactive agents, as carriers for therapeutics delivery. In one aspect, the present invention provides water-soluble, biocompatible polymer conjugates comprising a water-soluble, biocompatible polymer covalently attached to bioactive moieties through attachments that are cleaved under biological conditions to-release the bioactive moieties. In certain such embodiments, the polymer comprises cyclic moieties alternating with linker moieties that connect the cyclic structures, e.g., into linear or branched polymers, preferably linear polymers. The polymer may be a polycation, polyanion, or non-ionic polymer. The bioactive agent, which may be a therapeutic agent, a diagnostic agent, or an adjuvant, preferably makes up at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, or even 35% by weight of the conjugate. In certain embodiments, the rate of drug release is dependent primarily upon the rate of hydrolysis. In certain other embodiments, the rate of drug release is dependent primarily on enzymatic cleavage.
The present invention provides cyclodextrin-containing polymeric compounds for use in drug delivery of these therapeutic agents. The invention also provides compounds for use in controlled drug delivery which are capable of releasing a therapeutic agent in a targeted, predictable, and controlled rate.
Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention is a polymer conjugate comprising cyclodextrin moieties, a therapeutic agent, and an optional ligand targeting agent. The polymer may be linear or branched, and may be formed via polycondensation of cyclodextrin-containing monomers, copolymerization between one or more cyclodextrin-containing monomers and one or more comonomers which do not contain cyclodextrin moieties. Furthermore, the present invention also contemplates cyclodextrin-containing polymers formed by grafting cyclodextrin moieties to an already formed polymer. The cyclodextrin moieties contemplated by the present invention include, but are not limited to, a, i3, and y cyclodextrins and oxidized forms thereof. Depending on the drug/polymer ratio desired, the therapeutic agent may be attached to a monomer via an optional linker prior to the polymerization step, or may be subsequently grafted onto the polymer via an optional linker. Likewise, the targeting ligand may be attached to a monomer via an optional linker prior the polymerization step, or may be subsequently grafted onto the polymer via an optional linker,-or may be attached to the polymer as an inclusion complex or host-guest interactions.
To illustrate further, one embodiment of the invention is a polymeric compound represented by Formula 1:
( CD) I m ) =
al b T) v _ W (I) wherein P represents a linear or branched polymer chain;
CD represents a cyclic moiety such as a cyclodextrin moiety;
LI, L2 and L3, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group; f .
D, independently for each occurrence, represents a therapeutic agent or a prodrug thereof;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents a targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
a, m, and v, independently for each occurrence, represent integers in the range of 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 8, 1 to 5, or even 1 to 3);
b represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and n and w, independently for each occurrence, represents an integer in the range of 0 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5), wherein either the polymer chain comprises cyclodextrin moieties or n is at least I. = .
Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound represented by Formula II:
_ r _ I m =
- i ¨13 =
_________________ L6 P ___________ L8 I[ 1 (CD)in_ (D ) m n =
o() wherein P represents a monomer unit of a polymer;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents a targeting ligand or a precursor thereof;
L6, L7, L8, L9, and L10, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
CD, independently for each occurrence, represents a cyclic moiety such as a cyclodextrin moiety or a derivative thereof;
D, independently for each occurrence, represents a therapeutic agent or a prodrug form thereof;
in, independently for each occurrence, represents an integer in the range of 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 8, I to 5, or even Ito 3);
o represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and p, n, and q, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 to 10 (preferably 0 to 8, 0 to 5, 0 to 3, or even 0 to about 2), wherein CD and D are preferably each present at at least 1 location .
(preferably at least 5, 10, 25, 50 or even >100 locations) in the compound.
Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound represented by Formula III:
T
- - Z
____________________ L4 __ CDL7 ______________________________________________________ =
Df ( g L6 -z ( EY) f - g wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety such as a cyclodextrin moiety, or derivative thereof;
L4, L5, L6, and L7, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
D and D', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different therapeutic agent or prodrugs thereof;
T and T', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
f and y, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 1 and 10 (preferably 1 to 8, Ito 5, or even 1 to 3);
g and z, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 and 10 (preferably 0 to 8, 0 to 5, 0 to 3, or even 0 to about 2); and = h represents an integer in the range of.1 and 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5), wherein at least one occurrence (and preferably at least 5, 10, or even at least 20, 50, or >100 occurrences) of g represents an integer greater than 0.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method for preparing the therapeutic cyclodextrin-containing polymeric conjugates described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or polymer as discussed above.
Another aspect of the present invention is a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a polymeric conjugate as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method for treating a subject comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of any of the polymeric conjugates described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention is a method of conducting a pharmaceutical business comprising manufacturing, licensing, or distributing kits containing or relating to any of the polymeric conjugates described herein.
In certain embodiments, these therapeutic polymer conjugates improve drug stability and/or solubility of the therapeutic agent when used in vivo.
Furthermore, by selecting from a variety of linker groups, the polymer conjugates present methods for controlled release of the therapeutic and/or bioactive agents, or improve the in vivo safety and/or therapeutic efficacy of the therapeutic/bioactive agent. In certain embodiments, the polymer conjugates are bioerodable or biodegradable.
Brief Description of the Figures Figure 1 shows strategies for varying polymer conjugates to tune their characteristics.
Figure 2 demonstrates the effect of peptide tether length on drug release rate for drug-loaded CD polymer.
I 5 Figure 3 presents the effect that tethering camptothecin has on enhancing camptothecin stability, e.g., inhibiting lactone ring-opening.
Figure 4 shows lactone ring opening studies in pH 7.4 KR2PO4 buffer.
Figure 5a and 5b show polymerization control by adjusting polymerization time.
Figures 6 illustrates CPT release from 11G6 and HGGG6 at 37 C after 24 h in buffer solutions with pHs ranging from 1.1 to 13.1.
Figure 7 Displays HPLC analysis of degradation of CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400 Polymer Figure 8 Shows the tumor growth curve as a function of time for the D5 W, CPT, irinotecan, LGGGIO at its highest non-toxic dose tested (18 mg CPT/kg), and the other three conjugates with high MW polymer (HGGG6, HG6, HGGG10) at their MTDs in xenograft mice.
Figure 9 presents the median tumor growth curves for HGGG6, HG6 and HGGG10 in xenograft mice.
Figurel0 presents the medium tumor growth curves for LGGG10 and HGGG10 each dosed at 9 mg CPT/kg inxenograft mice.
Figure 11 presents the mean body weight (MBW) losses as a function of time plotted for D5W, CPT, irinotecan and the three conjugates containing high MW
polymer at their MTDs in xenograft mice.
Figure 12 shows the correlation of CPT concentration (ng/mg tissue) to tumor size (in mg) in xenograft mice.
Detailed Description of the Invention I Overview The present invention relates to novel compositions of therapeutic cyclodextrin-containing polymeric compounds designed for drug delivery of =
therapeutic agents. In certain embodiments, these cyclodextrin-containing polymers improve drug stability and/or solubility, and/or reduce toxicity, and/or improve efficacy of the small molecule therapeutic when used in vivo. In certain embodiments, the polymers can be used for delivery of therapeutics such as camptothecin, taxol, doxorubicin, and arnphotericin. Furthermore, by selecting from a variety of linker groups, and/or targeting ligands, the rate of drug release from the polymers can be attenuated for controlled delivery. The invention also relates to methods of treating subjects with the therapeutic compositions described herein.
The invention further relates to methods for conducting a pharmaceutical business comprising manufacturing, licensing, or distributing kits containing or relating to the polymeric compounds described herein.
More generally, the present invention provides water-soluble, biocompatible polymer conjugates comprising a water-soluble, biocompatible polymer covalently attached to bioactive moieties through attachments that are cleaved under biological conditions to release the bioactive moieties. In certain such embodiments, the polymer comprises cyclic moieties alternating with linker moieties that connect the cyclic structures, e.g., into linear or branched polymers, preferably linear polymers.
The cyclic moieties may be any suitable cyclic structures, such as cyclodextrins, crown ethers (e.g., 18-crown-6, 15-crown-5, 12-crown-4, etc.), cyclic oligopeptides (e.g., comprising from 5 to 10 amino acid residues), cryptands or cryptates (e.g., cryptand [2.2.2], cryptand-2,1,1, and complexes thereof), calixarenes, or cavitancls, = or any combination thereof. Preferably, the cyclic structure is (or is modified to be) water-soluble. In certain embodiments, e.g., where a linear polymer is desired, the cyclic structure is selected such that under polymerization conditions, exactly two moieties of each cyclic structure are reactive with the linker moieties, such that the resulting polymer comprises (or consists essentially of) an alternating series of cyclic moieties and linker moieties, such as at least four of each type of moiety.
Suitable difunctionalized cyclic moieties include many that are commercially available and/or amenable to preparation using published protocols. In certain embodiments, conjugates are soluble in water to a concentration of at least 0.1 g/mL, preferably at least 0.25 g/mL.
The polymer may be a polycation, polyanion, or non-ionic polymer. A
polycationic or polyanionic polymer has at least one site that bears a positive or negative charge, respectively. In certain such embodiments, at least one of the linker moiety and the cyclic moiety comprises such a charged site, so that every occurrence of that moiety includes a charged site.
The bioactive agent, which may be a therapeutic agent, a diagnostic agent, or an adjuvant (such as a radiosensitizer, or a compound that lacks significant activity administered alone but that potentiates the activity of another therapeutic agent), preferably makes up at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, or even 35% by weight of the conjugate. In preferred embodiments, administration of the polymer to a patient results in release of the bioactive agent over a period of at least 6 hours, preferably at least 12 or 18 hours. For example, the agent may be released over a period of time ranging from 6 hours to a month, 6 hours to two weeks, 6 hours to 3 days, etc. In certain embodiments, the rate of drug release is dependent primarily upon the rate of hydrolysis (as opposed to enzymatic cleavage), e.g., the rate of release changes by less than a factor of 5, preferably less than a factor of 2, in the presence of hydrolytic enzymes. In other embodiments, the rate of drug release may be dependent primarily on the rate of enzymatic cleavage.
Polymeric conjugates of the present invention may be useful to improve solubility and/or stability of a bioactive/therapeutic agent, reduce drug-drug interactions, reduce interactions with blood elements including plasma proteins, reduce or eliminate immunogenicity, protect the agent from metabolism, modulate drug-release kinetics, improve circulation time, improve drug half-life (e.g., in the serum, or in selected tissues, such as tumors), attenuate toxicity, improve efficacy, normalize drug metabolism across subjects of different species, ethnicities, and/or races, and/or provide for targeted delivery into specific cells or tissues.
Poorly soluble and/or toxic compounds may benefit particularly from incorporation into polymeric compounds of the invention.
II. Definitions (a) General Terms An 'adjuvant', as the term is used herein, is a compound that has little or no therapeutic value on its own, but increases the effectiveness of a therapeutic agent.
Exemplary adjuvants include radiosensitizers, transfection-enhancing agents (such as chloroquine and analogs thereof), ehemotactic agents and chemoattractants, peptides that modulate cell adhesion and/or cell mobility, cell permeabilizing agents, inhibitors of multidrug resistance and/or efflux pumps, etc.
The term "agonist", as used herein, is meant to refer to an agent that mimics .
or up-regulates (e.g., potentiates or supplements) the bioactivity of a protein of interest, or an agent that facilitates or promotes (e.g., potentiates or supplements) an interaction among polypeptides or between a polypeptide and another molecule (e.g., a steroid, hormone, nucleic acids, small molecules etc.). An agonist can be a wild-type protein or derivative thereof having at least one bioactivity of the wild-type protein. An agonist can also be a small molecule that up-regulates the expression of a gene or which increases at least one bioactivity of a protein.
An agonist can also be a protein or small molecule which increases the interaction of a polypeptide of interest with another molecule, e.g., a target peptide or nucleic acid.
"Antagonist" as used herein is meant to refer to an agent that down-regulates (e.g., suppresses or inhibits) the bioactivity of a protein of interest, or an agent that inhibits/suppresses or reduces (e.g., destabilizes or decreases) interaction among polypeptides or other molecules (e.g., steroids, hormones, nucleic acids, etc.). An antagonist can also be a compound that down-regulates the expression of a gene of interest or which reduces the amount of the wild-type protein present. An antagonist can also be a protein or small molecule which decreases or inhibits the interaction of a polypeptide of interest with another molecule, e.g., a target peptide or nucleic acid.
The terms "biocompatible polymer" and "biocompatibility" when used in relation to polymers are art-recognized. For example, biocompatible polymers include polymers that are neither themselves toxic to the host (e.g., an animal or human), nor degrade (if the polymer degrades) at a rate that produces monomeric or oligorneric subunits or other byproducts at toxic concentrations in the host.
In certain embodiments of the present invention, biodegradation generally involves degradation of the polymer in an organism, e.g., into its monomeric subunits, which may be known to be effectively non-toxic. Intermediate oligomeric products resulting from such degradation may have different toxicological properties, however, or biodegradation may involve oxidation or other biochemical reactions that generate molecules other than monomeric subunits of the polymer.
Consequently, in certain embodiments, toxicology of a biodegradable polymer intended for in vivo use, such as implantation or injection into a patient, may be =
determined after one or more toxicity analyses. It is not necessary that any subject composition have a purity of 100% to be deemed biocompatible. Hence, a subject composition may comprise 99%, 98%, 97%, 96%, 95%, 90% 85%, 80%, 75% or even less of biocompatible polymers, e.g., including polymers and other materials and excipients described herein, and still be biocompatible.
To determine whether a polymer or other material is biocompatible, it may be necessary to conduct a toxicity analysis. Such assays are well known in the art.
One example of such an assay may be performed with live carcinoma cells, such as GT3TKB tumor cells, in the following manner: the sample is degraded in 1 M
NaOH at 37 C until complete degradation is observed: The solution is then neutralized with I M HC1. About 200 p.L of various concentrations of the degraded sample products are placed in 96-well tissue culture plates and seeded with human gastric carcinoma cells (GT3TKI3) at 104/well density. The degraded sample products are incubated with the GT3TKB cells for 48 hours. The results of the assay may be plotted as % relative growth vs. concentration of degraded sample in the tissue-culture well. In addition, polymers and formulations of the present invention may also be evaluated by well-known in vivo tests, such as subcutaneous implantations in rats to confirm that they do not cause significant levels of irritation or inflammation at the subcutaneous implantation sites.
The term "biodegradable" is art-recognized, and includes polymers, compositions and formulations, such as those described herein, that are intended to degrade during use. Biodegradable polymers typically differ from non-biodegradable polymers in that the former may be degraded during use. In certain embodiments, such use involves in vivo use, such as in vivo therapy, and in other certain embodiments, such use involves in vitro use. In general, degradation =
attributable to biodegradability involves the degradation of a biodegradable polymer into its component subunits, or digestion, e.g., by a biochemical process, of the polymer into smaller, non-polymeric subunits. In certain embodiments, two different types of biodegradation may generally be identified. For example, one type of biodegradation may involve cleavage of bonds (whether covalent or otherwise) in the polymer backbone. In such biodegradation, monomers and oligomers typically result, and even more typically, such biodegradation occurs by cleavage of a bond connecting one or more of subunits of a polymer. In contrast, another type of biodegradation may involve cleavage of a bond (whether covalent or otherwise) internal to sidechain or that connects a side chain to the polymer backbone.
For example, a therapeutic agent or other chemical moiety attached as a side chain to the polymer backbone may be released by biodegradation. In certain embodiments, one or the other or both general types of biodegradation may occur during use of a polymer.
As used herein, the term "biodegradation" encompasses both general types of biodegradation. The degradation rate of a biodegradable polymer often depends in part on a variety of factors, including the chemical identity of the linkage responsible for any degradation, the molecular weight, crystallinity, biostability, and degree of cross-linking of such polymer, the physical characteristics (e.g., shape and size) of an implant, and the mode and location of administration. For example, the greater the molecular weight, the higher the degree of crystallinity, and/or the greater the biostability, the biodegradation of any biodegradable polymer is usually slower. The term "biodegradable" is intended to cover materials and processes also termed "bioerodible".
In certain embodiments wherein the biodegradable polymer also has a therapeutic agent or other material associated with it, the biodegradation rate of such polymer may be characterized by a release rate of such materials. In such circumstances, the biodegradation rate may depend on not only the chemical identity and physical characteristics of the polymer, but also on the identity of material(s) incorporated therein. Degradation of the subject compositions includes not only the cleavage of intrarnolecular bonds, e.g., by oxidation and/or hydrolysis, but also the disruption of intermolecular bonds, such as dissociation of host/guest complexes by competitive complex formation with foreign inclusion hosts.
In certain embodiments, polymeric formulations of the present invention biodegrade within a period that is acceptable in the desired application. In certain embodiments, such as in vivo therapy, such degradation occurs in a period usually less than about five years, one year, six months, three months, one month, fifteen days, five days, three days, or even one day on exposure to a physiological solution with a pH between 6 and 8 having a temperature of between 25 and 37 C. In other embodiments, the polymer degrades in a period of between about one hour and several weeks, depending on the desired application.
As used herein the term "bioerodable" refers to polymers which deliver -sustained effective amounts of therapeutic agent to target tissue over desired extended periods of time. Thus, a polymer according to the invention in the biological environment of host tissue and the like, in one aspect, is subjected to hydrolytic enzymes and oxidative species under, and in proportion to, the host's inflammatory response. This results in release of the therapeutic agent via the breaking of the covalent linked bonds. Thus, in certain embodiments, the materials of the invention utilize the mammal's own wound-healing repair process in being degraded thereby, as hereinbefore described.
The biodegradable polymers polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, and polylactic-glycolic acid copolymer (PLGA), have been investigated extensively for nanoparticle formulation. These polymers are polyesters that, upon implantation in the body, undergo simple hydrolysis. The products of such hydrolysis are =
biologically compatible and metabolizable moieties (e.g., lactic acid and glycolic acid), which are eventually removed from the body by the citric acid cycle.
Polymer biodegradation products are formed at a very slow rate, and hence do not affect normal cell function. Several implant studies with these polymers have proven safe in drug delivery applications, used in the form of matrices, microspheres, bone implant materials, surgical sutures, and also in contraceptive applications for long-term effects. These polymers are also used as graft materials for artificial organs, and recently as basement membranes in tissue engineering investigations.
Nature Med. 824-826 (1996). Thus, these polymers have been time-tested in various applications and proven safe for human use. Most importantly, these polymers are FDA-approved for human use.
When polymers are used for delivery of pharmacologically active agents in vivo, it is essential that the polymers themselves be nontoxic and that they degrade into non-toxic degradation products as the polymer is eroded by the body fluids.
Many synthetic biodegradable polymers, however, yield oligom.ers and monomers upon erosion in vivo that adversely interact with the surrounding tissue. D.
F.
Williams, J. Mater. Sci. 1233 (1982). To minimize the toxicity of the intact polymer carrier and its degradation products, polymers have been designed based on naturally occurring metabolites. Probably the most extensively studied examples of such polymers are the polyesters derived from lactic or glycolic acid and polyamides derived from amino acids.
A number of bioerodable ot biodegradable polymers are known and used for controlled release of pharmaceuticals. Such polymers are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,291,013; U.S. Pat. No. 4,347,234; U.S. Pat. No. 4,525,495;
U.S. Pat No. 4,570,629; U.S. Pat. No. 4,572,832; U.S. Pat. No. 4,587,268;
'U.S. Pat. No. 4,638,045; U.S. Pat. No. 4,675,381; U.S. Pat. No. 4,745,160;
and U.S. Pat. No. 5,219,980.
A biohydrolyzable bond (e.g., ester, amide, carbonate, carbamates, or imide) refers to a bond that is cleaved (e.g., an ester is cleaved to form a hydroxyl and a carboxylic acid) under physiological conditions. Physiological conditions include the acidic and basic environments of the digestive tract (e.g., stomach, intestines, etc.), acidic environment of a tumor, enzymatic cleavage, metabolism, and other biological processes, and preferably refer to physiological conditions in a vertebrate, such as a mammal.
As used herein the terms "comonomer A precursor", "linker", "linker group", and "linker moiety" refer to any straight chain or branched, symmetric or asymmetric compound which upon reaction with a cyclodextrin monomer precursor or other suitable cyclic moiety links two such moieties together. In certain embodiments, a comonomer A precursor is a compound containing at least two functional groups through which reaction and thus linkage of the cyclodextrin monomers can be achieved. Examples of functional groups, which may be the same or different, terminal or internal, of each comonomer A precursor include, but are not limited, to amino, acid, imidazole, hydroxyl, thin, acyl halide, or groups and derivatives thereof. In preferred embodiments, the two functional groups are the same and are located at termini of the coinonomer. In certain embodiments, a comonomer A precursor contains one or more pendant groups with at least one functional group through which reaction and thus linkage of therapeutic agent or targeting ligand can be achieved, or branched polymerization can be achieved.
Examples of functional groups, which may be the same or different, terminal or internal, of each comonomer A precursor pendant group include, but are not limited, to amino, acid, imidazole, hydroxyl, thiol, acyl halide, ethylene, and ethyne groups and derivatives thereof. In certain embodiments, the pendant group is a (un)substituted branched, cyclic or straight chain Cl-Cl 0 (preferably C I-C6) alkyl, or arylalkyl optionally containing one or more heteroatoms, e.g., N, 0, S, within the chain or ring.
Upon copolymerization of a comonomer A precursor with a cyclodextrin monomer precursor, two cyclodextrin monomers may be linked together by joining the primary hydroxyl side of one cyclodextrin monomer with the primary hydroxyl side of another cyclodextrin monomer, by joining the secondary hydroxyl side of one cyclodextrin Monomer with the secondary hydroxyl side of another cyclodextrin monomer, or by joining the primary hydroxyl side of one cyclodextrin monomer with the secondary hydroxyl side of another cyclodextrin monomer. Accordingly, combinations of such linkages may exist in the final copolymer. Both the comonomer A precursor and the comonomer A of the final copolymer may be neutral, cationic (e.g., by containing protonated groups such as, for example, quaternary ammonium groups), or anionic (e.g., by containing deprotonated groups, such as, for example, sulfate, phosphate, borinate or carboxylate). The charge of comonomer A of the copolymer may be adjusted by 'adjusting pH conditions.
Examples of suitable comonomer A precursors include, but are not limited to succinimide (e.g., dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate) DSP, and dissucinimidyl suberate (DSS)), glutamates, and aspartates).
The cyclodextrin-containing polymers of the present invention may be linear, branched or grafted. As used herein, the term "linear cyclodextrin-containing polymer" refers to a polymer comprising (a, or y) cyclodextrin molecules, or derivatives thereof which are inserted within a polymer chain. As used herein, the term "grafted cyclodextrin-containing polymer" refers to a polymer comprising (a, p, or y) cyclodextrin molecules, or derivatives thereof which are pendant off of the polymer chain. The term "graft polymer" as used .herein refers to a polymer molecule which has additional moieties attached as pendent groups along a polymer backbone. The term "graft polymerization" denotes a polymerization in which a side chain is grafted onto a polymer chain, which side chain consists of one or several other monomers. The properties of the graft copolymer obtained such as, for example, solubility, melting point, water absorption, wettability, mechanical properties, adsorption behavior, etc., deviate more or less sharply from those of the initial polymer as a function of the type and amount of the grafted monomers.
The term "grafting ratio", as used herein, means the weight percent of the amount of the monomers grafted based on the weight of the polymer. As used herein, a branched cyclodextrin-containing polymer refers to a polymer backbone with a plurality of branch points, wherein each branch point is a starting point of yet another strand of the polymer backbone, and each section of polymer backbone may have a plurality of (a, (3, or y) cyclodextrin molecules, or derivatives thereof, inserted into or grafted onto the chain.
The term "cyclodextrin moiety" refers to (a, f3, or y) cyclodextrin molecules or derivatives thereof, which may be in their oxidized or reduced forms.
Cyclodextrin moieties may comprise optional linkers. Optional therapeutic agents and/or targeting ligands may be further linked to these moieties via an optional linker. The linkage may be covalent (optionally via biohydrolyzable bonds, e.g., esters, amides, carbamates, and carbonates) or may be a host-guest complex between the cyclodextrin derivative and the therapeuticagent and/or targeting ligand or the oPtional linkers of each. Cyclodextrin moieties may further include one or more carbohydrate moieties, preferably simple carbohydrate moieties such as galactose, attached to the cyclic core, either directly (i.e., via a carbohydrate linkage) or through a linker group.
The term "ED50" means the dose of a drug that produces 50% of its maximum response or effect.
An 'effective amount' of a subject compound, with respect to the subject method of treatment, refers to an amount of the therapeutic in a preparation which, when applied as part of a desired dosage regimen provides a benefit according to clinically acceptable standards for the treatment or prophylaxis of a particular disorder.
The term "healthcare providers" refers to individuals or organizations that provide healthcare services to a person, community, etc. Examples of "healthcare providers" include doctors, hospitals, continuing care retirement communities, skilled nursing facilities, subacute care facilities, clinics, multispecialty clinics, freestanding ambulatory centers, home health agencies, and HMO's.
"Instruction(s)" as used herein means documents describing relevant materials or methodologies pertaining to a kit. These materials may include any combination of the following: background information, list of components and their availability information (purchase information, etc.), brief or detailed protocols for using the kit, trouble-shooting, references, technical support, and any other related documents. Instructions can be supplied with the kit or as a separate member component, either as a paper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or as recorded presentation. Instructions can comprise one or multiple documents, and are meant to include future updates.
"Kit" as used herein means a collection of at least two components constituting the kit. Together, the components constitute a functional unit for a given purpose. Individual member components may be physically packaged together or separately. For example, a kit comprising an instruction for using the kit may or may not physically include the instruction with other individual member components. Instead, the instruction can be supplied as a separate member component, either in a paper form Or an electronic form which may be supplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded. from an internet webs ite, or as recorded presentation.
The term "LD50" means the dose of a drug that is lethal in 50% of test subjects.
A "patient" or "subject" to be treated by the subject method can mean either a human or non-human subject.
The "polymerizations" of the present invention include radical, anionic, and cationic mechanisms, as well as reactions of bifunctional molecules (analogous to the formation of nylon, e.g., reacting molecules each of which bears two or more different reactive moieties that react with each other (but, preferably, are disfavored from reacting intramolecularly by steric, conformational, or other constraints), or reacting two or more different compounds, each compound bearing two or more reactive moieties that react only with reactive moieties of different compounds (i.e., intermolecularly)), as well as metal-catalyzed polymerizations such as olefin metathesis, and other polymerization reactions known to those of skill in the art.
The term "prophylactic or therapeutic" treatment is art-recognized and includes administration to the host of one or more of the subject compositions. If it is administered prior to clinical manifestation of the unwanted condition (e.g., disease or other unwanted state of the host animal) then the treatment is prophylactic, i.e., it protects the host against developing the unwanted condition, whereas if it is administered after manifestation of the unwanted condition, the treatment is therapeutic, (i.e., it is intended to diminish, ameliorate, or stabilize the existing unwanted condition or side effects thereof).
The term "preventing" is art-recognized, and when used in relation to a condition, such as a local recurrence (e.g., pain), a disease such as cancer, a syndrome complex such as heart failure or any other medical condition, is well understood in the art, and includes administration of a composition which reduces the frequency of, or delays the onset of, symptoms of a medical condition in a subject relative to a subject which does not receive the composition. Thus, prevention of cancer includes, for example, reducing the number of detectable cancerous growths in a population of patients receiving a prophylactic treatment relative to an untreated control population, and/or delaying the appearance of detectable cancerous growths in a treated population versus an untreated control population, e.g., by a statistically and/or clinically significant amount.
Prevention of an infection includes, for example, reducing the number of diagnoses of the infection in a treated population versus an untreated control population, and/or delaying the onset of symptoms of the infection in a treated population versus an untreated control population. Prevention of pain includes, for example, reducing the frequency of, or alternatively delaying, pain sensations experienced by subjects in a treated population versus an untreated control population.
As used herein, the terms "therapeutic agent" include any synthetic or naturally occurring biologically active compound or composition of matter which, when administered to an organism (human or nonhuman animal), induces a desired pharmacologic, immunogenic, and/or physiologic effect by local and/or systemic action. The term therefore encomPasses those compounds or chemicals traditionally regarded as drugs, vaccines, and biopharmaceuticals including molecules such as proteins, peptides, hormones, nucleic acids, gene constructs and the like.
More particularly, the term "therapeutic agent" includes compounds or Compositions for use in all of the major therapeutic areas including, but not limited to, adjuvants; anti-infectives such as antibiotics and antiviral agents; analgesics and analgesic combinations, anorexics, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-epileptics, local and general . anesthetics, hypnotics, sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic and cholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents, antiadrenergics, antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, and nutrients, antiarthrities, antiasthmatic agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antinauseants, antineoplastics, antipruritics, antipyretics; antispasmodics, cardiovascular preparations (including calcium channel blockers, beta-blockers, beta-agonists and antiarrythmics), antihypertensives, diuretics, vasodilators; central nervous system stimulants;
cough and cold preparations; decongestants; diagnostics; hormones; bone growth stimulants and bone resorption inhibitors; immunosuppressives; muscle relaxants;
psychostimulants; sedatives; tranquilizers; proteins, peptides, and fragments thereof (whether naturally occurring, chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced);
and nucleic acid molecules (polymeric forms of two or more nucleotides, either ribonucleotides (RNA) or deoxyribonucleotides (DNA) including both double- and single-stranded molecules, gene constructs, expression vectors, antisense molecules and the like), small molecules (e.g., doxorubicin) and other biologically active macromolecules such as, for example, proteins and enzymes. The agent may be a biologically active agent used in medical, including veterinary, applications and in agriculture, such as with plants, as well as other areas. The term therapeutic agent also includes without limitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements;
substances used for the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of disease or illness; or substances which affect the structure or function of the body; or pro-drugs, which become biologically active or more active after they have been placed in a predetermined physiological environment.
As used herein the term "low aqueous solubility" refers to water insoluble compounds having poor solubility in water, that is <5 mg/m1 at physiological pH
(6.5-7.4). Preferably, their water solubility is <1 mg/ml, more preferably <0.1 mg/mi. It is desirable that the drug is stable in water as a dispersion;
otherwise a lyophilized or spray-dried solid form may be desirable.
Examples of some preferred water-insoluble drugs include iinmunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporins including cyclosporine (cyclosporin A), immunoactive agents, antiviral and antifungal agents, antineoplastic agents, analgesic and anti-inflammatory agents, antibiotics, anti-epileptics, anesthetics, hypnotics, sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, anticonvulsant agents, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic and cholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents, .
antiadrenergic and antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, and nutrients. A detailed description of these and other suitable drugs may be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, 1990, Mack Publishing Co.
Philadelphia, Pa The term "therapeutic index" refers to the therapeutic index of a drug defined as LD50/ED50.
A "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound, with respect to a method of treatment, refers to an amount of the compound(s) in a preparation which, when administered as part of a desired dosage regimen (to a mammal, preferably a human) alleviates a symptom, ameliorates a condition, or slows the onset of disease conditions according to clinically acceptable standards for the disorder or condition to be treated or the cosmetic purpose, e.g.,a.t a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
A "therapeutically effective daily dosage" of a compound, with respect to a method of treatment, refers to an amount of the compound(s) in a Preparation which, when administered as part of a desired daily dosage regimen (to a mammal, preferably a human) alleviates a symptom, ameliorates a condition, or slows the onset of disease conditions according to clinically acceptable standards for the disorder or condition to be treated or the cosmetic purpose, e.g., at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
(1)) Chemical Terms An aliphatic chain comprises the classes of alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl defined below. A straight aliphatic chain is limited to unbranched carbon chain radicals. As used herein, the term "aliphatic group" refers to a straight chain, branched-chain, or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and includes saturated and unsaturated aliphatic groups, such as an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an allcynyl group.
Alkyl refers to a fully saturated branched or unbranched carbon chain radical having the number of carbon atoms specified, or up to 30 carbon atoms if no specification is made. For example, alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms refers to radicals such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and octyl, and those radicals which are positional isomers of these radicals. Alkyl of 10 to 30 carbon atoms includes decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl, heneicosyl, docosyl, tricosyl and tetracosyl. In preferred embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chains, C3-for branched chains), and more preferably 20 or fewer. Likewise, preferred cycloalkyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
Moreover, the term "alkyl" (or "lower alkyl") as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkyls" and "substituted alkyls", the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl), a thiocarbonyt (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an arnidine, a cyano, a nitro, a sulfhydryl, an allcylthio, a sulfate, a suIfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroarornatic moiety. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, allcylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), -CF3, -CN and the like.
Exemplary substituted allcyls are described below. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted with alkyls, alkenyls, alkoxyls, alkylthios, aminoalkyls, carbonyl-substituted alkyls, -CF3, -CN, and the like.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl", as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
Likewise, "lower alkenyl" and "lower alkynyl" have similar chain lengths.
Throughout the application, preferred alkyl groups are lower alkyls. In preferred embodiments, a substituent designated herein as alkyl is a lower alkyl.
The term "alkylthio" refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, having a sulfur radical attached thereto. In preferred embodiments, the "allcylthio" moiety is represented by one of -(S)-alkyl, -(S)-alkenyl, -(S)-alkynyl, and -(S)-(CH2)m-R1, wherein m and R1 are defined below. Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
Alkenyl refers to any branched or unbranched unsaturated carbon chain radical having the number of carbon atoms specified, or. up to 26 carbon atoms if no limitation on the number of carbon atoms is specified; and having 1 or more double bonds in the radical. Alkenyl of 6 to 26 carbon atoms is exemplified by hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undecenyl, dodenyl, tridecenyl, tetradecenyl, pentadecenyl, hexadecenyl, heptadecenyl, octadecenyl, nonadecenyl, eicosenyl, heneicosoenyl, docosenyl, tricosenyl and tetracosenyl, in their various isomeric forms, where the unsaturated bond(s) can be located anywhere in the radical and can have either the (Z) or the (E) configuration about the double bond(s).
Alkynyl refers to hydrocarbyl radicals of the scope of alkenyl, but having 1 or more triple bonds in the radical.
The terms "alkoxyl" or "alkoxy" as used herein refers to an alkyl group, as defined below, having an oxygen radical attached thereto. Representative alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and the like. An "ether"
is two hydrocarbons covalently linked by an oxygen. Accordingly, the substituent of =
an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of -0-alkyl, -0-alkenyl, -0-alkynyl, -0-(CH2)m-R1, where m and RI are described below.
The terms "amine" and "amino" are art-recognized and refer to both unsubstituted and substituted amines, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by the general formulae:
Rg f-N or wherein R3, R5 and R6 each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, -(CH2)m-R1, or R3 and R5 taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure;
RI represents an alkenyl, aryl, cycloallcyl, a cycloalkenyl, a heterocycly1 or a polycyclyl; and m is zero or an integer in the range of Ito 8. In preferred embodiments, only one of R3 or R5 can be a carbonyl, e.g., R3, R5 and the nitrogen together do not form an imide. In even more preferred embodiments, R3 and R5 (and optionally R6) each independently represent a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, or -(CH2)m-R1. Thus, the term "alkylamine" as used herein means an amine group, as defined above, having a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl attached thereto, i.e., at least one of R3 and R5 is an alkyl group. In certain embodiments, an amino group or an alkylamine is basic, meaning it has a pKa > 7.00. The protonated forms of these functional groups have pKas relative to water above 7.00.
The term "carbonyl" is art-recognized and includes such moieties as can be represented by the general formula:
X R7 or scsi XJL Rg wherein X is a bond or represents an oxygen or a sulfur, and R7 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, -(CH2)m-R1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, R8 represents a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl or -(C112)m-R1, where in and R1 are as defined above. Where X is an oxygen and R7 or R8 is not hydrogen, the formula represents an "ester". Where X is an oxygen, and R7 is as defined above, the moiety is referred to herein as a carboxyl group, and particularly when R7 is a hydrogen, the formula represents a "carboxylic acid". Where X is an oxygen, and R8 is hydrogen, the formula represents a "formate". In general, where the oxygen atom of the above formula is replaced by sulfur, the formula represents a "thiocarbonyl" group.
Where X is a sulfur and R7 or R8 is not hydrogen, the formula represents a "thioester"
group. Where X is a sulfur and R. is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thiocarboxylic acid" group. Where X is a sulfur and R8 is hydrogen, the formula represents a "thioformate" group. On the other hand, where X is a bond, and R7 is not hydrogen, the above formula represents a "ketone" group. Where X is a bond, and R7 is hydrogen, the above formula represents an "aldehyde" group.
The term "derivatized" refers to chemically modifying molecules. The chemical modifications may be artificial such as formation of drugs, natural such as formation of metabolites. The skilled artisan would readily recognize the variety of ways molecules may be modified, such as oxidations, reductions, electrophilic/nucleophilic substitutions, alkylations, ester/amide formations and the like. For example, cyclodextrins of the present invention may be chemically modified by amination, tosylation, or iodination prior to covalently attaching them to the polymeric matrix. Likewise, therapeutic agents may be chemically modified by preparing prodrugs (e.g., glycine-carnptothecin).
95 The terms "heterOcycly1" or "heterocyclic group" refer to 3- to 10-membered ring structures, more preferably 3- to 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heterocycles can also be polycycles.
Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, thiophene, thianthrene, furan, pyran, isobenzofuran, chromene, xanthene, phenoxathiin, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnolinc, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, pyrimidine, phenanthro line, phenazine, phenarsazine, phenothiazine, furazan, phenoxazine, pyrrolidine, oxolane, thiolane, oxazole, piperidine, piperazine, tnorpholine, lactones, lactarns such as azetidinones and pyrrolidinones, sultarns, sultones, and the like. The heterocyclic ring can be substituted at one or more positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, sulfhydryl, hnino, amido, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, sulfamoyl, sulfinyl, ether, allcylthio, sulfonyl, ketone, aldehyde, ester, a heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, -CF3, -CN, or the like.
As used herein, the term "substituted" is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents_ of organic compounds.
Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described herein above.
The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
This invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds.
The term "hydrocarbyl" refers to a monovalent hydrocarbon radical comprised of carbon chains or rings of up to 26 carbon atoms to which hydrogen atoms are attached. The term includes alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and aryl groups, groups which have a mixture of saturated and unsaturated bonds, carbocyclic rings and includes combinations of such groups. It may refer to straight chain, branched-chain, cyclic structures or combinations thereof.
The term "hydrocarbylene" refers to a divalent hydrocarbyl radical.
Representative examples include alkylene, phenylene, or cyclohexylene.
Preferably, the hydrocarbylene chain is fully saturated and/or has a chain of 1-10 carbon atoms.
As used herein, the term "nitro" means -NO2; the term "halogen" designates -F, -Cl, -Br or :I; the term "sulfhydryl" means -SH; the term "hydroxyl" means -014;
and the term "sulfonyl" means -S02-.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
Analogous substitutions can be made to alkenyl and alkynyl groups to produce, for example, aminoalkenyls, aminoalkynyls, amidoalkenyls, amidoallcynyls, iminoalkenyls, iminoalkynyls, thioalkenyls, thioalkynyls, carbonyl-substituted alkenyls or alkynyls.
As used herein, the definition Of each expression, e.g., alkyl, m, n, etc., when it occurs more than once in any structure, is intended to be independent of its definition elsewhere in the same structure.
The terms triflyl, tosyl, mesyl, and nonafiylare art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, methanesulfonyl, and nonafluorobutanesulfonyl groups, respectively. The terms triflate, tosylate, mesylate, and nonaflate are art-recognized and refer to trifluoromethanesulfonate ester, p-toluenesulfonate ester, methanesulfonate ester, and nonafluorobutanesulfonate ester functional groups and molecules that contain said groups, resPectively.
The abbreviations Me, Et, Ph, Ms represent methyl, ethyl, phenyl, and = methanesulfonyl, respectively. A more comprehensive list of the abbreviations utilized by organic chemists of ordinary skill in the art appears in the first issue of each volume of the Journal of Organic Chemistry; this list is typically presented in a table entitled Standard List of Abbreviations.
Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in particular geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and trans-isomers, (R)- and (S)-enantiomers, diastereomers, (d)-isomers, (I)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may . be present in a substituent such as an alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included in this invention.
If, for instance, a particulafenantiomer of a compound of the present invention is desired, it may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by derivatization with a chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide the pure desired enantiomers.
Alternatively, where the molecule contains a basic functional group, such as amino, or an acidic functional group, such as carboxyl, diastereomeric salts may be formed with an appropriate optically active acid or base, folloWed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic means well known in the art, and subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers.
Contemplated equivalents of the compounds described above include compounds which otherwise correspond thereto, and which have the same general properties thereof, wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the efficacy of the compound. In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures_ In these reactions, it is also possible to malce use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here.
For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 67th Ed., 1986-87, inside cover. Also for purposes of this invention, the term "hydrocarbon" is contemplated to include all permissible compounds having at least one hydrogen and one carbon atom. In a broad aspect, the permissible hydrocarbons include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonarornatic organic compounds which.
can be substituted or unsubstituted.
III. Exemplary Applications of Method and Compositions (a) Exemplmy Compositions The present invention includes polymer conjugates, such as cyclodextrin-containing polymer conjugates, wherein one or more therapeutic/bioactive agents are covalently attached. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a small molecule, a macromolecule, an antibody, a peptide, a protein, an enzyme, a nucleic acid, or a polymer that has therapeutic function. The polymers include linear or branched cyclodextrin-containing polymers and polymers grafted with cyclodextrin.
Exemplary cyclodextrin-containing polymers that may be modified as described herein are taught in U.S. Patent No. 6,509,323, published U.S. application No.
20020151523, and U.S. patent application serial No.s 60/417373, and 10/372723.
These polymers are useful as carriers for small molecule therapeutic delivery, and may improve drug stability and solubility when used in vivo.
Accordingly, one embodiment of present invention is a polymeric compound represented by Formula I:
cD) I m Li 1 _fl { L2 ( D) al b (T) v w (I) wherein P represents a linear or branched polymer chain;
CD represents a cyclic moiety such as a cyclodextrin moiety;
L, 1.;2 and 1,3, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
D, independently for each occurrence, represents a therapeutic agent or a prodrag thereof;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents a targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
a, in, and v, independently for each occurrence, represent integers in the range of Ito 10 (preferably 1 to 8, Ito 5, or even 1 to 3);
n and w, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and b represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000; <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5), wherein either P comprises cyclodextrin moieties or n is at least 1_ In certain embodiments, P contains a plurality of cyclodextrin moieties within the polymer chain as opposed to the cyclodextrin moieties being grafted on to pendant groups off of the polymeric chain. Thus in certain embodiments, the polymer chain of formula I further comprises n' units of U, wherein n' represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and U is represented by the general formula:
T
I Y
L
___________________ L4 ___________ CD _______ L7 _____ Df -g L6 - 7) -z D')f g wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety, such as a cyclodextrin moiety, or derivative thereof;
L4, L5, L6, and L7, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
D and D', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different therapeutic agent or prodrug forms thereof;
T and T', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
f and y, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 1 and 10; and g and z, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 and 10.
In preferred embodiments, L4 and L7 represent linker groups.
In certain embodiments, the polymer may be selected from polysaccharides, and other non-protein biocornpatible polymers, and combinations thereof, that contain at least one terminal hydroxyl group, such as polyvinylpyrrollidone, poly(oxyethylene)glycol (PEG), polysuccinic anhydride, polysebacic acid, PEG
phosphate, polyglutarnate, polyethylenimine, maleic anhydride divinylether (DIVMA), cellulose, pullulans, inulin, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), N-(2-.
hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide (HPMA), dextran and hydroxyethyl starch (HES), and have optional pendant groups for grafting therapeutic agents, targeting ligands and/or cyclodextrin moieties. In certain embodiments, the polymer may be biodegradable such as poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(allcyl 2-cyanoacrylates), polyanhydrides, and polyorthoesters, or bioerodible such as polYlactide-glycolide copolymers, and derivatives thereof; non-peptide polyaminoacids, polyiminocarbonates, poly alpha-amino acids, polyalkyl-cyano-acrylate, polyphosphazenes or acyloxymethyl poly aspartate and polyglutamate copolymers and mixtures thereof. -Another embodiment of the invention is a polymeric compound represented by Formula II:
[TI
I m - -_________________ L6P __________________________ L8 _____ I _ /
( (I) rn m- n -¨ 0 wherein P represents a monomer unit of a polymer;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents a targeting ligand or a precursor thereof;
L6, 1,7, L3, L9, and L10, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
CD, independently for each occurrence, represents a cyclodextrin moiety or a derivative thereof;
D, independently for each occurrence, represents a therapeutic agent or a prodrug form thereof;
m, independently for each occurrence, represents an integer in the range of 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 8, 1 to 5, or even 1 to 3);
o represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and p, n, and q, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 to 10 (preferably 0 to 8, 0 to 5, 0 to 3, or even 0 to about 2), wherein CD and D are preferably each present at at least 1 location (preferably at least 5, 10, 25, or even 50 or 100 locations) in the compound.
Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula T
Y
- I -z CD ________________________________________ L7 ____ D (r) g ¨ 11 wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety, such as a cyclodextrin moiety, or derivative thereof;
L4, L5, L6, and L7, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
33 =
D and D', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different therapeutic agent or pro drugs thereof;
T and T', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
f and y, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 1 and 10 (preferably 1 to 8, I to 5, or even I to 3);
g and z, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 and 10 (preferably 0 to 8, 0 to 5, 0 to 3, or even 0 to about 2); and h represents an integer in the range of 1 and 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5), wherein at least one occurrence (and preferably at least 5, 10, or even at least 20, 50, or 100 occurrences) of g represents an integer greater than 0.
In preferred embodiments, L4 and L7 represent linker groups.
In certain embodiments, the underlying polymers are linear cyclodextrin-containing polymers, e.g., the polymer backbone includes cyclodextrin moieties. For example, the polymer may be a water-soluble, linear cyclodextrin polymer produced by providing at least one cyclodextrin derivative modified to bear one reactive site at each of exactly two positions, and reacting the cyclodextrin derivative with a linker having exactly two reactive moieties capable of forming a covalent bond with the reactive sites under polymerization conditions that promote reaction of the reactive sites with the reactive moieties to form covalent bonds between the linker and the cyclodextrin derivative, whereby a linear polymer comprising alternating units of cyclodextrin derivatives and linkers is produced. Alternatively the polymer may be a water-soluble, linear cyclodextrin polymer having a linear polymer backbone, which polymer comprises a plurality of substituted or unsubstituted cyclodextrin moieties and linker moieties in the linear polymer backbone, wherein each of the cyclodextrin moieties, other than a cyclodextrin moiety at the terminus of a polymer chain, is attached to two of said linker moieties, each linker moiety covalently linking two cyclodextrin moieties. In yet another embodiment, the polymer is a water-soluble, linear cyclodextrin polymer comprising a plurality of cyclodextrin moieties = 34 covalently linked together by a plurality of linker moieties, wherein each cyclodextrin moiety, other than a cyclodextrin moiety at the terminus of a polymer chain, is attached to two linker moieties to form a linear cyclodextrin polymer.
The linker group(s) may be an allcylene chain, a polyethylene glycol (PEG) chain, polysuccinic anhydride, poly-L-glutamic acid, poly(ethyleneimine), an oligosaccharide, an amino acid chain, or any other suitable linkage. In certain embodiments, the linker group itself can be stable under physiological conditions, such as an alkylene chain, or it can be cleavable under physiological conditions, such as by an enzyme (e.g., the linkage contains a peptide sequence that is a substrate for a peptidase), or by hydrolysis (e.g., the linkage contains a hydrolyzable group, such as an ester or thioester). The linker groups can be biologically inactive, such as a PEG, polyglycolic acid, or polylactic acid chain, or can be biologically active, such as an oligo- or polypeptide that, when cleaved from the moieties, binds a receptor, deactivates an enzyme, etc.- Various oligomeric linker groups that are biologically compatible and/or bioerodible are known in the art, and the selection of the linkage may influence the ultimate properties of the material, such as whether it is durable when implanted, whether it gradually deforms or shrinks after implantation, or whether it gradually degrades and is absorbed by the body.
The linker group may be attached to the moieties by any suitable bond or functional group, including carbon-carbon bonds, esters, ethers, amides, amines, carbonates, carbainates, sulfonamides, etc.
In certain embodiments, the linker group(s) of the present invention represent a hydrocarbylene group wherein one or more methylene groups is optionally replaced by a group Y (provided that none of the Y groups are adjacent to each other), wherein each Y, independently for each occurrence, is selected from, substituted or urisubstituted aryl, heteroaryI, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or -0-, C(X) (wherein X is NR, 0 or S), -0C(0)-, -C(=0)0, -NRICO-, -C(0)N12.1-, -S(0)õ- (wherein n is 0, 1, or 2), -0C(0)-NRI, -NR1-C(0)-NR1-, -NRi-C(NIZI)-NRI-, and -B(OR1)-; and RI, independently for each occurrence, represents H or a lower alkyl.
In certain embodiments, the linker group represents a derivatized or non-derivatized amino acid. In certain embodiments, linker groups with one or more terminal carboxyl groups may be conjugated to the polymer. In certain embodiments, one or more of these terminal carboxyl groups may be capped by covalently attaching them to a therapeutic agent, a targeting moiety, or a cyclodextrin moiety via an (thio)ester or amide bond. In still other embodiments, linker groups with one or more terminal hydroxyl, thiol, or amino groups may be incorporated into the polymer. In preferred embodiments, one or more of these terminal hydroxyl groups may be capped by covalently attaching them to a therapeutic agent, a targeting moiety, or a cyclodextrin moiety via an (thio)ester, amide, carbonate, carbamate, thiocarbonate, or thiocarbamate bond. In certain embodiments, these (thio)ester, amide, (thio)carbonate or (thio)carbamates bonds may be biohydrolyzable, i.e., capable of being hydrolyzed under biological conditions.
In certain embodiments, the polymers as described above have polydispersities less than about 3, or even less than about 2.
In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a small molecule, a peptide, a protein, or a polymer that has therapeutic function. In certain embodiments, the agent is an anti-cancer (such as camptothecin or related derivatives), anti-fungal, anti-bacterial, anti-mycotic, or anti-viral therapeutic. In certain embodiments, the agent is a receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, the agent is a receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a protease inhibitor.
Furthermore, a polymer of the present invention may contain one kind of therapeutic agent, or may contain more than one kind of therapeutic agent. For instance, two or more different cancer drugs, or a cancer drug and an immunosuppressant, or an antibiotic and an anti-inflammatory agent may be grafted on to the polymer via optional linkers. By selecting different linkers for different drugs, the release of each drug may be attenuated to achieve maximal dosage and efficacy.
One embodiment of the present invention provides an improved delivery of certain hydrophobic small molecule therapeutics by covalently conjugating them to cyclodextrin containing polymers. Such conjugation improves the aqueous solubility and hence the bioavailability of the therapeutic agents.
Accordingly, in one embodiment of the invention, the therapeutic agent is a hydrophobic compound with a log P >0.4, >0.6, >0.8, >1, >2, >3, >4, or even >5. In other embodiments, a hydrophobic therapeutic agent, such as camptothecin, may be conjugated to another compound, such as an amino acid, prior to covalently attaching the conjugate on to the polymer. Examples of amino acid derivatized eamptothecin molecules are illustrated in Scheme V.
The polymer conjugates of the present invention preferably have molecular weights in the range of 10,000 to 500,000; 30,000 to 200,000; or even 70,000 to 150,000 amu.
In certain embodiments, the cyclodextrin moieties make up at least about 2%, 5% or 10% by weight, up to 20%, 30%, 50% or even 80% of the cyclodextrin-modified polymer by weight. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agents, or targeting ligands make up at least about 1%, 5%, 10% or 15%, 20%, 25%, 30% or even 35% of the cyclodextrin-modified polymer by weight. Number-average molecular weight (Me) may also vary widely, but generally fall in the range of about 1,000 to about 500,000 daltons, preferably from about 5000 to about 200,000 daltons and, even more preferably, from about 10,000 to about 100,000. Most preferably, Mn varies between about 12,000 and 65,000 daltons_ In certain other embodiments, Mn varies between about 3000 and 150,000 daltons. Within a given sample of a subject polymer, a wide range of molecular weights may be present.
For example, molecules within the sample may have molecular weights that differ by a factor of 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or more, or that differ from the average molecular weight by a factor of 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or more. Exemplary cyclodextrin moieties include cyclic structures consisting essentially of from 7 to 9 saccharide moieties, such as cyclodextrin and .oxidized cyclodextrin. A cyclodextrin moiety optionally comprises a linker moiety that forms a covalent linkage between the cyclic structure and the polymer backbone, preferably having from 1 to 20 atoms in the chain, such as allcyl chains, including dicarboxylic acid derivatives (such as glutaric acid derivatives, succinic acid derivatives, and the like), and heteroalkyl chains, such as oligoethylene glycol chains.
Cyclodextrins are cyclic polysaccharides containing naturally occurring D-(+)-glucopyranose units in an a-(1,4) linkage. The most common cyclodextrins are alpha ((a)-cyclodextrins, beta (13)-cyclodextrins and gamma (7)-cyclodextrins which contain, respectively six, seven, or eight glucopyranose units. Structurally, the cyclic nature of a cyclodextrin forms a torus or donut-like shape having an inner apolar or hydrophobic cavity, the secondary hydroxyl groups situated on one side of the cyclodextrin torus and the primary hydroxyl groups situated on the other.
Thus, using (13)-cyclodextrin as an example, a cyclodextrin is often represented schematically as follows.
__________________________ NOH
OH H
OHO OH
H01.7 0 secondary hydroxyl OHO
OH HO
OH
HO
primary hydroxyl OH
OH
HO =
0 .
OH
0 _______________ \:)H
OH
OH
The side on which the secondary hydroxyl groups are located has a wider diameter than the side on which the primary hydroxyl groups are located. The present invention contemplates covalent linkages to cyclodextrin moieties on the primary and/or secondary hydroxyl groups. The hydrophobic nature of the cyclodextrin inner cavity allows for host-guest inclusion complexes of a variety of compounds, e.g., adamantane. (Comprehensive Supramolecular Chemistry, Volume 3, J.L. Atwood et al., eds., Pergamon Press (1996); T. Cserhati, Analytical Biochemistry, 225:328-332(1995); Husain et al., Applied Spectroscopy, 46:652-(1992); FR 2 665 169). Additional methods for modifying polymers are disclosed in Suh, J. and Noh, Y., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1993, 8, 1327-1330.
In certain embodiments, the present invention contemplates linear, water-soluble, cyclodextrin-containing polymer, wherein a plurality of bioactive moieties are covalently attached to the polymer through attachments that are cleaved under biological conditions to release the bioactive moieties, wherein administration of the polymer to a patient results in release of the bioactive agent over a period of at least 2,3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 24, 36, 48 or even 72 hours.
In certain embodiments, the present invention contemplates attenuating the rate of release of the therapeutic agent by introducing various linking groups between the therapeutic agent and/or targeting ligand and the polymer. Thus, in certain embodiments, the polymeric therapeutics of the present invention are compositions for controlled delivery of therapeutic agents. One skilled in the art would also recognize that by labeling the therapeutic agent and/or targeting ligand with radionuclei, or by forming complexes of NIVIR active nuclei, e.g., technetium, gadolinium, or dysprosium, the polymers of the present invention can achieve a dual diagnostic/therapeutic utility.
=
= 20 In other embodiments, the polymeric compounds stabilize the bioactive form of a therapeutic agent which exists in equilibrium between an active and inactive form. For instance, conjugating the therapeutic agent to the polymers of the present invention may shift the equilibrium between two tautomeric forms of the agent to the bioactive tautomer. In other embodiment, the polymeric compounds may attenuate the equilibrium between lactonic and acid forms of a therapeutic agent.
One method to determine molecular weight is by gel permeation chromatography ("GPC"), e.g., mixed bed columns, CH2Cl2 solvent, light scattering detector, and off-line dn/dc. Other methods are known in the art.
In other embodiments, the polymer conjugate of the invention may be a flexible or flowable material. When the polymer used is itself flowable, the polymer composition of the invention, even when viscous, need not include a biocompatible solvent to be flowable, although trace or residual amounts of biocompatible solvents may still be present. =
While it is possible that the biodegradable polymer or the biologically active agent may be dissolved in a small quantity of a solvent that is non-toxic to more efficiently produce an amorphous, monolithic distribution or a fine dispersion of the biologically active agent in the flexible or flowable composition, it is an advantage of the invention that, in a preferred embodiment, no solvent is needed to form a flowable composition. Moreover, the use of solvents is preferably avoided because, once a polymer composition containing solvent is placed totally or partially within the body, the solvent dissipates or diffuses away from the polymer and must be processed and eliminated by the body, placing an extra burden on the body's clearance ability at a time when the illness (and/or other treatments for the illness) may have already deleteriously affected it.
However, when a solvent is used to facilitate mixing or to maintain the flowability of the polymer conjugate of the invention, it should be non-toxic, otherwise biocompatible, and should be used in relatively small amounts.
Solvents that are toxic should not be used in any material to be placed even partially within a living body. Such a solvent also must not cause substantial tissue irritation or necrosis at the site of administration.
Examples of suitable biocompatible solvents, when used, include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-pyiTolidone, ethanol, propylene glycol, acetone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, caprolactam, oleic acid, or 1-dodecylazacylcoheptanone.
Preferred solvents include N-methylpyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, and acetone because of their solvating ability and their biocompatibility.
In certain embodiments, the subject polymer conjugates are soluble in one or more common organic solvents for ease- of fabrication and processing. Common organic solvents include such solvents as chloroform, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, 2-butanone, butyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, acetone, ethyl acetate, dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, and dimethylsulfoxide.
One aspect of the present invention contemplates attaching a hydrophobic therapeutic agent such as (S)-20-camptothecin to linear or branched cyclodextrin-containing polymers for better delivery of the drug. (S)-20-carnptothecin (CPT), an alkaloid isolated from Carnptitheca accuminata in the late 1950's, was found to exhibit anticancer activity by inhibiting the action of topoisornerase I
during the S-phase of the cell cycle. Its application in human cancer treatment, however, is limited due to several factors, especially its undesirable interactions with human serum albumin, instability of the bioactive lactone form, and poor aqueous solubility. In order to circuMvent this problem, many CPT analogs have been developed to improve lactone stability-and aqueous solubility. Topotecan and irinotecan are analogs of CPT that have already been approved by FDA for human cancer treatment. The present invention discloses various types of linear, branched, or grafted cyclodextrin.-containing polymers wherein (8)-20-camptothecin is covalently bound to the polymer. In certain embodiments, the drug is covalently linked via a biohydrolyzable bond selected from an ester, amide, carbamates, or carbonate.
An exemplary synthetic scheme for covalently bonding a derivatized CD to 20(S)-camptothecin is shown in Scheme I.
Scheme I
COCl2 CD-NH, N N N
HO 0 0 .
\ \
() CPT-CD
a \ NH \
CD
Without intending to limit the scope of the invention, a general strategy for synthesizing linear, branched or grafted cyclodextrin-containing polymers (CD
Polymer) for loading a therapeutic agent such as camptothecin, and an optional targeting ligand is shown in Scheme II.
Scheme II
Exemplary cyclodextrin monomers for linear, branch or graft cyclodextrin polymers g0 1I. Therapeutic agent (D) -)NH2 with optional linker (L) k Tosyl CD Polymer CD Polymer Multifunctional polyrnerizable ____________________________________ in monomers Optional targeting ligand (1), with optional linker (LI
To illustrate further, without intending to be limiting, comonomer A
precursors, cyclodextrin moieties, therapeutic agents, and/or targeting ligands may be assembled as shown in Schemes Ila-lib. Note that in schemes Lla-b, in any given reaction there may be more than one comonomer A precursor, cyclodextrin moiety, therapeutic agent or targeting ligand that is of the same type or different.
Furthermore, prior to polymerization, one or more comonomer A precursor, cyclodextrin moiety, therapeutic agent or targeting ligand may be covalently linked with each other in one or more separate step.
Scheme ha: General scheme for graft polymers. The comonomer A
precursor, cyclodextrin moiety, therapeutic agent and targeting ligand are as defined above. Furthermore, one skilled in the art may choose from a variety of reactive groups, e.g., hydroxyls, carboxyls, halides, arnines, and activated ethenes, ethynes, or aromatic groups in order achieve polymerization. For further examples of reactive groups are disclosed in Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th Edition, 2000.
I r ____ Reactivei __ _ i Comonomer A ____1 Reactive Group Group Pendant . Group(s) Reactive Group +
_____________________________________________ =
Reactive ¨ Optional ¨ Cyclodextrin Group Linker Moiety + OPTIONALLY
Reactive , Optional Therapeutic Group Linker Agent AND/OR
Reactive Optional . , Targeting Group Linker Ligand =
_ ' o Polymerization _ ¨
_________________________ . Comonomer A
. precursor . .
_ __ Targeting __________ Optional Pendant ¨ Optional ¨ Targeting Ligand Linker Group(s) Linker Ligand Optional Linker ¨ ¨
B
Cyclodextrin Moiety .
Scheme lib: General scheme of preparing linear cyclodextrin-containing polymers. One skilled in the art would recognize that by choosing a comonomer A
precursor that has multiple reactive groups polymer branching can be achieved.
Reactive ______________________ Comonomer A
Group precursor ReactiveReactive ____________________________ Cyclodextrin __ Group Group Moiety + OPTIONALLY
Reactive Optional Therapeutic Group Linker Agent AND/OR
Reactive . Optional Targeting Group Linker Ligand Polymerization Optional _______________ Cyclodextrin __ Comonomer A _____________ Linker Moiety precursor ¨n Wherein R is a therapeutic agent and/or targeting ligand which may be absent or present.
Examples for different ways of synthesizing linear cyclodextrin-CPT
polymers are shown in Schemes Scheme III
MN" ti2N COON =
-..s.-Ths, 111111W C001-1 Vi ...õ.\\ 0 _I . 0 1 n 0 ¨ S S-= 0 o o o =-.1...---71 (W)anL______).- lrAW 1-1 N S
H
wherein W represents an optional linking group; and R represents W-CPT or a Scheme IV
OBz OBz OBz OBz y_Zi, 1,0 0:_-_ ---...-0 ----.. NHz _ 1-10,1c.N 01-1 H2ts!-------).--- Ny H " 0 H H 0 0 OH OH
W¨CPT
Y
H ----------).-H...HN,,....Ø--....õ.-0-õ..,,-.Ny o 0 W-CPT W-CPT
wherein W represents an optional linking group 1)riNi N
H Hi" .
Scheme V
- =
Oi.OH Or),OH
o o tso-r"...tr't =-6 ____________________________ ) 0y0CPT
CPT or Gly-CPT, H
o ty00pr LocpT
.5\
0 N-r- HOji'l NH2 0 _kW \
OH
CPT, )1,..1 W-CPT
tyW
wherein CPT0 W represents an optional linking oup, e.g., glycyt residue =
Scheme VI
ON
CPT
HN
HO OH
EDC
NHS
N
CPT
HN=
n Scheme VII
Bac ie Boc OH H
0 Etc .NH
Soc-0 Gly-CPT
HO...k.õThrGly-CPT HN 0 0 HC
Gly-CPT
Scheme VIII
OCPT
Y=7, 0 Lys-Gly-CPT
H
in Oy OCPT
Examples for grafting cyclodextrins on to side-chains of CPT-containing polymers subunits are shown in Schemes Each subunit may repeat any number of times, and one subunit may occur with substantially the same frequency, more often, or less often than another subunit, such that both subunits may be present in approximately the same amount, or in differing amounts, which may differ slightly or be highly disparate, e.g., one subunit is present nearly to the = 10 exclusion of the other.
In certain instances, the polymers are random copolymers, in which the different subunits and/or other monomeric units are distributed randomly throughout the polymer chain. Thus, where the formula Xõ,-Yii-Zo appears, wherein X, Y
and Z
are polymer subunits, these subunits may be randomly interspersed throughout the polymer backbone. In part, the term "random" is intended to refer to the situation in which the particular distribution or incorporation of monomeric units in a polymer that has more than one type of monomeric units is not directed or controlled directly by the synthetic protocol, but instead results from features inherent to the polymer system, such as the reactivity, amounts of subunits and other characteristics of the synthetic reaction or other methods of manufacture, processing, or treatment.
Scheme IX
0 cn, 0 r ) ______ \
A Boioso_ , 11 1 ii 0 0 > p-0-0,i_cHr_0* --C12--).¨
V I
o NP I n n --% ---H H CI
.517 0 CH, 0 CH, CPT ¨ __ H2 ( 11 11 11 ).- N NaOH
)-- ---). P 0¨CH¨CH? 0 ) ( P 0¨CH¨CH2 0 ) ( P 0¨CH¨CH?-0--)¨
In I m I o NH OCPT CI
,LI
=
Scheme X
=
________ o 0 ___ 0 n rn o \
o \
0 0 HN _____________ IP¨ 0 0 or ATRP \
(0 HN
CPT CPT
) O o \ \
Scheme XI ' , , .,, µ
-s( n H20 n , ) ),---0 0 0 0' -0 0- HNJ vi 0' is-2 o , st, *
-Scheme XII
= 0 NH
H2N . N õ,..¨ 1 / `,,NH2 0 H m //o-HNN
HOo/ o o 0 ______________________________________________ '', 0 0111.= z N
-..õ.
/ \
N
The present invention further contemplates CD-polymers synthesized using CD-biscysteine monomer and a di-NHS ester such as PEG-DiSPA or PEG-BTC as shown in Schemes XIII-XIV.
-Scheme XIII
õ...V¨Z
o s s DMSO
[TI
I m - -_________________ L6P __________________________ L8 _____ I _ /
( (I) rn m- n -¨ 0 wherein P represents a monomer unit of a polymer;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents a targeting ligand or a precursor thereof;
L6, 1,7, L3, L9, and L10, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
CD, independently for each occurrence, represents a cyclodextrin moiety or a derivative thereof;
D, independently for each occurrence, represents a therapeutic agent or a prodrug form thereof;
m, independently for each occurrence, represents an integer in the range of 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 8, 1 to 5, or even 1 to 3);
o represents an integer in the range of 1 to about 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5); and p, n, and q, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 to 10 (preferably 0 to 8, 0 to 5, 0 to 3, or even 0 to about 2), wherein CD and D are preferably each present at at least 1 location (preferably at least 5, 10, 25, or even 50 or 100 locations) in the compound.
Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula T
Y
- I -z CD ________________________________________ L7 ____ D (r) g ¨ 11 wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety, such as a cyclodextrin moiety, or derivative thereof;
L4, L5, L6, and L7, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represent a linker group;
33 =
D and D', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different therapeutic agent or pro drugs thereof;
T and T', independently for each occurrence, represent the same or different targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
f and y, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 1 and 10 (preferably 1 to 8, I to 5, or even I to 3);
g and z, independently for each occurrence, represent an integer in the range of 0 and 10 (preferably 0 to 8, 0 to 5, 0 to 3, or even 0 to about 2); and h represents an integer in the range of 1 and 30,000 (preferably <25,000, <20,000, <15,000, <10,000, <5,000, <1,000, <500, <100, <50, <25, <10, or even <5), wherein at least one occurrence (and preferably at least 5, 10, or even at least 20, 50, or 100 occurrences) of g represents an integer greater than 0.
In preferred embodiments, L4 and L7 represent linker groups.
In certain embodiments, the underlying polymers are linear cyclodextrin-containing polymers, e.g., the polymer backbone includes cyclodextrin moieties. For example, the polymer may be a water-soluble, linear cyclodextrin polymer produced by providing at least one cyclodextrin derivative modified to bear one reactive site at each of exactly two positions, and reacting the cyclodextrin derivative with a linker having exactly two reactive moieties capable of forming a covalent bond with the reactive sites under polymerization conditions that promote reaction of the reactive sites with the reactive moieties to form covalent bonds between the linker and the cyclodextrin derivative, whereby a linear polymer comprising alternating units of cyclodextrin derivatives and linkers is produced. Alternatively the polymer may be a water-soluble, linear cyclodextrin polymer having a linear polymer backbone, which polymer comprises a plurality of substituted or unsubstituted cyclodextrin moieties and linker moieties in the linear polymer backbone, wherein each of the cyclodextrin moieties, other than a cyclodextrin moiety at the terminus of a polymer chain, is attached to two of said linker moieties, each linker moiety covalently linking two cyclodextrin moieties. In yet another embodiment, the polymer is a water-soluble, linear cyclodextrin polymer comprising a plurality of cyclodextrin moieties = 34 covalently linked together by a plurality of linker moieties, wherein each cyclodextrin moiety, other than a cyclodextrin moiety at the terminus of a polymer chain, is attached to two linker moieties to form a linear cyclodextrin polymer.
The linker group(s) may be an allcylene chain, a polyethylene glycol (PEG) chain, polysuccinic anhydride, poly-L-glutamic acid, poly(ethyleneimine), an oligosaccharide, an amino acid chain, or any other suitable linkage. In certain embodiments, the linker group itself can be stable under physiological conditions, such as an alkylene chain, or it can be cleavable under physiological conditions, such as by an enzyme (e.g., the linkage contains a peptide sequence that is a substrate for a peptidase), or by hydrolysis (e.g., the linkage contains a hydrolyzable group, such as an ester or thioester). The linker groups can be biologically inactive, such as a PEG, polyglycolic acid, or polylactic acid chain, or can be biologically active, such as an oligo- or polypeptide that, when cleaved from the moieties, binds a receptor, deactivates an enzyme, etc.- Various oligomeric linker groups that are biologically compatible and/or bioerodible are known in the art, and the selection of the linkage may influence the ultimate properties of the material, such as whether it is durable when implanted, whether it gradually deforms or shrinks after implantation, or whether it gradually degrades and is absorbed by the body.
The linker group may be attached to the moieties by any suitable bond or functional group, including carbon-carbon bonds, esters, ethers, amides, amines, carbonates, carbainates, sulfonamides, etc.
In certain embodiments, the linker group(s) of the present invention represent a hydrocarbylene group wherein one or more methylene groups is optionally replaced by a group Y (provided that none of the Y groups are adjacent to each other), wherein each Y, independently for each occurrence, is selected from, substituted or urisubstituted aryl, heteroaryI, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or -0-, C(X) (wherein X is NR, 0 or S), -0C(0)-, -C(=0)0, -NRICO-, -C(0)N12.1-, -S(0)õ- (wherein n is 0, 1, or 2), -0C(0)-NRI, -NR1-C(0)-NR1-, -NRi-C(NIZI)-NRI-, and -B(OR1)-; and RI, independently for each occurrence, represents H or a lower alkyl.
In certain embodiments, the linker group represents a derivatized or non-derivatized amino acid. In certain embodiments, linker groups with one or more terminal carboxyl groups may be conjugated to the polymer. In certain embodiments, one or more of these terminal carboxyl groups may be capped by covalently attaching them to a therapeutic agent, a targeting moiety, or a cyclodextrin moiety via an (thio)ester or amide bond. In still other embodiments, linker groups with one or more terminal hydroxyl, thiol, or amino groups may be incorporated into the polymer. In preferred embodiments, one or more of these terminal hydroxyl groups may be capped by covalently attaching them to a therapeutic agent, a targeting moiety, or a cyclodextrin moiety via an (thio)ester, amide, carbonate, carbamate, thiocarbonate, or thiocarbamate bond. In certain embodiments, these (thio)ester, amide, (thio)carbonate or (thio)carbamates bonds may be biohydrolyzable, i.e., capable of being hydrolyzed under biological conditions.
In certain embodiments, the polymers as described above have polydispersities less than about 3, or even less than about 2.
In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a small molecule, a peptide, a protein, or a polymer that has therapeutic function. In certain embodiments, the agent is an anti-cancer (such as camptothecin or related derivatives), anti-fungal, anti-bacterial, anti-mycotic, or anti-viral therapeutic. In certain embodiments, the agent is a receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, the agent is a receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a protease inhibitor.
Furthermore, a polymer of the present invention may contain one kind of therapeutic agent, or may contain more than one kind of therapeutic agent. For instance, two or more different cancer drugs, or a cancer drug and an immunosuppressant, or an antibiotic and an anti-inflammatory agent may be grafted on to the polymer via optional linkers. By selecting different linkers for different drugs, the release of each drug may be attenuated to achieve maximal dosage and efficacy.
One embodiment of the present invention provides an improved delivery of certain hydrophobic small molecule therapeutics by covalently conjugating them to cyclodextrin containing polymers. Such conjugation improves the aqueous solubility and hence the bioavailability of the therapeutic agents.
Accordingly, in one embodiment of the invention, the therapeutic agent is a hydrophobic compound with a log P >0.4, >0.6, >0.8, >1, >2, >3, >4, or even >5. In other embodiments, a hydrophobic therapeutic agent, such as camptothecin, may be conjugated to another compound, such as an amino acid, prior to covalently attaching the conjugate on to the polymer. Examples of amino acid derivatized eamptothecin molecules are illustrated in Scheme V.
The polymer conjugates of the present invention preferably have molecular weights in the range of 10,000 to 500,000; 30,000 to 200,000; or even 70,000 to 150,000 amu.
In certain embodiments, the cyclodextrin moieties make up at least about 2%, 5% or 10% by weight, up to 20%, 30%, 50% or even 80% of the cyclodextrin-modified polymer by weight. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agents, or targeting ligands make up at least about 1%, 5%, 10% or 15%, 20%, 25%, 30% or even 35% of the cyclodextrin-modified polymer by weight. Number-average molecular weight (Me) may also vary widely, but generally fall in the range of about 1,000 to about 500,000 daltons, preferably from about 5000 to about 200,000 daltons and, even more preferably, from about 10,000 to about 100,000. Most preferably, Mn varies between about 12,000 and 65,000 daltons_ In certain other embodiments, Mn varies between about 3000 and 150,000 daltons. Within a given sample of a subject polymer, a wide range of molecular weights may be present.
For example, molecules within the sample may have molecular weights that differ by a factor of 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or more, or that differ from the average molecular weight by a factor of 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or more. Exemplary cyclodextrin moieties include cyclic structures consisting essentially of from 7 to 9 saccharide moieties, such as cyclodextrin and .oxidized cyclodextrin. A cyclodextrin moiety optionally comprises a linker moiety that forms a covalent linkage between the cyclic structure and the polymer backbone, preferably having from 1 to 20 atoms in the chain, such as allcyl chains, including dicarboxylic acid derivatives (such as glutaric acid derivatives, succinic acid derivatives, and the like), and heteroalkyl chains, such as oligoethylene glycol chains.
Cyclodextrins are cyclic polysaccharides containing naturally occurring D-(+)-glucopyranose units in an a-(1,4) linkage. The most common cyclodextrins are alpha ((a)-cyclodextrins, beta (13)-cyclodextrins and gamma (7)-cyclodextrins which contain, respectively six, seven, or eight glucopyranose units. Structurally, the cyclic nature of a cyclodextrin forms a torus or donut-like shape having an inner apolar or hydrophobic cavity, the secondary hydroxyl groups situated on one side of the cyclodextrin torus and the primary hydroxyl groups situated on the other.
Thus, using (13)-cyclodextrin as an example, a cyclodextrin is often represented schematically as follows.
__________________________ NOH
OH H
OHO OH
H01.7 0 secondary hydroxyl OHO
OH HO
OH
HO
primary hydroxyl OH
OH
HO =
0 .
OH
0 _______________ \:)H
OH
OH
The side on which the secondary hydroxyl groups are located has a wider diameter than the side on which the primary hydroxyl groups are located. The present invention contemplates covalent linkages to cyclodextrin moieties on the primary and/or secondary hydroxyl groups. The hydrophobic nature of the cyclodextrin inner cavity allows for host-guest inclusion complexes of a variety of compounds, e.g., adamantane. (Comprehensive Supramolecular Chemistry, Volume 3, J.L. Atwood et al., eds., Pergamon Press (1996); T. Cserhati, Analytical Biochemistry, 225:328-332(1995); Husain et al., Applied Spectroscopy, 46:652-(1992); FR 2 665 169). Additional methods for modifying polymers are disclosed in Suh, J. and Noh, Y., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1993, 8, 1327-1330.
In certain embodiments, the present invention contemplates linear, water-soluble, cyclodextrin-containing polymer, wherein a plurality of bioactive moieties are covalently attached to the polymer through attachments that are cleaved under biological conditions to release the bioactive moieties, wherein administration of the polymer to a patient results in release of the bioactive agent over a period of at least 2,3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 24, 36, 48 or even 72 hours.
In certain embodiments, the present invention contemplates attenuating the rate of release of the therapeutic agent by introducing various linking groups between the therapeutic agent and/or targeting ligand and the polymer. Thus, in certain embodiments, the polymeric therapeutics of the present invention are compositions for controlled delivery of therapeutic agents. One skilled in the art would also recognize that by labeling the therapeutic agent and/or targeting ligand with radionuclei, or by forming complexes of NIVIR active nuclei, e.g., technetium, gadolinium, or dysprosium, the polymers of the present invention can achieve a dual diagnostic/therapeutic utility.
=
= 20 In other embodiments, the polymeric compounds stabilize the bioactive form of a therapeutic agent which exists in equilibrium between an active and inactive form. For instance, conjugating the therapeutic agent to the polymers of the present invention may shift the equilibrium between two tautomeric forms of the agent to the bioactive tautomer. In other embodiment, the polymeric compounds may attenuate the equilibrium between lactonic and acid forms of a therapeutic agent.
One method to determine molecular weight is by gel permeation chromatography ("GPC"), e.g., mixed bed columns, CH2Cl2 solvent, light scattering detector, and off-line dn/dc. Other methods are known in the art.
In other embodiments, the polymer conjugate of the invention may be a flexible or flowable material. When the polymer used is itself flowable, the polymer composition of the invention, even when viscous, need not include a biocompatible solvent to be flowable, although trace or residual amounts of biocompatible solvents may still be present. =
While it is possible that the biodegradable polymer or the biologically active agent may be dissolved in a small quantity of a solvent that is non-toxic to more efficiently produce an amorphous, monolithic distribution or a fine dispersion of the biologically active agent in the flexible or flowable composition, it is an advantage of the invention that, in a preferred embodiment, no solvent is needed to form a flowable composition. Moreover, the use of solvents is preferably avoided because, once a polymer composition containing solvent is placed totally or partially within the body, the solvent dissipates or diffuses away from the polymer and must be processed and eliminated by the body, placing an extra burden on the body's clearance ability at a time when the illness (and/or other treatments for the illness) may have already deleteriously affected it.
However, when a solvent is used to facilitate mixing or to maintain the flowability of the polymer conjugate of the invention, it should be non-toxic, otherwise biocompatible, and should be used in relatively small amounts.
Solvents that are toxic should not be used in any material to be placed even partially within a living body. Such a solvent also must not cause substantial tissue irritation or necrosis at the site of administration.
Examples of suitable biocompatible solvents, when used, include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-pyiTolidone, ethanol, propylene glycol, acetone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, caprolactam, oleic acid, or 1-dodecylazacylcoheptanone.
Preferred solvents include N-methylpyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, and acetone because of their solvating ability and their biocompatibility.
In certain embodiments, the subject polymer conjugates are soluble in one or more common organic solvents for ease- of fabrication and processing. Common organic solvents include such solvents as chloroform, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, 2-butanone, butyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, acetone, ethyl acetate, dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, and dimethylsulfoxide.
One aspect of the present invention contemplates attaching a hydrophobic therapeutic agent such as (S)-20-camptothecin to linear or branched cyclodextrin-containing polymers for better delivery of the drug. (S)-20-carnptothecin (CPT), an alkaloid isolated from Carnptitheca accuminata in the late 1950's, was found to exhibit anticancer activity by inhibiting the action of topoisornerase I
during the S-phase of the cell cycle. Its application in human cancer treatment, however, is limited due to several factors, especially its undesirable interactions with human serum albumin, instability of the bioactive lactone form, and poor aqueous solubility. In order to circuMvent this problem, many CPT analogs have been developed to improve lactone stability-and aqueous solubility. Topotecan and irinotecan are analogs of CPT that have already been approved by FDA for human cancer treatment. The present invention discloses various types of linear, branched, or grafted cyclodextrin.-containing polymers wherein (8)-20-camptothecin is covalently bound to the polymer. In certain embodiments, the drug is covalently linked via a biohydrolyzable bond selected from an ester, amide, carbamates, or carbonate.
An exemplary synthetic scheme for covalently bonding a derivatized CD to 20(S)-camptothecin is shown in Scheme I.
Scheme I
COCl2 CD-NH, N N N
HO 0 0 .
\ \
() CPT-CD
a \ NH \
CD
Without intending to limit the scope of the invention, a general strategy for synthesizing linear, branched or grafted cyclodextrin-containing polymers (CD
Polymer) for loading a therapeutic agent such as camptothecin, and an optional targeting ligand is shown in Scheme II.
Scheme II
Exemplary cyclodextrin monomers for linear, branch or graft cyclodextrin polymers g0 1I. Therapeutic agent (D) -)NH2 with optional linker (L) k Tosyl CD Polymer CD Polymer Multifunctional polyrnerizable ____________________________________ in monomers Optional targeting ligand (1), with optional linker (LI
To illustrate further, without intending to be limiting, comonomer A
precursors, cyclodextrin moieties, therapeutic agents, and/or targeting ligands may be assembled as shown in Schemes Ila-lib. Note that in schemes Lla-b, in any given reaction there may be more than one comonomer A precursor, cyclodextrin moiety, therapeutic agent or targeting ligand that is of the same type or different.
Furthermore, prior to polymerization, one or more comonomer A precursor, cyclodextrin moiety, therapeutic agent or targeting ligand may be covalently linked with each other in one or more separate step.
Scheme ha: General scheme for graft polymers. The comonomer A
precursor, cyclodextrin moiety, therapeutic agent and targeting ligand are as defined above. Furthermore, one skilled in the art may choose from a variety of reactive groups, e.g., hydroxyls, carboxyls, halides, arnines, and activated ethenes, ethynes, or aromatic groups in order achieve polymerization. For further examples of reactive groups are disclosed in Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th Edition, 2000.
I r ____ Reactivei __ _ i Comonomer A ____1 Reactive Group Group Pendant . Group(s) Reactive Group +
_____________________________________________ =
Reactive ¨ Optional ¨ Cyclodextrin Group Linker Moiety + OPTIONALLY
Reactive , Optional Therapeutic Group Linker Agent AND/OR
Reactive Optional . , Targeting Group Linker Ligand =
_ ' o Polymerization _ ¨
_________________________ . Comonomer A
. precursor . .
_ __ Targeting __________ Optional Pendant ¨ Optional ¨ Targeting Ligand Linker Group(s) Linker Ligand Optional Linker ¨ ¨
B
Cyclodextrin Moiety .
Scheme lib: General scheme of preparing linear cyclodextrin-containing polymers. One skilled in the art would recognize that by choosing a comonomer A
precursor that has multiple reactive groups polymer branching can be achieved.
Reactive ______________________ Comonomer A
Group precursor ReactiveReactive ____________________________ Cyclodextrin __ Group Group Moiety + OPTIONALLY
Reactive Optional Therapeutic Group Linker Agent AND/OR
Reactive . Optional Targeting Group Linker Ligand Polymerization Optional _______________ Cyclodextrin __ Comonomer A _____________ Linker Moiety precursor ¨n Wherein R is a therapeutic agent and/or targeting ligand which may be absent or present.
Examples for different ways of synthesizing linear cyclodextrin-CPT
polymers are shown in Schemes Scheme III
MN" ti2N COON =
-..s.-Ths, 111111W C001-1 Vi ...õ.\\ 0 _I . 0 1 n 0 ¨ S S-= 0 o o o =-.1...---71 (W)anL______).- lrAW 1-1 N S
H
wherein W represents an optional linking group; and R represents W-CPT or a Scheme IV
OBz OBz OBz OBz y_Zi, 1,0 0:_-_ ---...-0 ----.. NHz _ 1-10,1c.N 01-1 H2ts!-------).--- Ny H " 0 H H 0 0 OH OH
W¨CPT
Y
H ----------).-H...HN,,....Ø--....õ.-0-õ..,,-.Ny o 0 W-CPT W-CPT
wherein W represents an optional linking group 1)riNi N
H Hi" .
Scheme V
- =
Oi.OH Or),OH
o o tso-r"...tr't =-6 ____________________________ ) 0y0CPT
CPT or Gly-CPT, H
o ty00pr LocpT
.5\
0 N-r- HOji'l NH2 0 _kW \
OH
CPT, )1,..1 W-CPT
tyW
wherein CPT0 W represents an optional linking oup, e.g., glycyt residue =
Scheme VI
ON
CPT
HN
HO OH
EDC
NHS
N
CPT
HN=
n Scheme VII
Bac ie Boc OH H
0 Etc .NH
Soc-0 Gly-CPT
HO...k.õThrGly-CPT HN 0 0 HC
Gly-CPT
Scheme VIII
OCPT
Y=7, 0 Lys-Gly-CPT
H
in Oy OCPT
Examples for grafting cyclodextrins on to side-chains of CPT-containing polymers subunits are shown in Schemes Each subunit may repeat any number of times, and one subunit may occur with substantially the same frequency, more often, or less often than another subunit, such that both subunits may be present in approximately the same amount, or in differing amounts, which may differ slightly or be highly disparate, e.g., one subunit is present nearly to the = 10 exclusion of the other.
In certain instances, the polymers are random copolymers, in which the different subunits and/or other monomeric units are distributed randomly throughout the polymer chain. Thus, where the formula Xõ,-Yii-Zo appears, wherein X, Y
and Z
are polymer subunits, these subunits may be randomly interspersed throughout the polymer backbone. In part, the term "random" is intended to refer to the situation in which the particular distribution or incorporation of monomeric units in a polymer that has more than one type of monomeric units is not directed or controlled directly by the synthetic protocol, but instead results from features inherent to the polymer system, such as the reactivity, amounts of subunits and other characteristics of the synthetic reaction or other methods of manufacture, processing, or treatment.
Scheme IX
0 cn, 0 r ) ______ \
A Boioso_ , 11 1 ii 0 0 > p-0-0,i_cHr_0* --C12--).¨
V I
o NP I n n --% ---H H CI
.517 0 CH, 0 CH, CPT ¨ __ H2 ( 11 11 11 ).- N NaOH
)-- ---). P 0¨CH¨CH? 0 ) ( P 0¨CH¨CH2 0 ) ( P 0¨CH¨CH?-0--)¨
In I m I o NH OCPT CI
,LI
=
Scheme X
=
________ o 0 ___ 0 n rn o \
o \
0 0 HN _____________ IP¨ 0 0 or ATRP \
(0 HN
CPT CPT
) O o \ \
Scheme XI ' , , .,, µ
-s( n H20 n , ) ),---0 0 0 0' -0 0- HNJ vi 0' is-2 o , st, *
-Scheme XII
= 0 NH
H2N . N õ,..¨ 1 / `,,NH2 0 H m //o-HNN
HOo/ o o 0 ______________________________________________ '', 0 0111.= z N
-..õ.
/ \
N
The present invention further contemplates CD-polymers synthesized using CD-biscysteine monomer and a di-NHS ester such as PEG-DiSPA or PEG-BTC as shown in Schemes XIII-XIV.
-Scheme XIII
õ...V¨Z
o s s DMSO
4- ___________________________________________________________________ 4.--N N DEA
-, HO ---0 o OH
6 MWpEc= 3400 0 H H EDC/NHS
), . :,00 HC, 0 o 0 0 N
. 95-98% 1 \ PI
Mn 55,700; Mw 99,500; Mw/Mn= L74 m., Gly-CPT
iSr H
. tAir m n ,,,,,(3, 0 litrCt j.....,0 0 0 ojs,...0 0 0 ,... 0 . ..,..
* *
Scheme XIV
.L
o 0 HO 0 0 o Ho-r'''--"--n*--OH ). 0--(/
OH*
n 0 , NHS
---).¨
I
DCC u 0 N V10---0 0 OH
_____________________________________________________________________ ).
0 dr H H
N..----õ,._ ..i7... .....õ.õN 04,--O,y....õ...-- Gly-CPT
..õ.....õ,,,---õ,, 0 =
CPT-Gly 0 0 Gly-CPT
\=---..¨ n Degradable ester bond linkage In certain embodiments, the present invention discloses several strategies to increase drug loading as shown in Figure 1.
(b) Targeting Ligand As mentioned above, one aspect of the present invention contemplates attaching a therapeutic agent to the polymer conjugates described herein.
In certain embodiments, the polymer conjugate further comprises a targeting ligand. Thus in certain embodiments, a receptor, cell, and/or tissue-targeting ligand, or a precursor thereof is coupled to a polymer conjugate. As used herein the term "targeting ligand" refers to any material or substance which may promote targeting of receptors, cells, and/or tissues in vivo or in vitro with the compositions of the present invention. The targeting ligand may be synthetic, semi-synthetic, or naturally-occurring. Materials or substances which may serve as targeting ligands include, for example, proteins, including antibodies, antibody fragments, hormones, hormone analogues, glycoproteins and lectins, peptides, polypeptides, amino acids, sugars, saccharides, including monosaccharides and polysaccharides, carbohydrates, small molecules, vitamins, steroids, steroid analogs, hormones, cofactors, bioactive agents, and genetic material, including nucleosides, nucleotides, nucleotide acid constructs and polynucleotides. As used herein, the term "precursor" to a targeting ligand refers to any material or substance which may be converted to a targeting ligand. Such conversion may involve, for example, anchoring a precursor to a targeting ligand. Exemplary targeting precursor moieties include maleimide groups, disulfide groups, such as ortho-pyridyl disulfide, vinylsulfone groups, azide groups, and a-iodo acetyl groups. The attachment of the targeting ligand or precursor thereof to the polymer may be accomplished in various ways including but not limited to chelation, covalent attachment, or formation of host-guest complexes. In certain embodiments, an optional linker group may be present between the targeting ligand or precursor thereof and the polymer, wherein the linker group is attached to the polymer via chelation, covalent attachment or form host guest complexes. For example, the one terminal end of a linker group may be attached to the targeting = ligand while the other may be attached to an adamantane group, or other such hydrophobic moiety, which forms a host guest complex with a cyclodextrin moiety.
Thus the targeting ligand may be attached to a grafted cyclodextrin moiety, to a cyclodextrin moiety within the polymeric chain, or to the polymeric chain itself.
The number of targeting ligands per polymeric chain may vary according to various factors including but not limited to the identity of the therapeutic agent, nature of the disease, type of polymer chain. Structures of possible linker groups are the same as linker groups defined elsewhere in this application.
(c) Pharmaceutical Compositions. Formulations and Dosages In part, a biocompatible polymer composition of the present invention includes a biocompatible and optionally biodegradable polymer, such as one having the recurring monomeric units shown in one of the foregoing formulas, optionally including any other biocompatible and optionally biodegradable polymer mentioned above or known in the art. In certain embodiments, the compositions are non-pyrogenic, e.g., do not trigger elevation of a patient's body temperature by more than a clinically acceptable amount.
The subject compositions may contain a "drug", "therapeutic agent,"
"medicament," or "bioactive substance," which are biologically, physiologically, or pharmacologically active substances that act locally or systemically in the human or animal body. For example, a subject composition may include any of the other compounds discussed above.
Various forms of the medicaments or biologically active materials may be used which are capable of being released from the polymer matrix into adjacent tissues or fluids. They may be hydrophobic molecules, neutral molecules, polar molecules, or molecular complexes capable of hydrogen bonding. They may be in the form of ethers, esters, amides and the like, including prodrugs which are biologiCally activated when injected into the human or animal body, e.g., by cleavage of an ester or amide. A therapeutic agent in a subject composition may vary widely with the purpose for the composition.
Plasticizers and stabilizing agents known in the art may be incorporated in polymers of the present invention. In certain embodiments, additives such as plasticizers and stabilizing agents are selected for their biocompatibility.
In certain embodiments, the additives are lung surfactants, such as 1,2-dipalmitoylphosphatidycholine (DPPC) and 1,-a-phosphatidylcholine (PC).
A composition of this invention may further contain one or more adjuvant substances, such as fillers, thickening agents or the like. In other embodiments, materials that serve as adjuvants may be associated with the polymer matrix.
Such additional materials may affect the characteristics of the polymer matrix that results.
For example, fillers, such as bovine serum albumin (BSA) or mouse serum albumin (MSA), may be associated with the polymer matrix. In certain embodiments, the amount of filler may range from about 0.1 to about 50% or more by weight of the polymer matrix, or about 2.5, 5, 10, 25, or 40 percent.
Incorporation of such fillers may affect the biodegradation of the polymeric material and/or the sustained release rate of any encapsulated substance. Other fillers known to those of skill in the art, such as carbohydrates, sugars, starches, saccharides, celluloses and polysaccharides, including mannitose and sucrose, may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention.
In other embodiments, spheronization enhancers facilitate the production of subject polymeric matrices that are generally spherical in shape. Substances such as zein, microcrystalline cellulose or microcrystalline cellulose co-processed with sodium carboxymethyl cellulose may confer plasticity to the subject compositions as well as implant strength and integrity. In particular embodiments, during spheronization, extrudates that are rigid, but not plastic, result in the formation of dumbbell shaped implants and/or a high proportion of fines, and extrudates that are plastic, but not rigid, tend to agglomerate and form excessively large implants. In such embodiments, a balance between rigidity and plasticity is desirable. The percent of spheronization enhancer in a formulation typically range from 10 to 90%
(w/w).
In certain embodiments, a subject composition includes an excipient. A
particular exeipient may be selected based on its melting point, solubility in a selected solvent (e.g., a solvent that dissolves the polymer and/or the therapeutic agent), and the resulting characteristics of the microparticles.
= Excipients may comprise a few percent, about 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, or higher percentage of the subject compositions.
Buffers, acids and bases may be incorporated in the subject compositions to adjust their pH. Agents to increase the diffusion distance of agents released from the polymer matrix may also be included.
Disintegrants are substances that, in the presence of liquid, promote the disruption of the subject compositions. Disintegrants are most often used in implants, in which the function of the disintegrant is to countei-act or neutralize the effect of any binding materials used in the subject formulation. In general, the mechanism of disintegration involves moisture absorption and swelling by an insoluble material.
Examples of disintegyants include croscarmellose sodium and crospovidone which, in certain embodiments, may be incorporated into the polymeric matrices in the range of about 1-20% of total matrix weight. In other cases, soluble fillers such as sugars (mannitol and lactose) may also be added to facilitate disintegration of implants.
Other materials may be used to advantage or to control the desired release rate of a .therapeutic agent for a Particular treatment protocol. For example, if the sustained release is too slow for a particular application, a pore-forming agent may be added to generate additional pores in the matrix. Any biocompatible water-soluble material may be used as the pore-forming agent. They may be capable of dissolving, diffusing or dispersing out of the formed polymer system whereupon pores and microporous channels are generated in the system. The amount of pore-forming agent (and size of dispersed particles of such pore-forming agent, if appropriate) within the composition should affect the size and number of the pores in the polymer system.
Pore-forming agents include any pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic substance that is substantially miscible in water and body fluids and will Suitable pore-forming agents include, for example, sugars such as sucrose and dextrose, salts such as sodium chloride and sodium carbonate, and polymers such as hydroxylpropylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, and The charge, lipophilicity or -hydrophilicity of any subject polymeric matrix may be modified by attaching in some fashion an appropriate compound to the Binders are adhesive materials that may be incorporated in polymeric Materials added specifically as binders are generally included in the range of about 0.5%-15% w/w of the matrix formulation.. Certain materials, such as Various coatings may be applied to modify the properties of the matrices.
Three exemplary types of coatings are seal, gloss and enteric coatings. Other types of coatings having various dissolution or erosion properties may be used to further modify subject matrices behavior, and such coatings are readily known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
The seal coat may prevent excess moisture uptake by the matrices during the application of aqueous based enteric coatings. The gloss coat generally improves the handling of the finished matrices. Water-soluble materials such as hydroxypropylcellulose may be used to seal coat and gloss coat implants. The seal coat and gloss coat are generally sprayed onto the matrices until an increase in weight between about 0.5% and about 5%, often about 1% for a seal coat and about 3% for a gloss coat, has been obtained.
Enteric coatings consist of polymers which are insoluble in the low pH (less than 3.0) of the stomach, but are soluble in the elevated pH (greater than 4.0) of the small intestine. Polymers such as EUDRAGITTm, RohmTech, Inc., Malden, Mass., and AQUATERICTm, FMC Corp., Philadelphia, Penn., may be used and are layered as thin membranes onto the implants from aqueous solution or suspension or by a spray drying method. The enteric. coat is generally sprayed to a weight increase of about 1% to about 30%, preferably about 10 to about 15% and may contain coating adjuvants such as plasticizers, surfactants, separating agents that reduce the tackiness of the implants during coating, and coating permeability adjusters.
The present compositions may additionally contain one or more optional additives such as fibrous reinforcement, colorants, perfumes, rubber modifiers, modifying agents, etc. In practice, each of these optional additives should be compatible with the resulting polymer and its intended use. Examples of suitable fibrous reinforcement include PGA microfibrils, collagen microfibrils, cellulosic microfibrils, and olefinic microfibrils. The amount of each of these optional additives employed in the composition is an amount necessary to achieve the desired effect.
The therapeutic polymer conjugates as described herein can be administered in various pharmaceutical formulations, depending on the disorder to be treated and the age, condition and body weight of the patient, as is well known in the art. For example, where the compounds are to be administered orally, they may be formulated as tablets, capsules, granules, powders or syrups; or for parenteral administration, they may be formulated as injections (intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous), drop infusion preparations or suppositories. For application by the ophthalmic mucous membrane route, they may be formulated as eyedrops or eye ointments. These formulations can be prepared by conventional means, and, if desired, the active ingredient may be mixed with any conventional additive, such as an excipient, a binder, a disintegrating agent, a lubricant, a corrigent, a solubilizing agent, a suspension aid, an emulsifying agent or a coating agent. Although the dosage will vary depending on the symptoms, age and body weight of the patient, the nature and severity of the disorder to be treated or prevented, the route of -administration and the form of the drug, in general, a daily dosage of from 0.01 to 2000 mg of the therapeutic agent is recommended for an adult human patient, and this may be administered in a single dose or in divided doses.
The precise time of administration and/or amount of therapeutic polymer conjugate that will yield the most effective results in terms of efficacy of treatment in a given patient will depend upon the activity, pharmacokinetics, and bioavailability of a particular compound, physiological condition of the patient (including age, sex, disease type and stage, general physical condition, responsiveness to a given dosage and type of medication), route of administration, etc. However, the above guidelines can be used as the basis for fine-tuning the treatment, e.g., determining the optimum time and/or amount of administration, which will require no more than routine experimentation consisting of monitoring =
the subject and adjusting the dosage and/or timing.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those therapeutic polymer conjugates, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject chemical from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid;
(16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of the therapeutic polymer conjugates. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the therapeutic polymer conjugates, or by separately reacting a purified polymer in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naplithylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like. (See, for example, Berge et al.
(1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Phann. Sci. 66:1-19) -In other cases, the therapeutic polymer conjugates useful in the methods of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, =
are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances diethylamine, ethylefiediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
=
20 Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidants include: (1) water soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium rnetabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like; (2) oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal Formulations useful in the methods of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical (including ophthalmic, otic, buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, aerosol and/or parenteral administration. The formulations may _ combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration.
The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred per cent, this amount will range from about 1 per cent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 per cent to about 70 per cent, most preferably from about 10 per cent to about 30 per cent.
Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a therapeutic polymer conjugate with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product:
Formulations suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, gums, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouthwashes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) as an active ingredient. A compound may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered peptide or peptidomimetic moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
--Tablets, and other solid dosage forms, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known, in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain pacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active ingredient, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofiiryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active therapeutic polymer conjugates may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum rnetahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Formulations for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more therapeutic polymer conjugates with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active agent.
Formulations which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate_ Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active component may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to ligand(s), excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s), excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
The therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) can be alternatively administered by aerosol. This is accomplished by preparing an aqueous aerosol, liposomal preparation or solid particles containing the compound_ A nonaqueous (e.g., fluorocarbon propellant) suspension could be used. Sonic nebulizers are preferred because they minimize exposing the agent to shear, which can result in degradation of the compound.
Ordinarily, an aqueous aerosol is made by formulating an aqueous solution or suspension of the agent together with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and stabilizers. The carriers and stabilizers vary with the requirements of the particular compound, but typically include nonionic surfactants (Tweens, Pluronics, or polyethylene glycol), innocuous proteins like serum albumin, sorbitan esters, oleic acid, lecithin, amino acids such as glycine, buffers, salts, sugars or sugar alcohols. Aerosols generally are prepared from isotonic solutions.
Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the agent in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the ligand across the skin.
The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the peptidomimetic in a polymer matrix or gel.
Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the like, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
Injectable depot forms are made by forming miCroencapsule matrices of therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled.
Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides).
Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
When the therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The preparations of agents may be given orally, parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are of course given by forms suitable for each administration route.
For example, they are administered in tablets or capsule form, by injection, inhalation, eye lotion, ointment, suppository, infusion; topically by lotion or ointment; and rectally by suppositories. Oral administration is preferred.
The phrases "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular,.intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injection and infusion.
The phrases "systemic administration," "administered systemically,"
"peripheral administration" and "administered peripherally" as used herein mean the administration of a therapeutic polymer conjugate, drug or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, for example, subcutaneous administration.
These therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) may be administered to humans and other animals for therapy by any suitable route of administration, including orally, nasally, as by, for example, a spray, rectally, intravaginally, parenterally, intracisternally and topically, as by powders, ointments or drops, including buccally and sublingually.
Regardless of the route of administration selected, the therapeutic polymer conjugate(s), which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art.
Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
(c) Physical Structures Of The Subject Compositions The subject polymers may be formed in a variety of shapes. For example, in certain embodiments, subject polymer matrices may be presented in the form of microparticles or nanoparticles. Microspheres typically comprise a biodegradable polymer matrix incorporating a drug. Microspheres can be formed by a wide variety of techniques known to those of skill in the art. Examples of microsphere forming techniques include, but are not limited to, (a) phase separation by emulsification and subsequent organic. solvent evaporation (including complex emulsion methods such as oil in water emulsions, water in oil emulsions and water-oil-water emulsions); (b) coacervation-phase separation; (c). melt dispersion; (d) interfacial deposition; (e) in situ polymerization; (f) spray drying and spray congealing; (g) air suspension coating; and (h) pan and spray coating. These methods, as well as properties and characteristics of microspheres are disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No.
4,652,441; U.S. Pat. No. 5,100,669; U.S. Pat. No. 4,526,938; WO 93/24150;
EPA 0258780 A2; U.S. Pat. No. 4,438,253; and U.S. Pat. 5,330,768.
To prepare microspheres of the present invention, several methods can be employed depending upon the desired application of the delivery vehicles.
Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, spray drying, freeze drying, air drying, vacuum drying, fluidized-bed drying, milling, co-precipitation and critical fluid extraction. In the case of spray drying, freeze drying, air drying, vacuum drying, fluidized-bed drying and critical fluid extraction; the components (stabilizing polyol, bioactive material, buffers, etc.) are first dissolved or suspended in aqueous conditions. In the case of milling, the components are mixed in the dried form and milled by any method known in the art. In the case of co-precipitation, the components are mixed in organic conditions and processed as described below.
Spray drying can be used to load the stabilizing polyol with the bioactive material.
The components are mixed under aqueous conditions and dried using precision nozzles to produce extremely uniform droplets in a drying chamber. Suitable spray drying machines include, but are not limited to; Buchi, NIRO, APV and Lab-plant spray driers used according to the manufacturer's instructions.
The shape of microparticles and nanoparticles may be determined by scanning electron microscopy. Spherically shaped nanoparticles are used in certain embodiments, for circulation through the bloodstream. If desired, the particles may be fabricated using known techniques into other shapes that are more useful for a specific application.
In addition to intracellular delivery of a therapeutic agent, it also possible that particles of the subject compositions, such as microparticles or nanoparticles, may undergo endocytosis, thereby obtaining access to the cell. The frequency of such an endocytosis process will likely depend on the size of any particle.
In certain embodiments, solid articles useful in defining shape and providing rigidity and structural strength to the polymeric matrices may be used. For example, a polymer may be formed on a mesh or other weave for implantation. A polymer may also be fabricated as a stent or as a shunt, adapted for holding open areas within body tissues or for draining fluid from one body cavity or body lumen into another.
Further, a polymer may be fabricated as a drain or a tube suitable for removing fluid from a post-operative site, and in some embodiments adaptable for use with closed section drainage systems such as Jackson-Pratt drains and the like as are familiar in the art.
The mechanical properties of the polymer may be important for the processability of making molded or pressed articles for implantation. For example, the glass transition temperature may vary widely but must be sufficiently lower than the temperature of decomposition to accommodate conventional fabrication techniques, such, as compression molding, extrusion, or injection molding.
(d) Biodegradability And Release Characteristics = 68 In certain embodiments, the polymers and blends of the present invention, upon contact with body fluids, undergo gradual degradation. The life of a biodegradable polymer in vivo depends upon, among other things, its molecular weight, crystallinity, biostability, and the degree of crosslinking. In general, the greater the molecular weight, the higher the degree of crystallinity, and the greater the biostability, the slower biodegradation will be.
If a subject composition is formulated with a therapeutic agent or other material, release of such an agent or other material for a sustained or extended period as compared to the release from an isotonic saline solution generally results.
Such release profile may result in prolonged delivery (over, say 1 to about 2,000 hours, or alternatively about 2 to about SOO hours) of effective amounts (e.g., about 0.0001 mg/kg/hour to about 1- 0 mg/kg/hour) of the agent or any other material associated with the polymer.
A variety of factors may affect the desired rate of hydrolysis of polymers of the subject invention, the desired softness and flexibility of the resulting solid matrix, rate and extent of bioactive material release. Some of such factors include the selection/identity of the various subunits, the enantiomeric or diastereomeric purity of the monomeric subunits, homogeneity of subunits found in the polymer, and the length of the polymer. For instance, the present invention contemplates heteropolymers with varying linkages, and/or the inclusion of other monomeric elements. in the polymer, in order to control, for example, the rate of biodegradation of the matrix.
To illustrate further, a wide range of degradation rates may be obtained by adjusting the hydrophobicities of the backbones or side chains of the polymers while still maintaining sufficient biodegradability for the use intended for any such polymer. Such a result may be achieved by varying the various functional groups of the polymer. For example, the combination of a hydrophobic backbone and a hydrophilic linkage produces heterogeneous degradation because cleavage is encouraged whereas water penetration is resisted.
One protocol generally accepted in the field that may be used to determine the release rate of any therapeutic agent or other material loaded in the polymer matrices of the present invention involves degradation of any such matrix in a 0.1 M =
PBS solution (pH 7.4) at 37 C, an assay known in the art. For purposes of the present invention, the term "PBS protocol" is used herein to refer to such protocol.
In certain instances, the release rates of different polymer systems of the present invention may be compared by subjecting them to such ea protocol. In certain instances, it may be necessary to process polymeric systems in the same fashion to allow direct and relatively accurate comparisons of different systems to be made. For example, the present invention teaches several different means of formulating the polymeric, matrices of the present invention. Such comparisons may indicate that any one polymeric system releases incorporated material at a rate from about 2 or less to about 1000 or more times faster than another polymeric system.
Alternatively, a comparison may reveal a rate difference of about 3, 5, 7, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 or 750 times. Even higher rate differences are contemplated by the present invention and release rate protocols.
In certain embodiments, when formulated in a certain manner, the release rate for polymer systems of the present invention may present as mono- or bi-phasic.
Release of any material incorporated into the polYmer matrix, which is often provided as a microsphere, may be characterized in certain instances by an initial increased release rate, which may release from about 5 to about 50% or more of any incorporated material, or alternatively about 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 or 40%, followed by a release rate of lesser magnitude.
The release rate of any incorporated material may also be characterized by the amount of such material released per day per mg of polymer matrix. For example, in certain embodiments, the release rate may vary from about 1 ng or less of any incorporated material per day per mg of polymeric system to about 500 or more ng/day/ing. Alternatively, the release rate may be about 0.05, 0.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 ng/day/ing.
In still other embodiments, the release rate of any incorporated material may be 10,000 ng/day/mg, or even higher_ In certain instances, materials incorporated and characterized by such release rate .protocols may include therapeutic agents, fillers, and other substances.
In another aspect, the rate of release of any material from any polymer matrix of the present invention may be presented as the half-life of such material in the matrix.
In addition to the embodiment involving protocols for in vitro determination of release rates, in vivo protocols, whereby in certain instances release rates for polymeric systems may be determined in vivo, are also contemplated by the present invention. Other assays useful for determining the release of any material from the -polymers of the present system are known in the art.
(e) Implants and Delivery Systems In its simplest form, a biodegradable delivery system for a therapeutic agent consists of a dispersion of such a therapeutic agent in a polymer matrix. In other embodiments, an article is used for implantation, injection, or otherwise placed totally or partially within the body, the article comprising the subject compositions.
It is particularly important that such an article result in minimal tissue irritation when implanted or injected into vasculated tissue.
Biodegradable delivery systems, and articles thereof, may be prepared in a variety of ways known in the art. The subject polymer may be melt-processed using .- conventional extrusion or injection molding techniques, or these products may be prepared by dissolving in an appropriate solvent, followed by formation of the =
device, and subsequent removal of the solvent by evaporation or extraction.
Once a system or implant article is in place, it should remain in at least partial contact with a biological fluid, such as blood, internal organ secretions, mucus membranes, cerebrospinal fluid, and the like to allow for sustained release of any encapsulated therapeutic agent.
Methods of Manufacturing Generally, compounds of the present invention can be prepared in one of two ways: monomers bearing therapeutic agents, targeting ligands, and/or cyclodextrin moieties can be polymerized, or polymer backbones can be derivatized with therapeutic agents, targeting ligands, and/or cyclodextrin moieties.
Thus, in one embodiment, the present invention contemplates the synthesis of compounds of the invention by reacting monomers M-L-CD and M-L-D (and, optionally, M-L-T), wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety, such as a cyclodextrin molecule, or derivative thereof;
L, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represents a linker group;
D, independently for each 'occurrence, represents the same or different therapeutic agent or prodrugs thereof;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents the same or different targeting ligand Or precursor thereof; and M represents a monomer subunit bearing one or more reactive moieties capable of undergoing a polymerization reaction with one or more other M in the monomers in the reaction mixture, under conditions that cause polymerization of the monomers to take place.
In certain embodiments, the reaction mixture may further comprise monomers that do not bear CD, T, or D moieties, e.g., to space the derivatized monomer units throughout the polymer.
In an alternative embodiment, the invention contemplates synthesizing a compound of the present invention by reacting a polymer P (the polymer bearing a plurality of reactive groups, such as carboxylic acids, alcohols, thiols, amines, epoxides, etc.) with grafting agents X-L-CD and Y-L-D (and, optionally, Z-L-T), wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety, such as a cyclodextrin molecule, or derivative thereof;
L, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represents a linker group;
D, independently for each occurrence, represents the same or different therapeutic agent or prodrugs thereof;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents the same or different targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
X, independently for each occurrence, represents a reactive group, such as carboxylic acids, alcohols, thiols, amines, epoxides, etc., capable of forming a covalent bond with a reactive group of the polymer; and Y and Z, independently for each occurrence, represent inclusion hosts or reactive groups, such as carboxylic acids, alcohols, thiols, amines, epoxides, etc., capable of forming a covalent bond with a reactive group of the polymer or inclusion complexes with CD moieties grafted to the polymer, under conditions that cause the grafting agents to form covalent bonds and/or inclusion complexes, as appropriate, with the polymer or moieties grafted to the polymer.
For example, if the polymer includes alcohols, thiols, or amines as reactive groups, the grafting agents may include reactive groups that react with them, such as isocyanates, isothiocyanates, acid chlorides, acid anhydrides, epoxides, ketenes, sulfonyl chlorides, activated carboxylic acids (e.g., carboxylic acids treated with an activating agent such as PyBrOP, carbonyldihnidazole, or another reagent that reacts with a carboxylic acid to form a moiety susceptible to nucleophilic attack), or other electrophilic moieties known to those of skill in the art. In certain embodiments, a catalyst may be needed to cause the reaction to take place (e.g., a Lewis acid, a transition metal catalyst, an amine base, etc.) as will be understood by those of skill in the art.
In certain embodiments, the different grafting agents are reacted with the polymer simultaneously or substantially simultaneously (e.g., in a one-pot reaction), or are reacted sequentially with the polymer (optionally with a purification and/or wash step between reactions).
Another aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing the linear or branched cyclodextrin-containing polymers represented by formulae While the discussion below focuses on the preparation of linear cyclodextrin molecules, one skilled in the art would readily recognize that the methods described can be adapted for producing branched polymers by choosing an appropriate comonomer A precursor.
Accordingly, one embodiment of the invention is a method of preparing a linear cyclodextrin copolymer. According to the invention, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be prepared by copolymerizing a cyclodextrin monomer precursor disubstituted with an appropriate leaving group with a comonomer A precursor capable of displacing the leaving groups. The leaving group, which may be the same or different, may be any leaving group known in the art which may be displaced upon copolymerization with a comonomer A precursor.
In a preferred embodiment, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer may be prepared by iodinating a cyclodextrin monomer precursor to form a diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor and copolymerizing the diiodinated cyClodextrin monomer precursor with a comonomer A precursor to form a linear cyclodextrin copolymer having a repeating unit of formula II or III, or a combination thereof, each as described above. While examples presented below discuss iodinated cyclodextrin moieties, one skilled in the art would readily recognize that the present invention contemplates and encompasses cyclodextrin moieties wherein other leaving groups such as alkyl and aryl sulfonate may be present instead of iodo groups. In a preferred embodiment, a method of preparing a linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention by iodinating a cyclodextrin monomer precursor as described above to form a diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula TVa, IVb, We or a mixture thereof:
IMF 111, IVa IVb IVc The diiodinated cyclodextrin may be prepared by any means known in the art. (Tabushi et al. J. Am. Chem. 106, 5267-5270 (1984); Tabushi et al. J. Am.
Chem. 106, 4580-4584 (1984)). For example, P--cyclodextrin may be reacted with biphenyl-4,4'-disulfonyl chloride in the presence of anhydrous pyridine to form a biphenyl-4,4'-disulfonyl chloride capped J3-cyclodextrin which may then be reacted with potassium iodide to produce diiodo-13-cyclodextrin. The cyclodextrin monomer precursor is iodinated at only two positions. By copolymerizing the diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor with a comonomer A precursor, as described above, a linear cyclodextrin polymer having a repeating unit of Formula la, Ib, or a combination thereof, also as described above, may be prepared. If appropriate, the iodine or iodo groups may be replaced with other known leaving groups.
Also according to the invention, the iodo groups or other appropriate leaving group may be displaced with a group that permits reaction with a comonomer A
precursor, as described above. For example, a diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula IVa, 1Vb, IVc or a mixture thereof may be aminated to form a diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula Va, Vb, Vc or a mixture thereof:
Mir Mir Va Vb 1111, VC
The diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor may be prepared by any means known in the art. (Tabushi et-al. Tetrahedron Lett. 18:11527-1530 (1977);
Mungall etal., J. Org. Chem. 16591662 (1975)). For example, a diiodo-f3-cyclodextrin may be reacted with sodium azide and then reduced to forni a diamino-r3-cyclodextrin). The cyclodextrin monomer precursor is aminated at only two positions. The diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor may then be copolymerized with a comonomer A precursor, as described above, to produce a linear cyclodextrin copolymer having a repeating unit of formula 11-111 or a combination thereof, also as described above. However, the amino functionality of a diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor need not be directly attached to the cyclodextrin moiety. Alternatively, the amino functionality or another nucleophilic functionality may be introduced by displacement of the iodo or other appropriate leaving groups of a cyclodextrin monomer precursor with amino group containing moieties such as, for example, HSCH2CH2NH2 (or a di-nucleophilic molecule more generally represented by HW-(CRIR.1)n-WH wherein W, independently for each occurrence, represents 0, S, or NR1; R1 and R2, independently for each occurrence, represent H, (un)substituted alkyl, (un)substituted aryl, (un)substituted heteroalkyl, (un)substituted heteroaryl) with an appropriate base such as a metal hydride, alkali or alkaline carbonate, or tertiary amine to form a diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula Vd, Ve, Vf or a mixture thereof:
Vd Ve Vf HNi NH2 1111, 11, A linear oxidized cyclodextrin-containing copolymer of the invention may also be prepared by oxidizing a reduced linear cyclodextrin-containing copolymer of the invention as described below. This method may be performed as long as the comonomer A does not contain an oxidation sensitive moiety or group such as, for example, a thiol.
According to the invention, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be oxidized so as to introduce at least one oxidized cyclodextrin monomer into the copolymer such that the oxidized cyclodextrin monomer is an integral part of the polymer backbone. A linear cyclodextrin copolymer which contains at least one oxidized cyclodextrin monomer is defined as a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer or a linear oxidized cyclodextrin-containing polymer. The cyclodextrin monomer may be oxidized on either the secondary or primary hydroxyl side of the cyclodextrin moiety. If more than one oxidized cyclodextrin monomer is present in a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention, the same or different cyclodextrin monomers oxidized on either the primary hydroxyl side, the secondary hydroxyl side, or both may be present. For illustration purposes, a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer with oxidized secondary hydroxyl groups has, for example, at least one unit of formula VIa or VIb:
____________________________ A _____ Via _______________________________ A __ Vlb In formulae Vla and VIb, C is a substituted or unsubstituted oxidized cyclodextrin monomer and A is a comonomer bound, i.e., covalently bound, to the oxidized cyclodextrin C. Also in formulae VIa and VIb, oxidation of the secondary hydroxyl groups leads to ring opening of the cyclodextrin moiety and the formation of aldehyde groups.
A linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may be prepared by oxidation of a linear cyclodextrin copolymer as discussed above. Oxidation of a linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be accomplished by oxidation techniques known in the art. (Hisamatsu et al., Starch 44:188-191(1992)).
Preferably, an oxidant such as, for example, sodium periodate is used. It would be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that under standard oxidation conditions that the degree of oxidation may vary or be varied per copolymer.
Thus in one embodiment of the invention, a linear oxidized copolymer of the invention may contain one oxidized cyclodextrin monomer. In another embodiment, substantially all cyclodextrin monomers of the copolymer would be oxidized.
Another method of preparing a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention involves the oxidation of a diiodinated or diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor, as described above, to form an oxidized diiodinated or diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor and copolymerization of the oxidized diiodinated or diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor with a comonomer A
precursor. In a preferred embodiment, an oxidized diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula Vila, VIIb, Vile, or a mixture thereof:
Vila 0 0 =
VI lb may be prepared by oxidation of a diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formulae Na, IVb, fVc, or a mixture thereof, as described above. In another preferred embodiment, an oxidized diarninated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula VIIIa, VIIIb, VIIIc or a mixture thereof:
Villa 0 0 NH2 VIIIc =
VilIb NH2 H2! ç NH2 may be prepared by amination of an oxidized diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formulae Vila, VIIb, Vile, or a mixture thereof, as described above. In still another preferred embodiment, an oxidized diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula IXa, IXb, IX.c or a mixture thereof:
o IXa S
IXe H
IXb NH2 H/' may be prepared by displacement of the iodo or other appropriate leaving groups of an oxidized cyclodextrin monomer precursor disubstituted with an iodo or other appropriate leaving group with the amino or other nucleophilic group containing moiety such as, e.g. HSCH2CH2NH2 (or a di-nucleophilic molecule more generally represented by HW-(CRIR2)1-WH wherein W, independently for each occurrence, represents 0, S, or NR,; R.1 and R2, independently for each occurrence, represent H, (un)substituted alkyl, (un)substituted aryl, (un)substituted heteroalkyl, (un)substituted heteroaryl) with an appropriate base such as a metal hydride, alkali or alkaline carbonate, or tertiary amine.
Alternatively, an oxidized diiodinated or diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor, as described above, may be prepared by oxidizing a cyclodextrin monomer precursor to form an oxidized cyclodextrin monomer precursor and then diiodinating and/or diaminating the oxidized cyclodextrin monomer, as described above. As discussed above, the cyclodextrin moiety may be modified with other leaving groups other than iodo groups and other amino group containing functionalities. The oxidized' diiodinated or diarninated cyclodextrin monomer precursor may then be copolymerized with a comonomer A precursor, as described above, to form a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention.
A linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may also be further modified by attachment of at least one ligand to the copolymer. The ligand is as described above.
According to the invention, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer or linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may be attached to or grafted onto a substrate. The substrate may be any substrate as recognized by those of ordinary skill in the art. In another preferred embodiment of the invention, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer or linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may be crosslinked to a polymer to forrri, respectively, a crosslinked cyclodextrin copolymer or a crosslinked oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer. The polymer may be any polymer capable of crosslinIcing with a linear or linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention (e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer, polyethylene polymer). The polymer may also be the same or different linear cyclodextrin copolymer or linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer. Thus; for example, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer may be crosslinked to any polymer including, but not limited to, itself, another linear cyclodextrin copolymer, and a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer. A
crosslinked linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be prepared by reacting a linear cyclodextrin copolymer with a polymer in the presence of a crosslinking agent. A crosslinked linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be prepared by reacting a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer with a polymer in the presence of an appropriate crosslinking agent. The -crosslinking agent may be any crosslinking agent known in the art_ Examples of crosslinking agents include dihydrazides and disulfides. In a preferred embodiment, the crosslinking agent is a labile group such that a crosslinked copolymer may be uncrosslinked if desired. . .
A linear cyclodextrin copolymer and a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be characterized by any means known in the art.
Such characterization methods or techniques include, but are not limited to, gel permeation chromatography (GPC), matrix assisted laser desorption ionization-time of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF Mass spec), and 13C NMR., light scattering and titration.
The invention also provides a cyclodextrin composition containing at least one linear cyclodextrin copolymer and at least one linear oxidized cyclodextrin =
copolymer of the invention as described above. Accordingly, either or both of the linear cyclodextrin copolymer and linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may be crosslinked to another polymer and/or bound to a ligand as described above.
Therapeutic compositions according to the invention contain a therapeutic agent and a linear cyclodextrin copolymer or a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer, including crosslinked copolymers, of the invention. A linear cyclodextrin copolymer, a linear-oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer and their crosslinked derivatives are as described above. The therapeutic agent may be any synthetic or naturally occurring biologically active therapeutic agent including those known in ,the art. Examples of suitable therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antibiotics, steroids, polynucleotides (e.g., genomic DNA, cDNA, inRNA, double-stranded RNA, and antisense oligonucleotides), plasmids, peptides, peptide fragments, small molecules (e.g., doxorubicin) and other biologically active macromolecules such as, for example, proteins and enzymes.
=
(g) Business Methods Other aspects of the invention provides for certain methods of doing business. In particular, practicing the methods of the invention may enable novel therapeutic compositions and improved formulations thereof. This technical step, when combined with one or more additional steps, provides for novel approaches to conduct a pharmaceutical, or preferably a life-science business. For example, such therapeutic prepared by the method of the invention may be tested for efficacy as therapeutics in a variety of disease- models, the potential therapeutic compositions then tested for toxicity and other safety-profiling before formulating, packaging and subsequently marketing the resulting formulation for the treatment of disease.
Alternatively, the rights to develop and market such formulations or to conduct such steps may be licensed to a third party for consideration.
Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, comprising:
a. manufacturing a formulation or kit including a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds of claims 1-4; and b. marketing to healthcare providers the benefits of using the formulation or kit in the treatment of a disease or disorder.
In other embodiments, the present invention discloses a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, comprising:
a. providing a distribution network for selling a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds of claims 1-4; and b. providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the preparation in the treatment of a disease or disorder.
In certain embodiments, the present invention 'provides a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, comprising:
a. determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds of claims 1-4;
b. conducting therapeutic profiling of formulations identified in step (a), for efficacy and toxicity in animals; and c.
providing a distribution network for selling a preparation or .
preparations identified in step (b) as having an acceptable therapeutic profile.
An additional step of the embodiment comprises providing a sales group for .
-marketing the preparation to healthcare providers.
In still other embodiments, the present invention provides a method for .
conducting a pharmaceutical business, comprising:
a. determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds of claims 1-4; and b. licensing, to a third party, the rights for further development and sale of the formulation.
Exemplification Materials. O-Cyclodextrin, "13-CD", (Cerestar USA, Inc. of Hammond, IN) was dried in vacuo (<0.1 mTorr) at 120 C for 12 h before use.
OH
= 0 v.f Ilir HO H
0 41.T.i0 01-1 O
HO
-Olc SOH
HO o OH 4 OH = 0 HO
HO
---\-.õ49t-___-1 Li HO
-90 All the anhydrous solvents, HPLC grade solvents and other common organic solvents were purchased from commercial suppliers and used without further , purification. Bipheny1-4,4'-disulfonyl chloride (Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc. of Milwaukee, WI) was recrystallized from chloroform/hexanes. Potassium iodide was powdered with a mortar and pestle and dried in an oven at 200 C. Polyethylene glycol dipropanoicsuccinimide (PEG¨DiSPA, MW 3400), polyethylene glycol dibutanoicsuccinimide (PEG¨DiSBA, MW 3400), and polyethylene glycol dibenzotrizolecarbonate (PEG¨DiBTC, MW 3400) were purchased from Nektar (Huntsville, AL). Polyethylene glycol di-p-nitrophenolcarbonate (PEG¨DiNPC, MW 3400) was acquired from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). CPT was purchased from Boehringer Ingelheim (Ingelheirn, Germany). Human plasma was purchased from Sigma and reconstituted with DI water. Mouse plasma was prepared by centrifuge removal of blood cells of fresh blood samples collected from BALB/C female mice (Charles River). 6A,6D-diiodo-6A,6D-dideoxy-16-cyclodextrin (CDDI, Scheme 2) was synthesized according to previous reported procedure by Hwang et. al (Bioconjugate Chem. 12,280-290). Deionized water (18-MQ-cm) was obtained by passing in-house deionized water through a Barnstead E-pure purification system. NIVIR
spectra were recorded on a Bruker AMX 500 MHzor a Varian 300 MHz spectrometer.
Mass spectral (MS) analysis was performed using either an electrospray mass spectrometer equipped with LCQ ion trap (Thermo Finnigan) and fitted with an electrospray ionization source or a MALDI-TOF mass spectrometer (Voyager DE-.
PRO, Applied Biosystems). MWs=of the polymer samples were analyzed on a GPC
system equipped with a Hitachi L-6200 Intelligent Pump, an Anspec RI detector (ERC-7512, Erma, Inc.), a Precision Detectors DLS detector (PD 2020), and double gel permeation columns (PL-aquagel-OH-40 8 pm 300 mm x 7.5 mm, Polymer Laboratory) calibrated using polyethylene glycol standard and eluded using PBS
(1x) at a concentration of 20-50 mg/mL and at a 0.7 inUmin flow rate at ambient temperature. CD derivatives were analyzed with a C-18 reverse phase column on a HPLC system equipped with an UV detector (System Gold 168 Detector, Beaman Coulter) and an evaporative light scattering EELS) detector (Sedex 75, Sedere, France). CPT, CPT derivatives, and polymer-CPT conjugates were analyzed on HPLC systems with a C-I8 reverse phase column (HIRPB-4438, 4.6 x 150 ram, Richard Scientific) equipped with a fluorescence detector (FD-500, GTI/Spectro Vision, Groton Technology, Inc.) using a gradient of potassium phosphate buffer (pH 4.1) and acetonitile. Excitation and emission wavelengths of the fluorescence detector were set at 370 nm and 440 nm, respectively.
Example 1: Bipheny1-4,4'-disulfonyl-A,D-Capped 13-Cyclodextrin, 1 (Tabushi et al.
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 106, 5267-5270 (1984)) Scheme XV
oi sl=o A 500 inL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar, a Schlenlc adapter and a septum was charged with 7.92 g (6.98 mmol) of dry P-cyclodextrin and 250 mL of anhydrous pyridine (Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc.). The resulting solution was stirred at 50 "C under nitrogen while 2.204 g (6.28 mmol) of biphenyl-4,4'-disulfonyl chloride was added in four equal portions at 15 min intervals. After stirring at 50 'C for an additional 3 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was subjected to reversed-phase column chromatography using a gradient elution of 0-40% acetonitrile in water. Fractions were analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography (I-IPLC) and the appropriate fractions were combined. After removing the bulk of the acetonitrile on a rotary evaporator, the resulting aqueous suspension was lyophilized to dryness. This afforded 3.39 g (38%) of 1 as a colorless solid.
Example 2: 6A,6D-Diiodo-6A,6D-Dideoxy-p-cyclodextrin, 2 (Tabushi et al. J. Am.
Chem. 106, 4580-4584 (1984)) Scheme XVI
.11Z K1 >1 OS =41 A 40 mL centrifuge tube equipped with a magnetic stirbar, a Schlenk adapter and a septum was charged with 1.02 g (7.2 mrnol) of 1, 3.54 g (21.3 minol) of dry, powdered potassium iodide (Aldrich) and 15 rnl, of anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (Aldrich). The resulting suspension was stirred at 80 C under nitrogen for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solids were separated by filtration and the supernatant was collected. The solid precipitate was washed with a second portion of anhydrous DMF and the supernatants were combined and concentrated in vacua. The residue was then dissolved in 14 mL of water and cooled in an ice bath before 0.75 mL (7.3 mmol) of tetrachloroethylene (Aldrich) was added with rapid stirring. The precipitated product was filtered on a medium glass fit and washed with a small portion of acetone before it was dried under vacuum over P205 for 14 h. This afforded 0.90 g (92%) of 2 as a white solid.
Example 3: 6A,6D-Bis-(2-aminoethylthio)-6A'6D-dideoxy-13-cyclodextrin, 3 (Tabushi, I: Shimokawa, K; Fugita, K. Tetrahedron Lett. 1977, 1527-1530) Scheme XVII
HS
'SZ' NH
A 25 mL Schlenk flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a septum was charged with 0_91 mL (7.37 mrnol) of a 0.81 M solution of sodium 2-aminoethylthiolate in ethanol. (Fieser, L.F.; Fieser, M. Reagents for Organic Synthesis; Wiley: New York, 1967; Vol. 3, pp.265-266). The solution was evaporated to dryness and the solid was redissolved in 5mL of anhydrous DMF
(Aldrich). 6A,6D-Diiodo-6A,6D-dideoxy-P-eyelodextrin (2) (100mg, 7.38 x 10-5 mol) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred at 60 *C under nitrogen for 2 h.
After cooling to room temperature, the solution was concentrated in vacua and the residue was redissolved in water. After acidifying with 0.1 N HC1, the solution was applied to a Toyopearl SP-650M ion-exchange column (NH4+form) and the product was eluted with a 0 to OA M ammonium bicarbonate gradient. Appropriate fractions were combined and lyophilized to dryness. This afforded 80mg (79%) of 3 as a white powder.
=
Alternative Synthesis of dicysteamine 13-CD 3.
To a solution of 4.69g (3.17 mmol) of 2 in 100 mL of degassed water was added 0.489 g (6.34 mmol) of freshly sublimed cysteamine. The solution was stirred under.reflux for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature and acidifying with 1 N HC1, the solution was applied to a Toyopearl SP-650M ion-exchange column (NH4+ form) and the product was eluted with a 0 to 0.2 M ammonium bicarbonate gradient. Appropriate fractions were combined and lyophilized to dryness. This procedure gave 1.87 g (39% yield) of a white solid. The solid was characterized by TLC (silica gel, n-PrOH-AcOEt-H20-NH3aq 5/3/3/1, detection by ninhydrin) and exhibited a major spot corresponding to 3. Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI) time-of flight (TOF) mass spectrum was recorded on 2 meter BUIE instrument supplied by PerSeptive Biosystems, Inc. MALDI-TOF
m/z calcd for 3: 1252, found: 1253.5 [M+H]4, 1275.5 [M+Nar, 1291.4 [1\4+Kr.
13C NIVIR (Bruker 500 MHz, D20) 5 ppm: 32.1 (S-C1-12) and 38.8 (CH2-NH2), 32.9 (C6 adjacent to S), 60.2 (C6 adjacent to OH), 70.8, 71.4, 72.5 (C2, C3, C5), 81.8 (C4), 101.7 (CI).
Example 4: 6A.,6D-Bis-(2-amino-2-carboxylethylthio)-6A'6D-dideoxy-13-cyclodextrin, 4 (CD-BisCys) Scheme XVIII
NH, HS OH
HO SSOH
NH2 NH, 167 mL of 0.1 1\4 sodium carbonate buffer were degassed for 45 minutes in a 500 nil, 2-neck round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar, a condenser and septum. To this solution were added 1.96 g (16.2 mmol) of L-cysteine and 10.0 g (73.8 mmol) of diiodo, deoxy-P-cyclodextrin 2. The resulting suspension was heated at a reflux temperature for 4.5 h until the solution turned clear (colorless).
The solution was then cooled to room temperature and acidified to pH 3 using IN
HCI. The product was precipitated by slow addition of acetone (3 times weight ratio of the solution). This afforded 9.0 g crude material containing CD-biscysteine (90.0%), unreacted cyclodextrin, CD-mono-cysteine and cystine. The resulting solid was subjected to anionic exchange column chromatography (SuperQ650M, Tosoh Bioscience) using a gradient elution of 0-0.4M ammonium bicarbonate. All fractions were analyzed by HPLC. The desired fractions were combined and the solvent was reduced to 100 rriL under vacuum. The final product was either precipitated by adding acetone or by adding methanol (3 times weight ratio of the solution). 4 was obtained in 60-90% yield. 1HNMR (D20) 5 5.08 in, 7H, CD-2-CH), 179-3.94 (m, 30H, CD-3,4-CH, CD-CH2, Cys-CH), 3.49-3.62 (m, 1411, CD-5, 6-CH), 2.92-3.30(m, 411, Cys-CH2).13C NMR (D20) 5 172.3, 101.9, 83.9, 81.6, 81.5, 73.3, 72.2, 72.0,60.7, 54.0, 34.0, 30.6. ES1/MS (m/z): 1342 [Mr, 1364 [M+
Nar. Purity of 4 was confirmed by RPLC.
=
Example 5: 6A,6D-Bis-(carboxylinethylthio)-6A.6D-dideoxy-fil-cyclodeXtrin, 5 (CDDM) Scheme XIX
HS
HO
-, HO ---0 o OH
6 MWpEc= 3400 0 H H EDC/NHS
), . :,00 HC, 0 o 0 0 N
. 95-98% 1 \ PI
Mn 55,700; Mw 99,500; Mw/Mn= L74 m., Gly-CPT
iSr H
. tAir m n ,,,,,(3, 0 litrCt j.....,0 0 0 ojs,...0 0 0 ,... 0 . ..,..
* *
Scheme XIV
.L
o 0 HO 0 0 o Ho-r'''--"--n*--OH ). 0--(/
OH*
n 0 , NHS
---).¨
I
DCC u 0 N V10---0 0 OH
_____________________________________________________________________ ).
0 dr H H
N..----õ,._ ..i7... .....õ.õN 04,--O,y....õ...-- Gly-CPT
..õ.....õ,,,---õ,, 0 =
CPT-Gly 0 0 Gly-CPT
\=---..¨ n Degradable ester bond linkage In certain embodiments, the present invention discloses several strategies to increase drug loading as shown in Figure 1.
(b) Targeting Ligand As mentioned above, one aspect of the present invention contemplates attaching a therapeutic agent to the polymer conjugates described herein.
In certain embodiments, the polymer conjugate further comprises a targeting ligand. Thus in certain embodiments, a receptor, cell, and/or tissue-targeting ligand, or a precursor thereof is coupled to a polymer conjugate. As used herein the term "targeting ligand" refers to any material or substance which may promote targeting of receptors, cells, and/or tissues in vivo or in vitro with the compositions of the present invention. The targeting ligand may be synthetic, semi-synthetic, or naturally-occurring. Materials or substances which may serve as targeting ligands include, for example, proteins, including antibodies, antibody fragments, hormones, hormone analogues, glycoproteins and lectins, peptides, polypeptides, amino acids, sugars, saccharides, including monosaccharides and polysaccharides, carbohydrates, small molecules, vitamins, steroids, steroid analogs, hormones, cofactors, bioactive agents, and genetic material, including nucleosides, nucleotides, nucleotide acid constructs and polynucleotides. As used herein, the term "precursor" to a targeting ligand refers to any material or substance which may be converted to a targeting ligand. Such conversion may involve, for example, anchoring a precursor to a targeting ligand. Exemplary targeting precursor moieties include maleimide groups, disulfide groups, such as ortho-pyridyl disulfide, vinylsulfone groups, azide groups, and a-iodo acetyl groups. The attachment of the targeting ligand or precursor thereof to the polymer may be accomplished in various ways including but not limited to chelation, covalent attachment, or formation of host-guest complexes. In certain embodiments, an optional linker group may be present between the targeting ligand or precursor thereof and the polymer, wherein the linker group is attached to the polymer via chelation, covalent attachment or form host guest complexes. For example, the one terminal end of a linker group may be attached to the targeting = ligand while the other may be attached to an adamantane group, or other such hydrophobic moiety, which forms a host guest complex with a cyclodextrin moiety.
Thus the targeting ligand may be attached to a grafted cyclodextrin moiety, to a cyclodextrin moiety within the polymeric chain, or to the polymeric chain itself.
The number of targeting ligands per polymeric chain may vary according to various factors including but not limited to the identity of the therapeutic agent, nature of the disease, type of polymer chain. Structures of possible linker groups are the same as linker groups defined elsewhere in this application.
(c) Pharmaceutical Compositions. Formulations and Dosages In part, a biocompatible polymer composition of the present invention includes a biocompatible and optionally biodegradable polymer, such as one having the recurring monomeric units shown in one of the foregoing formulas, optionally including any other biocompatible and optionally biodegradable polymer mentioned above or known in the art. In certain embodiments, the compositions are non-pyrogenic, e.g., do not trigger elevation of a patient's body temperature by more than a clinically acceptable amount.
The subject compositions may contain a "drug", "therapeutic agent,"
"medicament," or "bioactive substance," which are biologically, physiologically, or pharmacologically active substances that act locally or systemically in the human or animal body. For example, a subject composition may include any of the other compounds discussed above.
Various forms of the medicaments or biologically active materials may be used which are capable of being released from the polymer matrix into adjacent tissues or fluids. They may be hydrophobic molecules, neutral molecules, polar molecules, or molecular complexes capable of hydrogen bonding. They may be in the form of ethers, esters, amides and the like, including prodrugs which are biologiCally activated when injected into the human or animal body, e.g., by cleavage of an ester or amide. A therapeutic agent in a subject composition may vary widely with the purpose for the composition.
Plasticizers and stabilizing agents known in the art may be incorporated in polymers of the present invention. In certain embodiments, additives such as plasticizers and stabilizing agents are selected for their biocompatibility.
In certain embodiments, the additives are lung surfactants, such as 1,2-dipalmitoylphosphatidycholine (DPPC) and 1,-a-phosphatidylcholine (PC).
A composition of this invention may further contain one or more adjuvant substances, such as fillers, thickening agents or the like. In other embodiments, materials that serve as adjuvants may be associated with the polymer matrix.
Such additional materials may affect the characteristics of the polymer matrix that results.
For example, fillers, such as bovine serum albumin (BSA) or mouse serum albumin (MSA), may be associated with the polymer matrix. In certain embodiments, the amount of filler may range from about 0.1 to about 50% or more by weight of the polymer matrix, or about 2.5, 5, 10, 25, or 40 percent.
Incorporation of such fillers may affect the biodegradation of the polymeric material and/or the sustained release rate of any encapsulated substance. Other fillers known to those of skill in the art, such as carbohydrates, sugars, starches, saccharides, celluloses and polysaccharides, including mannitose and sucrose, may be used in certain embodiments of the present invention.
In other embodiments, spheronization enhancers facilitate the production of subject polymeric matrices that are generally spherical in shape. Substances such as zein, microcrystalline cellulose or microcrystalline cellulose co-processed with sodium carboxymethyl cellulose may confer plasticity to the subject compositions as well as implant strength and integrity. In particular embodiments, during spheronization, extrudates that are rigid, but not plastic, result in the formation of dumbbell shaped implants and/or a high proportion of fines, and extrudates that are plastic, but not rigid, tend to agglomerate and form excessively large implants. In such embodiments, a balance between rigidity and plasticity is desirable. The percent of spheronization enhancer in a formulation typically range from 10 to 90%
(w/w).
In certain embodiments, a subject composition includes an excipient. A
particular exeipient may be selected based on its melting point, solubility in a selected solvent (e.g., a solvent that dissolves the polymer and/or the therapeutic agent), and the resulting characteristics of the microparticles.
= Excipients may comprise a few percent, about 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, or higher percentage of the subject compositions.
Buffers, acids and bases may be incorporated in the subject compositions to adjust their pH. Agents to increase the diffusion distance of agents released from the polymer matrix may also be included.
Disintegrants are substances that, in the presence of liquid, promote the disruption of the subject compositions. Disintegrants are most often used in implants, in which the function of the disintegrant is to countei-act or neutralize the effect of any binding materials used in the subject formulation. In general, the mechanism of disintegration involves moisture absorption and swelling by an insoluble material.
Examples of disintegyants include croscarmellose sodium and crospovidone which, in certain embodiments, may be incorporated into the polymeric matrices in the range of about 1-20% of total matrix weight. In other cases, soluble fillers such as sugars (mannitol and lactose) may also be added to facilitate disintegration of implants.
Other materials may be used to advantage or to control the desired release rate of a .therapeutic agent for a Particular treatment protocol. For example, if the sustained release is too slow for a particular application, a pore-forming agent may be added to generate additional pores in the matrix. Any biocompatible water-soluble material may be used as the pore-forming agent. They may be capable of dissolving, diffusing or dispersing out of the formed polymer system whereupon pores and microporous channels are generated in the system. The amount of pore-forming agent (and size of dispersed particles of such pore-forming agent, if appropriate) within the composition should affect the size and number of the pores in the polymer system.
Pore-forming agents include any pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic substance that is substantially miscible in water and body fluids and will Suitable pore-forming agents include, for example, sugars such as sucrose and dextrose, salts such as sodium chloride and sodium carbonate, and polymers such as hydroxylpropylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, and The charge, lipophilicity or -hydrophilicity of any subject polymeric matrix may be modified by attaching in some fashion an appropriate compound to the Binders are adhesive materials that may be incorporated in polymeric Materials added specifically as binders are generally included in the range of about 0.5%-15% w/w of the matrix formulation.. Certain materials, such as Various coatings may be applied to modify the properties of the matrices.
Three exemplary types of coatings are seal, gloss and enteric coatings. Other types of coatings having various dissolution or erosion properties may be used to further modify subject matrices behavior, and such coatings are readily known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
The seal coat may prevent excess moisture uptake by the matrices during the application of aqueous based enteric coatings. The gloss coat generally improves the handling of the finished matrices. Water-soluble materials such as hydroxypropylcellulose may be used to seal coat and gloss coat implants. The seal coat and gloss coat are generally sprayed onto the matrices until an increase in weight between about 0.5% and about 5%, often about 1% for a seal coat and about 3% for a gloss coat, has been obtained.
Enteric coatings consist of polymers which are insoluble in the low pH (less than 3.0) of the stomach, but are soluble in the elevated pH (greater than 4.0) of the small intestine. Polymers such as EUDRAGITTm, RohmTech, Inc., Malden, Mass., and AQUATERICTm, FMC Corp., Philadelphia, Penn., may be used and are layered as thin membranes onto the implants from aqueous solution or suspension or by a spray drying method. The enteric. coat is generally sprayed to a weight increase of about 1% to about 30%, preferably about 10 to about 15% and may contain coating adjuvants such as plasticizers, surfactants, separating agents that reduce the tackiness of the implants during coating, and coating permeability adjusters.
The present compositions may additionally contain one or more optional additives such as fibrous reinforcement, colorants, perfumes, rubber modifiers, modifying agents, etc. In practice, each of these optional additives should be compatible with the resulting polymer and its intended use. Examples of suitable fibrous reinforcement include PGA microfibrils, collagen microfibrils, cellulosic microfibrils, and olefinic microfibrils. The amount of each of these optional additives employed in the composition is an amount necessary to achieve the desired effect.
The therapeutic polymer conjugates as described herein can be administered in various pharmaceutical formulations, depending on the disorder to be treated and the age, condition and body weight of the patient, as is well known in the art. For example, where the compounds are to be administered orally, they may be formulated as tablets, capsules, granules, powders or syrups; or for parenteral administration, they may be formulated as injections (intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous), drop infusion preparations or suppositories. For application by the ophthalmic mucous membrane route, they may be formulated as eyedrops or eye ointments. These formulations can be prepared by conventional means, and, if desired, the active ingredient may be mixed with any conventional additive, such as an excipient, a binder, a disintegrating agent, a lubricant, a corrigent, a solubilizing agent, a suspension aid, an emulsifying agent or a coating agent. Although the dosage will vary depending on the symptoms, age and body weight of the patient, the nature and severity of the disorder to be treated or prevented, the route of -administration and the form of the drug, in general, a daily dosage of from 0.01 to 2000 mg of the therapeutic agent is recommended for an adult human patient, and this may be administered in a single dose or in divided doses.
The precise time of administration and/or amount of therapeutic polymer conjugate that will yield the most effective results in terms of efficacy of treatment in a given patient will depend upon the activity, pharmacokinetics, and bioavailability of a particular compound, physiological condition of the patient (including age, sex, disease type and stage, general physical condition, responsiveness to a given dosage and type of medication), route of administration, etc. However, the above guidelines can be used as the basis for fine-tuning the treatment, e.g., determining the optimum time and/or amount of administration, which will require no more than routine experimentation consisting of monitoring =
the subject and adjusting the dosage and/or timing.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those therapeutic polymer conjugates, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject chemical from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid;
(16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of the therapeutic polymer conjugates. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the therapeutic polymer conjugates, or by separately reacting a purified polymer in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naplithylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like. (See, for example, Berge et al.
(1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Phann. Sci. 66:1-19) -In other cases, the therapeutic polymer conjugates useful in the methods of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, =
are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances diethylamine, ethylefiediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
=
20 Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidants include: (1) water soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium rnetabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like; (2) oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal Formulations useful in the methods of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical (including ophthalmic, otic, buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, aerosol and/or parenteral administration. The formulations may _ combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration.
The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred per cent, this amount will range from about 1 per cent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 per cent to about 70 per cent, most preferably from about 10 per cent to about 30 per cent.
Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a therapeutic polymer conjugate with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product:
Formulations suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, gums, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouthwashes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) as an active ingredient. A compound may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered peptide or peptidomimetic moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
--Tablets, and other solid dosage forms, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known, in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain pacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active ingredient, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofiiryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active therapeutic polymer conjugates may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum rnetahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Formulations for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more therapeutic polymer conjugates with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active agent.
Formulations which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate_ Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active component may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to ligand(s), excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s), excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
The therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) can be alternatively administered by aerosol. This is accomplished by preparing an aqueous aerosol, liposomal preparation or solid particles containing the compound_ A nonaqueous (e.g., fluorocarbon propellant) suspension could be used. Sonic nebulizers are preferred because they minimize exposing the agent to shear, which can result in degradation of the compound.
Ordinarily, an aqueous aerosol is made by formulating an aqueous solution or suspension of the agent together with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and stabilizers. The carriers and stabilizers vary with the requirements of the particular compound, but typically include nonionic surfactants (Tweens, Pluronics, or polyethylene glycol), innocuous proteins like serum albumin, sorbitan esters, oleic acid, lecithin, amino acids such as glycine, buffers, salts, sugars or sugar alcohols. Aerosols generally are prepared from isotonic solutions.
Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the agent in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the ligand across the skin.
The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the peptidomimetic in a polymer matrix or gel.
Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the like, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
Injectable depot forms are made by forming miCroencapsule matrices of therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled.
Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides).
Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissue.
When the therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The preparations of agents may be given orally, parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are of course given by forms suitable for each administration route.
For example, they are administered in tablets or capsule form, by injection, inhalation, eye lotion, ointment, suppository, infusion; topically by lotion or ointment; and rectally by suppositories. Oral administration is preferred.
The phrases "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular,.intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injection and infusion.
The phrases "systemic administration," "administered systemically,"
"peripheral administration" and "administered peripherally" as used herein mean the administration of a therapeutic polymer conjugate, drug or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, for example, subcutaneous administration.
These therapeutic polymer conjugate(s) may be administered to humans and other animals for therapy by any suitable route of administration, including orally, nasally, as by, for example, a spray, rectally, intravaginally, parenterally, intracisternally and topically, as by powders, ointments or drops, including buccally and sublingually.
Regardless of the route of administration selected, the therapeutic polymer conjugate(s), which may be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art.
Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
(c) Physical Structures Of The Subject Compositions The subject polymers may be formed in a variety of shapes. For example, in certain embodiments, subject polymer matrices may be presented in the form of microparticles or nanoparticles. Microspheres typically comprise a biodegradable polymer matrix incorporating a drug. Microspheres can be formed by a wide variety of techniques known to those of skill in the art. Examples of microsphere forming techniques include, but are not limited to, (a) phase separation by emulsification and subsequent organic. solvent evaporation (including complex emulsion methods such as oil in water emulsions, water in oil emulsions and water-oil-water emulsions); (b) coacervation-phase separation; (c). melt dispersion; (d) interfacial deposition; (e) in situ polymerization; (f) spray drying and spray congealing; (g) air suspension coating; and (h) pan and spray coating. These methods, as well as properties and characteristics of microspheres are disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No.
4,652,441; U.S. Pat. No. 5,100,669; U.S. Pat. No. 4,526,938; WO 93/24150;
EPA 0258780 A2; U.S. Pat. No. 4,438,253; and U.S. Pat. 5,330,768.
To prepare microspheres of the present invention, several methods can be employed depending upon the desired application of the delivery vehicles.
Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, spray drying, freeze drying, air drying, vacuum drying, fluidized-bed drying, milling, co-precipitation and critical fluid extraction. In the case of spray drying, freeze drying, air drying, vacuum drying, fluidized-bed drying and critical fluid extraction; the components (stabilizing polyol, bioactive material, buffers, etc.) are first dissolved or suspended in aqueous conditions. In the case of milling, the components are mixed in the dried form and milled by any method known in the art. In the case of co-precipitation, the components are mixed in organic conditions and processed as described below.
Spray drying can be used to load the stabilizing polyol with the bioactive material.
The components are mixed under aqueous conditions and dried using precision nozzles to produce extremely uniform droplets in a drying chamber. Suitable spray drying machines include, but are not limited to; Buchi, NIRO, APV and Lab-plant spray driers used according to the manufacturer's instructions.
The shape of microparticles and nanoparticles may be determined by scanning electron microscopy. Spherically shaped nanoparticles are used in certain embodiments, for circulation through the bloodstream. If desired, the particles may be fabricated using known techniques into other shapes that are more useful for a specific application.
In addition to intracellular delivery of a therapeutic agent, it also possible that particles of the subject compositions, such as microparticles or nanoparticles, may undergo endocytosis, thereby obtaining access to the cell. The frequency of such an endocytosis process will likely depend on the size of any particle.
In certain embodiments, solid articles useful in defining shape and providing rigidity and structural strength to the polymeric matrices may be used. For example, a polymer may be formed on a mesh or other weave for implantation. A polymer may also be fabricated as a stent or as a shunt, adapted for holding open areas within body tissues or for draining fluid from one body cavity or body lumen into another.
Further, a polymer may be fabricated as a drain or a tube suitable for removing fluid from a post-operative site, and in some embodiments adaptable for use with closed section drainage systems such as Jackson-Pratt drains and the like as are familiar in the art.
The mechanical properties of the polymer may be important for the processability of making molded or pressed articles for implantation. For example, the glass transition temperature may vary widely but must be sufficiently lower than the temperature of decomposition to accommodate conventional fabrication techniques, such, as compression molding, extrusion, or injection molding.
(d) Biodegradability And Release Characteristics = 68 In certain embodiments, the polymers and blends of the present invention, upon contact with body fluids, undergo gradual degradation. The life of a biodegradable polymer in vivo depends upon, among other things, its molecular weight, crystallinity, biostability, and the degree of crosslinking. In general, the greater the molecular weight, the higher the degree of crystallinity, and the greater the biostability, the slower biodegradation will be.
If a subject composition is formulated with a therapeutic agent or other material, release of such an agent or other material for a sustained or extended period as compared to the release from an isotonic saline solution generally results.
Such release profile may result in prolonged delivery (over, say 1 to about 2,000 hours, or alternatively about 2 to about SOO hours) of effective amounts (e.g., about 0.0001 mg/kg/hour to about 1- 0 mg/kg/hour) of the agent or any other material associated with the polymer.
A variety of factors may affect the desired rate of hydrolysis of polymers of the subject invention, the desired softness and flexibility of the resulting solid matrix, rate and extent of bioactive material release. Some of such factors include the selection/identity of the various subunits, the enantiomeric or diastereomeric purity of the monomeric subunits, homogeneity of subunits found in the polymer, and the length of the polymer. For instance, the present invention contemplates heteropolymers with varying linkages, and/or the inclusion of other monomeric elements. in the polymer, in order to control, for example, the rate of biodegradation of the matrix.
To illustrate further, a wide range of degradation rates may be obtained by adjusting the hydrophobicities of the backbones or side chains of the polymers while still maintaining sufficient biodegradability for the use intended for any such polymer. Such a result may be achieved by varying the various functional groups of the polymer. For example, the combination of a hydrophobic backbone and a hydrophilic linkage produces heterogeneous degradation because cleavage is encouraged whereas water penetration is resisted.
One protocol generally accepted in the field that may be used to determine the release rate of any therapeutic agent or other material loaded in the polymer matrices of the present invention involves degradation of any such matrix in a 0.1 M =
PBS solution (pH 7.4) at 37 C, an assay known in the art. For purposes of the present invention, the term "PBS protocol" is used herein to refer to such protocol.
In certain instances, the release rates of different polymer systems of the present invention may be compared by subjecting them to such ea protocol. In certain instances, it may be necessary to process polymeric systems in the same fashion to allow direct and relatively accurate comparisons of different systems to be made. For example, the present invention teaches several different means of formulating the polymeric, matrices of the present invention. Such comparisons may indicate that any one polymeric system releases incorporated material at a rate from about 2 or less to about 1000 or more times faster than another polymeric system.
Alternatively, a comparison may reveal a rate difference of about 3, 5, 7, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 or 750 times. Even higher rate differences are contemplated by the present invention and release rate protocols.
In certain embodiments, when formulated in a certain manner, the release rate for polymer systems of the present invention may present as mono- or bi-phasic.
Release of any material incorporated into the polYmer matrix, which is often provided as a microsphere, may be characterized in certain instances by an initial increased release rate, which may release from about 5 to about 50% or more of any incorporated material, or alternatively about 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 or 40%, followed by a release rate of lesser magnitude.
The release rate of any incorporated material may also be characterized by the amount of such material released per day per mg of polymer matrix. For example, in certain embodiments, the release rate may vary from about 1 ng or less of any incorporated material per day per mg of polymeric system to about 500 or more ng/day/ing. Alternatively, the release rate may be about 0.05, 0.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 ng/day/ing.
In still other embodiments, the release rate of any incorporated material may be 10,000 ng/day/mg, or even higher_ In certain instances, materials incorporated and characterized by such release rate .protocols may include therapeutic agents, fillers, and other substances.
In another aspect, the rate of release of any material from any polymer matrix of the present invention may be presented as the half-life of such material in the matrix.
In addition to the embodiment involving protocols for in vitro determination of release rates, in vivo protocols, whereby in certain instances release rates for polymeric systems may be determined in vivo, are also contemplated by the present invention. Other assays useful for determining the release of any material from the -polymers of the present system are known in the art.
(e) Implants and Delivery Systems In its simplest form, a biodegradable delivery system for a therapeutic agent consists of a dispersion of such a therapeutic agent in a polymer matrix. In other embodiments, an article is used for implantation, injection, or otherwise placed totally or partially within the body, the article comprising the subject compositions.
It is particularly important that such an article result in minimal tissue irritation when implanted or injected into vasculated tissue.
Biodegradable delivery systems, and articles thereof, may be prepared in a variety of ways known in the art. The subject polymer may be melt-processed using .- conventional extrusion or injection molding techniques, or these products may be prepared by dissolving in an appropriate solvent, followed by formation of the =
device, and subsequent removal of the solvent by evaporation or extraction.
Once a system or implant article is in place, it should remain in at least partial contact with a biological fluid, such as blood, internal organ secretions, mucus membranes, cerebrospinal fluid, and the like to allow for sustained release of any encapsulated therapeutic agent.
Methods of Manufacturing Generally, compounds of the present invention can be prepared in one of two ways: monomers bearing therapeutic agents, targeting ligands, and/or cyclodextrin moieties can be polymerized, or polymer backbones can be derivatized with therapeutic agents, targeting ligands, and/or cyclodextrin moieties.
Thus, in one embodiment, the present invention contemplates the synthesis of compounds of the invention by reacting monomers M-L-CD and M-L-D (and, optionally, M-L-T), wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety, such as a cyclodextrin molecule, or derivative thereof;
L, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represents a linker group;
D, independently for each 'occurrence, represents the same or different therapeutic agent or prodrugs thereof;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents the same or different targeting ligand Or precursor thereof; and M represents a monomer subunit bearing one or more reactive moieties capable of undergoing a polymerization reaction with one or more other M in the monomers in the reaction mixture, under conditions that cause polymerization of the monomers to take place.
In certain embodiments, the reaction mixture may further comprise monomers that do not bear CD, T, or D moieties, e.g., to space the derivatized monomer units throughout the polymer.
In an alternative embodiment, the invention contemplates synthesizing a compound of the present invention by reacting a polymer P (the polymer bearing a plurality of reactive groups, such as carboxylic acids, alcohols, thiols, amines, epoxides, etc.) with grafting agents X-L-CD and Y-L-D (and, optionally, Z-L-T), wherein CD represents a cyclic moiety, such as a cyclodextrin molecule, or derivative thereof;
L, independently for each occurrence, may be absent or represents a linker group;
D, independently for each occurrence, represents the same or different therapeutic agent or prodrugs thereof;
T, independently for each occurrence, represents the same or different targeting ligand or precursor thereof;
X, independently for each occurrence, represents a reactive group, such as carboxylic acids, alcohols, thiols, amines, epoxides, etc., capable of forming a covalent bond with a reactive group of the polymer; and Y and Z, independently for each occurrence, represent inclusion hosts or reactive groups, such as carboxylic acids, alcohols, thiols, amines, epoxides, etc., capable of forming a covalent bond with a reactive group of the polymer or inclusion complexes with CD moieties grafted to the polymer, under conditions that cause the grafting agents to form covalent bonds and/or inclusion complexes, as appropriate, with the polymer or moieties grafted to the polymer.
For example, if the polymer includes alcohols, thiols, or amines as reactive groups, the grafting agents may include reactive groups that react with them, such as isocyanates, isothiocyanates, acid chlorides, acid anhydrides, epoxides, ketenes, sulfonyl chlorides, activated carboxylic acids (e.g., carboxylic acids treated with an activating agent such as PyBrOP, carbonyldihnidazole, or another reagent that reacts with a carboxylic acid to form a moiety susceptible to nucleophilic attack), or other electrophilic moieties known to those of skill in the art. In certain embodiments, a catalyst may be needed to cause the reaction to take place (e.g., a Lewis acid, a transition metal catalyst, an amine base, etc.) as will be understood by those of skill in the art.
In certain embodiments, the different grafting agents are reacted with the polymer simultaneously or substantially simultaneously (e.g., in a one-pot reaction), or are reacted sequentially with the polymer (optionally with a purification and/or wash step between reactions).
Another aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing the linear or branched cyclodextrin-containing polymers represented by formulae While the discussion below focuses on the preparation of linear cyclodextrin molecules, one skilled in the art would readily recognize that the methods described can be adapted for producing branched polymers by choosing an appropriate comonomer A precursor.
Accordingly, one embodiment of the invention is a method of preparing a linear cyclodextrin copolymer. According to the invention, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be prepared by copolymerizing a cyclodextrin monomer precursor disubstituted with an appropriate leaving group with a comonomer A precursor capable of displacing the leaving groups. The leaving group, which may be the same or different, may be any leaving group known in the art which may be displaced upon copolymerization with a comonomer A precursor.
In a preferred embodiment, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer may be prepared by iodinating a cyclodextrin monomer precursor to form a diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor and copolymerizing the diiodinated cyClodextrin monomer precursor with a comonomer A precursor to form a linear cyclodextrin copolymer having a repeating unit of formula II or III, or a combination thereof, each as described above. While examples presented below discuss iodinated cyclodextrin moieties, one skilled in the art would readily recognize that the present invention contemplates and encompasses cyclodextrin moieties wherein other leaving groups such as alkyl and aryl sulfonate may be present instead of iodo groups. In a preferred embodiment, a method of preparing a linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention by iodinating a cyclodextrin monomer precursor as described above to form a diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula TVa, IVb, We or a mixture thereof:
IMF 111, IVa IVb IVc The diiodinated cyclodextrin may be prepared by any means known in the art. (Tabushi et al. J. Am. Chem. 106, 5267-5270 (1984); Tabushi et al. J. Am.
Chem. 106, 4580-4584 (1984)). For example, P--cyclodextrin may be reacted with biphenyl-4,4'-disulfonyl chloride in the presence of anhydrous pyridine to form a biphenyl-4,4'-disulfonyl chloride capped J3-cyclodextrin which may then be reacted with potassium iodide to produce diiodo-13-cyclodextrin. The cyclodextrin monomer precursor is iodinated at only two positions. By copolymerizing the diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor with a comonomer A precursor, as described above, a linear cyclodextrin polymer having a repeating unit of Formula la, Ib, or a combination thereof, also as described above, may be prepared. If appropriate, the iodine or iodo groups may be replaced with other known leaving groups.
Also according to the invention, the iodo groups or other appropriate leaving group may be displaced with a group that permits reaction with a comonomer A
precursor, as described above. For example, a diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula IVa, 1Vb, IVc or a mixture thereof may be aminated to form a diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula Va, Vb, Vc or a mixture thereof:
Mir Mir Va Vb 1111, VC
The diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor may be prepared by any means known in the art. (Tabushi et-al. Tetrahedron Lett. 18:11527-1530 (1977);
Mungall etal., J. Org. Chem. 16591662 (1975)). For example, a diiodo-f3-cyclodextrin may be reacted with sodium azide and then reduced to forni a diamino-r3-cyclodextrin). The cyclodextrin monomer precursor is aminated at only two positions. The diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor may then be copolymerized with a comonomer A precursor, as described above, to produce a linear cyclodextrin copolymer having a repeating unit of formula 11-111 or a combination thereof, also as described above. However, the amino functionality of a diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor need not be directly attached to the cyclodextrin moiety. Alternatively, the amino functionality or another nucleophilic functionality may be introduced by displacement of the iodo or other appropriate leaving groups of a cyclodextrin monomer precursor with amino group containing moieties such as, for example, HSCH2CH2NH2 (or a di-nucleophilic molecule more generally represented by HW-(CRIR.1)n-WH wherein W, independently for each occurrence, represents 0, S, or NR1; R1 and R2, independently for each occurrence, represent H, (un)substituted alkyl, (un)substituted aryl, (un)substituted heteroalkyl, (un)substituted heteroaryl) with an appropriate base such as a metal hydride, alkali or alkaline carbonate, or tertiary amine to form a diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula Vd, Ve, Vf or a mixture thereof:
Vd Ve Vf HNi NH2 1111, 11, A linear oxidized cyclodextrin-containing copolymer of the invention may also be prepared by oxidizing a reduced linear cyclodextrin-containing copolymer of the invention as described below. This method may be performed as long as the comonomer A does not contain an oxidation sensitive moiety or group such as, for example, a thiol.
According to the invention, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be oxidized so as to introduce at least one oxidized cyclodextrin monomer into the copolymer such that the oxidized cyclodextrin monomer is an integral part of the polymer backbone. A linear cyclodextrin copolymer which contains at least one oxidized cyclodextrin monomer is defined as a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer or a linear oxidized cyclodextrin-containing polymer. The cyclodextrin monomer may be oxidized on either the secondary or primary hydroxyl side of the cyclodextrin moiety. If more than one oxidized cyclodextrin monomer is present in a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention, the same or different cyclodextrin monomers oxidized on either the primary hydroxyl side, the secondary hydroxyl side, or both may be present. For illustration purposes, a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer with oxidized secondary hydroxyl groups has, for example, at least one unit of formula VIa or VIb:
____________________________ A _____ Via _______________________________ A __ Vlb In formulae Vla and VIb, C is a substituted or unsubstituted oxidized cyclodextrin monomer and A is a comonomer bound, i.e., covalently bound, to the oxidized cyclodextrin C. Also in formulae VIa and VIb, oxidation of the secondary hydroxyl groups leads to ring opening of the cyclodextrin moiety and the formation of aldehyde groups.
A linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may be prepared by oxidation of a linear cyclodextrin copolymer as discussed above. Oxidation of a linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be accomplished by oxidation techniques known in the art. (Hisamatsu et al., Starch 44:188-191(1992)).
Preferably, an oxidant such as, for example, sodium periodate is used. It would be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that under standard oxidation conditions that the degree of oxidation may vary or be varied per copolymer.
Thus in one embodiment of the invention, a linear oxidized copolymer of the invention may contain one oxidized cyclodextrin monomer. In another embodiment, substantially all cyclodextrin monomers of the copolymer would be oxidized.
Another method of preparing a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention involves the oxidation of a diiodinated or diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor, as described above, to form an oxidized diiodinated or diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor and copolymerization of the oxidized diiodinated or diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor with a comonomer A
precursor. In a preferred embodiment, an oxidized diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula Vila, VIIb, Vile, or a mixture thereof:
Vila 0 0 =
VI lb may be prepared by oxidation of a diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formulae Na, IVb, fVc, or a mixture thereof, as described above. In another preferred embodiment, an oxidized diarninated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula VIIIa, VIIIb, VIIIc or a mixture thereof:
Villa 0 0 NH2 VIIIc =
VilIb NH2 H2! ç NH2 may be prepared by amination of an oxidized diiodinated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formulae Vila, VIIb, Vile, or a mixture thereof, as described above. In still another preferred embodiment, an oxidized diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor of formula IXa, IXb, IX.c or a mixture thereof:
o IXa S
IXe H
IXb NH2 H/' may be prepared by displacement of the iodo or other appropriate leaving groups of an oxidized cyclodextrin monomer precursor disubstituted with an iodo or other appropriate leaving group with the amino or other nucleophilic group containing moiety such as, e.g. HSCH2CH2NH2 (or a di-nucleophilic molecule more generally represented by HW-(CRIR2)1-WH wherein W, independently for each occurrence, represents 0, S, or NR,; R.1 and R2, independently for each occurrence, represent H, (un)substituted alkyl, (un)substituted aryl, (un)substituted heteroalkyl, (un)substituted heteroaryl) with an appropriate base such as a metal hydride, alkali or alkaline carbonate, or tertiary amine.
Alternatively, an oxidized diiodinated or diaminated cyclodextrin monomer precursor, as described above, may be prepared by oxidizing a cyclodextrin monomer precursor to form an oxidized cyclodextrin monomer precursor and then diiodinating and/or diaminating the oxidized cyclodextrin monomer, as described above. As discussed above, the cyclodextrin moiety may be modified with other leaving groups other than iodo groups and other amino group containing functionalities. The oxidized' diiodinated or diarninated cyclodextrin monomer precursor may then be copolymerized with a comonomer A precursor, as described above, to form a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention.
A linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may also be further modified by attachment of at least one ligand to the copolymer. The ligand is as described above.
According to the invention, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer or linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may be attached to or grafted onto a substrate. The substrate may be any substrate as recognized by those of ordinary skill in the art. In another preferred embodiment of the invention, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer or linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may be crosslinked to a polymer to forrri, respectively, a crosslinked cyclodextrin copolymer or a crosslinked oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer. The polymer may be any polymer capable of crosslinIcing with a linear or linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention (e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer, polyethylene polymer). The polymer may also be the same or different linear cyclodextrin copolymer or linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer. Thus; for example, a linear cyclodextrin copolymer may be crosslinked to any polymer including, but not limited to, itself, another linear cyclodextrin copolymer, and a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer. A
crosslinked linear cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be prepared by reacting a linear cyclodextrin copolymer with a polymer in the presence of a crosslinking agent. A crosslinked linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be prepared by reacting a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer with a polymer in the presence of an appropriate crosslinking agent. The -crosslinking agent may be any crosslinking agent known in the art_ Examples of crosslinking agents include dihydrazides and disulfides. In a preferred embodiment, the crosslinking agent is a labile group such that a crosslinked copolymer may be uncrosslinked if desired. . .
A linear cyclodextrin copolymer and a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer of the invention may be characterized by any means known in the art.
Such characterization methods or techniques include, but are not limited to, gel permeation chromatography (GPC), matrix assisted laser desorption ionization-time of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF Mass spec), and 13C NMR., light scattering and titration.
The invention also provides a cyclodextrin composition containing at least one linear cyclodextrin copolymer and at least one linear oxidized cyclodextrin =
copolymer of the invention as described above. Accordingly, either or both of the linear cyclodextrin copolymer and linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer may be crosslinked to another polymer and/or bound to a ligand as described above.
Therapeutic compositions according to the invention contain a therapeutic agent and a linear cyclodextrin copolymer or a linear oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer, including crosslinked copolymers, of the invention. A linear cyclodextrin copolymer, a linear-oxidized cyclodextrin copolymer and their crosslinked derivatives are as described above. The therapeutic agent may be any synthetic or naturally occurring biologically active therapeutic agent including those known in ,the art. Examples of suitable therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antibiotics, steroids, polynucleotides (e.g., genomic DNA, cDNA, inRNA, double-stranded RNA, and antisense oligonucleotides), plasmids, peptides, peptide fragments, small molecules (e.g., doxorubicin) and other biologically active macromolecules such as, for example, proteins and enzymes.
=
(g) Business Methods Other aspects of the invention provides for certain methods of doing business. In particular, practicing the methods of the invention may enable novel therapeutic compositions and improved formulations thereof. This technical step, when combined with one or more additional steps, provides for novel approaches to conduct a pharmaceutical, or preferably a life-science business. For example, such therapeutic prepared by the method of the invention may be tested for efficacy as therapeutics in a variety of disease- models, the potential therapeutic compositions then tested for toxicity and other safety-profiling before formulating, packaging and subsequently marketing the resulting formulation for the treatment of disease.
Alternatively, the rights to develop and market such formulations or to conduct such steps may be licensed to a third party for consideration.
Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, comprising:
a. manufacturing a formulation or kit including a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds of claims 1-4; and b. marketing to healthcare providers the benefits of using the formulation or kit in the treatment of a disease or disorder.
In other embodiments, the present invention discloses a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, comprising:
a. providing a distribution network for selling a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds of claims 1-4; and b. providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the preparation in the treatment of a disease or disorder.
In certain embodiments, the present invention 'provides a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, comprising:
a. determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds of claims 1-4;
b. conducting therapeutic profiling of formulations identified in step (a), for efficacy and toxicity in animals; and c.
providing a distribution network for selling a preparation or .
preparations identified in step (b) as having an acceptable therapeutic profile.
An additional step of the embodiment comprises providing a sales group for .
-marketing the preparation to healthcare providers.
In still other embodiments, the present invention provides a method for .
conducting a pharmaceutical business, comprising:
a. determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds of claims 1-4; and b. licensing, to a third party, the rights for further development and sale of the formulation.
Exemplification Materials. O-Cyclodextrin, "13-CD", (Cerestar USA, Inc. of Hammond, IN) was dried in vacuo (<0.1 mTorr) at 120 C for 12 h before use.
OH
= 0 v.f Ilir HO H
0 41.T.i0 01-1 O
HO
-Olc SOH
HO o OH 4 OH = 0 HO
HO
---\-.õ49t-___-1 Li HO
-90 All the anhydrous solvents, HPLC grade solvents and other common organic solvents were purchased from commercial suppliers and used without further , purification. Bipheny1-4,4'-disulfonyl chloride (Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc. of Milwaukee, WI) was recrystallized from chloroform/hexanes. Potassium iodide was powdered with a mortar and pestle and dried in an oven at 200 C. Polyethylene glycol dipropanoicsuccinimide (PEG¨DiSPA, MW 3400), polyethylene glycol dibutanoicsuccinimide (PEG¨DiSBA, MW 3400), and polyethylene glycol dibenzotrizolecarbonate (PEG¨DiBTC, MW 3400) were purchased from Nektar (Huntsville, AL). Polyethylene glycol di-p-nitrophenolcarbonate (PEG¨DiNPC, MW 3400) was acquired from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). CPT was purchased from Boehringer Ingelheim (Ingelheirn, Germany). Human plasma was purchased from Sigma and reconstituted with DI water. Mouse plasma was prepared by centrifuge removal of blood cells of fresh blood samples collected from BALB/C female mice (Charles River). 6A,6D-diiodo-6A,6D-dideoxy-16-cyclodextrin (CDDI, Scheme 2) was synthesized according to previous reported procedure by Hwang et. al (Bioconjugate Chem. 12,280-290). Deionized water (18-MQ-cm) was obtained by passing in-house deionized water through a Barnstead E-pure purification system. NIVIR
spectra were recorded on a Bruker AMX 500 MHzor a Varian 300 MHz spectrometer.
Mass spectral (MS) analysis was performed using either an electrospray mass spectrometer equipped with LCQ ion trap (Thermo Finnigan) and fitted with an electrospray ionization source or a MALDI-TOF mass spectrometer (Voyager DE-.
PRO, Applied Biosystems). MWs=of the polymer samples were analyzed on a GPC
system equipped with a Hitachi L-6200 Intelligent Pump, an Anspec RI detector (ERC-7512, Erma, Inc.), a Precision Detectors DLS detector (PD 2020), and double gel permeation columns (PL-aquagel-OH-40 8 pm 300 mm x 7.5 mm, Polymer Laboratory) calibrated using polyethylene glycol standard and eluded using PBS
(1x) at a concentration of 20-50 mg/mL and at a 0.7 inUmin flow rate at ambient temperature. CD derivatives were analyzed with a C-18 reverse phase column on a HPLC system equipped with an UV detector (System Gold 168 Detector, Beaman Coulter) and an evaporative light scattering EELS) detector (Sedex 75, Sedere, France). CPT, CPT derivatives, and polymer-CPT conjugates were analyzed on HPLC systems with a C-I8 reverse phase column (HIRPB-4438, 4.6 x 150 ram, Richard Scientific) equipped with a fluorescence detector (FD-500, GTI/Spectro Vision, Groton Technology, Inc.) using a gradient of potassium phosphate buffer (pH 4.1) and acetonitile. Excitation and emission wavelengths of the fluorescence detector were set at 370 nm and 440 nm, respectively.
Example 1: Bipheny1-4,4'-disulfonyl-A,D-Capped 13-Cyclodextrin, 1 (Tabushi et al.
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 106, 5267-5270 (1984)) Scheme XV
oi sl=o A 500 inL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar, a Schlenlc adapter and a septum was charged with 7.92 g (6.98 mmol) of dry P-cyclodextrin and 250 mL of anhydrous pyridine (Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc.). The resulting solution was stirred at 50 "C under nitrogen while 2.204 g (6.28 mmol) of biphenyl-4,4'-disulfonyl chloride was added in four equal portions at 15 min intervals. After stirring at 50 'C for an additional 3 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was subjected to reversed-phase column chromatography using a gradient elution of 0-40% acetonitrile in water. Fractions were analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography (I-IPLC) and the appropriate fractions were combined. After removing the bulk of the acetonitrile on a rotary evaporator, the resulting aqueous suspension was lyophilized to dryness. This afforded 3.39 g (38%) of 1 as a colorless solid.
Example 2: 6A,6D-Diiodo-6A,6D-Dideoxy-p-cyclodextrin, 2 (Tabushi et al. J. Am.
Chem. 106, 4580-4584 (1984)) Scheme XVI
.11Z K1 >1 OS =41 A 40 mL centrifuge tube equipped with a magnetic stirbar, a Schlenk adapter and a septum was charged with 1.02 g (7.2 mrnol) of 1, 3.54 g (21.3 minol) of dry, powdered potassium iodide (Aldrich) and 15 rnl, of anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (Aldrich). The resulting suspension was stirred at 80 C under nitrogen for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solids were separated by filtration and the supernatant was collected. The solid precipitate was washed with a second portion of anhydrous DMF and the supernatants were combined and concentrated in vacua. The residue was then dissolved in 14 mL of water and cooled in an ice bath before 0.75 mL (7.3 mmol) of tetrachloroethylene (Aldrich) was added with rapid stirring. The precipitated product was filtered on a medium glass fit and washed with a small portion of acetone before it was dried under vacuum over P205 for 14 h. This afforded 0.90 g (92%) of 2 as a white solid.
Example 3: 6A,6D-Bis-(2-aminoethylthio)-6A'6D-dideoxy-13-cyclodextrin, 3 (Tabushi, I: Shimokawa, K; Fugita, K. Tetrahedron Lett. 1977, 1527-1530) Scheme XVII
HS
'SZ' NH
A 25 mL Schlenk flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a septum was charged with 0_91 mL (7.37 mrnol) of a 0.81 M solution of sodium 2-aminoethylthiolate in ethanol. (Fieser, L.F.; Fieser, M. Reagents for Organic Synthesis; Wiley: New York, 1967; Vol. 3, pp.265-266). The solution was evaporated to dryness and the solid was redissolved in 5mL of anhydrous DMF
(Aldrich). 6A,6D-Diiodo-6A,6D-dideoxy-P-eyelodextrin (2) (100mg, 7.38 x 10-5 mol) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred at 60 *C under nitrogen for 2 h.
After cooling to room temperature, the solution was concentrated in vacua and the residue was redissolved in water. After acidifying with 0.1 N HC1, the solution was applied to a Toyopearl SP-650M ion-exchange column (NH4+form) and the product was eluted with a 0 to OA M ammonium bicarbonate gradient. Appropriate fractions were combined and lyophilized to dryness. This afforded 80mg (79%) of 3 as a white powder.
=
Alternative Synthesis of dicysteamine 13-CD 3.
To a solution of 4.69g (3.17 mmol) of 2 in 100 mL of degassed water was added 0.489 g (6.34 mmol) of freshly sublimed cysteamine. The solution was stirred under.reflux for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature and acidifying with 1 N HC1, the solution was applied to a Toyopearl SP-650M ion-exchange column (NH4+ form) and the product was eluted with a 0 to 0.2 M ammonium bicarbonate gradient. Appropriate fractions were combined and lyophilized to dryness. This procedure gave 1.87 g (39% yield) of a white solid. The solid was characterized by TLC (silica gel, n-PrOH-AcOEt-H20-NH3aq 5/3/3/1, detection by ninhydrin) and exhibited a major spot corresponding to 3. Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI) time-of flight (TOF) mass spectrum was recorded on 2 meter BUIE instrument supplied by PerSeptive Biosystems, Inc. MALDI-TOF
m/z calcd for 3: 1252, found: 1253.5 [M+H]4, 1275.5 [M+Nar, 1291.4 [1\4+Kr.
13C NIVIR (Bruker 500 MHz, D20) 5 ppm: 32.1 (S-C1-12) and 38.8 (CH2-NH2), 32.9 (C6 adjacent to S), 60.2 (C6 adjacent to OH), 70.8, 71.4, 72.5 (C2, C3, C5), 81.8 (C4), 101.7 (CI).
Example 4: 6A.,6D-Bis-(2-amino-2-carboxylethylthio)-6A'6D-dideoxy-13-cyclodextrin, 4 (CD-BisCys) Scheme XVIII
NH, HS OH
HO SSOH
NH2 NH, 167 mL of 0.1 1\4 sodium carbonate buffer were degassed for 45 minutes in a 500 nil, 2-neck round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar, a condenser and septum. To this solution were added 1.96 g (16.2 mmol) of L-cysteine and 10.0 g (73.8 mmol) of diiodo, deoxy-P-cyclodextrin 2. The resulting suspension was heated at a reflux temperature for 4.5 h until the solution turned clear (colorless).
The solution was then cooled to room temperature and acidified to pH 3 using IN
HCI. The product was precipitated by slow addition of acetone (3 times weight ratio of the solution). This afforded 9.0 g crude material containing CD-biscysteine (90.0%), unreacted cyclodextrin, CD-mono-cysteine and cystine. The resulting solid was subjected to anionic exchange column chromatography (SuperQ650M, Tosoh Bioscience) using a gradient elution of 0-0.4M ammonium bicarbonate. All fractions were analyzed by HPLC. The desired fractions were combined and the solvent was reduced to 100 rriL under vacuum. The final product was either precipitated by adding acetone or by adding methanol (3 times weight ratio of the solution). 4 was obtained in 60-90% yield. 1HNMR (D20) 5 5.08 in, 7H, CD-2-CH), 179-3.94 (m, 30H, CD-3,4-CH, CD-CH2, Cys-CH), 3.49-3.62 (m, 1411, CD-5, 6-CH), 2.92-3.30(m, 411, Cys-CH2).13C NMR (D20) 5 172.3, 101.9, 83.9, 81.6, 81.5, 73.3, 72.2, 72.0,60.7, 54.0, 34.0, 30.6. ES1/MS (m/z): 1342 [Mr, 1364 [M+
Nar. Purity of 4 was confirmed by RPLC.
=
Example 5: 6A,6D-Bis-(carboxylinethylthio)-6A.6D-dideoxy-fil-cyclodeXtrin, 5 (CDDM) Scheme XIX
HS
HO
A 50 ml, of 0.1 M sodium carbonate solution was degassed for 2 h in a 100 mL 3-neck round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar, a condenser and septa. Mercaptoacetic acid (0.46 mL, 6.64 mmol) was syringed into the flask and pH of the solution was adjusted to 9.3 with IN sodium hydroxide. To this resulting solution was added 3.00 g (2.21 mmol) of di-iodo-P-cyclodextrin 2 and heated at 80 "C for an hour. The solution temperature was increased 10 C every hour until it reached 100 C. After 3 h. at the reflux temperature, the clear colorless solution was cooled to room temperature and acidified to pH 3.5 using 1 N HC1. The crude product was crashed out by slow addition of acetone (3 times weight ratio of the solution). The resulting solid was subjected to anionic exchange column chromatography using a gradient elution of 0-0.4 M ammonium bicarbonate solution. This afforded 1.8 g(63.4%) of 5 as a colorless solid. ESI/MS (m/z):
[Mr. Purity of this compound was confirmed with 1-PLC.
Example 6: CD-Bis(Glutarnic acid-y-Benzyl ester) 6 Scheme XX
=
NH, C COO;Lõ.....yo -e}y'on OOR
>=11 0 0 11 A 50 inL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a condenser and a septum was charged with 0.101 g (0.425 mmol) of H-Glu(Obz1)-OH and 0.15 g (0.106 mmol) of dio-ioclo l cyclodextrin 2 in 5 mL of degassed 0.1 M sodium carbonate solution. The solution mixture was heated at 100 C for 2 h.
The solution was then cooled to room temperature and acidified to pH 4 before dialyzing in MWCO 500 membranes for 24 h. The yield of 6 was 0.142 g (83.6 N.
= Example 7 CD-BisLys(Z) 7 Scheme XXI
,CBZ
FIN
=
CBZ,NH ,CBZ
H,N
HO Y:11-7 OH
A 50 mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a condenser and a septum was charged with 0.124 g (0.443 mmol) of 11-Lysine(Z)-OH
and 0.15 g (0.111 mmol) of di-iodo-f-3-cyclodextrin 2 in 5mL of degassed 0.1M
sodium carbonate solution. The solution mixture was heated at 100 C for 4 h.
The 5 solution was then filtered and the pH of the filtrate is adjusted to 8.5 before dialyzing in MWCO 500 membranes for 24 h. The yield of 7 was 0.124 g (68.9%).
Example 8: Synthesis of fl-cyclodextrin-Tosylate, 8 (Melton, L.D., and Slessor, = = K.N., Carbohydrate Research, 18, p. 29 (1971)) Scheme X.XII
Tosyl-CI
10 Tosyl A 500 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar, a vacuum adapter and a septum was charged with a solution of dry fl-cyclodextrin (8.530 g, 7.51 mmol) and 200 mL of dry pyridine. The solution was cooled to 0 C before 15 1.29 g (6.76 mmol) of tosyl chloride was added. The resulting solution was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The pyridine was removed as much as possible in vacuo. The resulting residue was then recrystallized twice from 40 mL
of hot water to yield 7.54 (88%) of a white crystalline solid S.
20 Example 9: Synthesis of Iodo-13-cyclodextrin, 9 Scheme XXIII
KT
_______________________________________________________ )-Tosyl A round bottom flask with a magnetic stirbar and a Schlenk adapter is 25 charged with 8, 15 equivalents of Potassium iodide, and DMF. The resulting mixture is heated at 80 C for 3 h, after which the reaction is allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture is then filtered to remove the precipitate and the filtrate evaporated to dryness and redissolved in water at 0 C.
Tetrachloroethylene is added and the resulting slurry stirred vigorously at 0 C for 20 minutes.
The solid 9 is collected on a medium glass fit, triturated with acetone and stored over P205.
Example 10: Synthesis of Cysteamine-f3-Cyclodextrin, 10 Scheme XXIV
HS
To a solution of 9 in 100 mL of degassed water is added 1 eq. of freshly sublimed cysteamine. The solution is stirred under reflux for 2 h.
After 10 cooled to room temperature and acidified with 1 N HC1, the solution is applied to a Toyopearl SP-650M ion-exchange Column (NH4 form) and the product is eluted with an ammonium bicarbonate gradient. Appropriate fractions are combined and lyophilized to dryness to yield 10.
Example 11: Synthesis of Gly-CPT 11 (Greenwald et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 1998, 6, 551-562) Scheme XXV
-N z N
_____________________________________________________ 110 0 \ 0 TFA-NH!--ir 0 \ 0 t-Boc-glycine (0.9 g, 4.7 mmol) was dissolved in 350 mL of anhydrous methylene chloride at room temperature, and to this solution were added D1PC
(0.75 mL, 4.7 mmol), DMAP (382 mg, 3.13 mmol) and camptothecin (0.55g, 1.57 mmol) at 0 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and left for 16 h. The solution was washed with 0.1 N Ha, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield a white solid, which was recrystallized from methanol to give camptothecin-20-ester of t-Boc-glycine: 111 NMR(DMSO-d6) 7.5-8.8 (m), 7.3 (s),5.5 (s), 5.3 (s), 4 (m), 2.1 (m), 1.6 (s), 1.3 (d), 0.9 (t).
Camptothecin-20-ester of t-Boc-glycine (0.595 g, 1.06 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of methylene chloride (7.5 mL) and TFA (7.5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Solvent was removed and the residue was recrystallized from methylene chloride and ether to give 0.45 g of 11.1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 87.7-8.5 (m); 7.2 (s), 5.6 (s), 5.4 (s), 4.4 (m), 2.2 (m), 1.6 (d), 1.0 (t), 13C NMR
(DMSO-d6) M68.6, 166.6, 156.5, 152.2, 147.9,. 146.2, 144.3, 131.9, 130.6, 129.7, 128.8, 128.6, 128.0, 127.8, 119.0, 95.0, 77.6, 66.6, 50.5, 47.9, 30.2, 15.9, 7.9. ES1/MS
(m/z) =
expected 405; Found 406 (M+H).
Example 12 Synthesis of GlyGlyGly-CPT 12 Scheme XXVI
40 =
Uue.GlyGly0ly 0 N
TFA
0 = N , 0 j = =
C a 11'11-Thr Cir t-Boc-GlyGlyGly (1.359 g, 4.7 mmol) was dissolved in 350 mL of anhydrous methylene chloride at room temperature and to this solution were added D1PC (0.75 mL, 4.7 mmol), DMAP (382 mg,,3.13 mmol) and camptothecin (0.55g, 1.57 mmol) at 0 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and left for 16 h. The solution was washed with 0.1 N HC1, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield a white solid, which was recrystallized from methanol to give camptothecin-20-ester of t-Boc-GlyGlyGly: 1H NMR(DMSO-d6) 5 8.40 (s), 8.25 (d), 7.91 (d), 7.78 (m), 7.65 (t), 7.26 (s), 7.05 (br, s), 5.65 (d), 5.40 (d), 5.25 (S), 5.10 (br, s), 3.75-4.42 (m), 2.15-2.35 (m), 1.45 (s),,0.95 (t) Camptothecin-20-ester of t-Boc-GlyGlyGly (1.5 g, 1.06 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of methylene chloride (10 inL) and TFA (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was re-dissolved in methylene chloride. The solution was poured into ether to give instant precipitate =
(yellow). The precipitate was filtered and washed with cold ether to give 1.31 g of 12. 1H NM.R (DMSO-d6) 5 8.79 (s), 7.75-8.61 (m), 7.10 (s), 5.55 (s), 3.90-4.37 (m), 3.86 (s), 3.54 (s), 2.11-2.23 (m), 0.95 (t). ESI/MS (n/z) expected 519; Found (M+H).
Stability of CPT-Peptide ester bond 11 and 12 were dissolved in PBS buffer (pH 7.4) at room temperature to prepare a solution about 500 ug/mL. This solution was further diluted in 8.5%
H3PO4 to 10 ug/mL. Hydrolysis rate was analyzed using HPLC equipped with a Cis RP (reverse phase) column and a fluorescence detector using a 50/50 (v/v) of acetonitrile/potassium phosphate buffer (pH 4.1). The peaks of 11 (or 12) and the -released CPT (lactone form) were integrated. The stability of the ester bond in aqueous solution is peptide-length dependant. Thus the drug release rate (hydrolysis rate) can be tuned by adjusting the peptide length. See Figure 2.
Lactone Stability of CPT, 11 and 12 in Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) CPT, 11 or 12 was dissolved in DMSO at 1 mg/mL and then diluted to 1 pg/mL with PBS (lx, pH 7.4). 30 pL of solution were injected into the HPLC at room temperature at selected time intervals. The peak area from the CPT
lactone form of CPT, 11 or 12) were integrated.
The rate of lactone ring opening for 11, 12 and CPT were studied in PBS
buffer (pH 7.4). Both 11 and 12 were very stable against ring-opening and no carboxylate forms of 11 and 12 were detected throughout the study (7 hours).
On the other hand, more than 60% of the CPT lactone form was transformed to its carboxylate form in the same period of time. (See Fig. 3) Example 13: Synthesis of Lys(BisCBZ)-CPT 13 Scheme XXVII
N z N z CBZ CBZ
N, N-BisCBZ-Lysine (311 mg, 0.75 mmol) was dissolved in 56 mL of anhydrous methylene chloride at room temperature. To this solution. were added DIPC (0.12 mL, 0.75 mmol), DMAP (0.61 mg, 0.5 mmol) and camptothecin (0.087 g, 0.25 mmol) at 0 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and left for 16 h. The solution was washed with 0.1 N HC1, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield a light yellow solid, which was recrystallized from methanol to give camptothecin-20-ester of N,N-BisCBZ-Lys 13.
Purification of 13 was satisfactory based on TLC andHPLC analysis.
Hydrolysis of 13 in aqueous solution is very slow and cannot be detected using HPLC equipped with a UV detector. Hydrolysis rate of the ester bond of CPT-peptide linker can be tuned not only by adjusting the length of peptide, as shown in Example 12, but also by using different amino acid linked directly with CPT's 20-0H.
The transformation of lactone form to carboxylate form of CPT and 13 were also tested in PBS buffer. It was found that the transformation of lactone form to carboxylate form of compound 13 was much slower than that of free CPT, indicating that lactone form (drug active form) can be stabilized by forming an ester with the ¨OH of CPT at its 20 position. (See Fig. 4) Example 14 Synthesis Lys-Gly-CPT 14 11 is dissolved in chloroform. N, N-DiBoc-Lys-NHS (1.0 eq) is added followed by triethylamine (1.0 eq). The mixture is stirred at rt for 16 hours and extracted twice with water and then dried with MgSO4. Solvent is removed under high vacuum to yield N, N-DiBoc-Lys-Gly-CPT. To this compound is added a mixture of equal volume CH2C12 and TFA and stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent is then removed under vacuum. The residue is redissolved in CHCI3. Ether is added to the solution to crash out the product 14. The precipitate is washed several times =
with ether and then dried under vacuum. It is purified using a silica gel column chromatography to yield 14 in pure TFA salt form.
Example 15 Synthesis of Suc-Gly-CPT 15 A solution of succinic anhydride is mixed with 11(1 eq) in dry CHCI3 in the presence of a catalytic amount of DMAP and DMA (1 eq). The mixture is stirred at rt for 24 hours to yield 15. 15 is purified by crystallization.
Example 16 Synthesis of Glu-Suc-Gly-CPT 16 is converted to its NHS ester using traditional DCC/NHS method. The NHS ester of 15 is then reacted with. glutamic acid (1.0 eq) in DMSO in the presence of triethylamine. The solution is added to ether to precipitate 16. 16 is purified by 15 crystallization.
Example 17 Synthesis of Glu-Bis(GlyCPT) 17 11 and Boc-Glu(NHS)-NHS (0.4 eq) are mixed in CHCI3 under argon before =
triethylamine (1 eq) is added to the mixture. The solution is stirred at it for 16 h and then washed with acidic water. The organic layer is dried and then solvent is removed under vacuum. The resulting compound is purified using a silica gel column chromatography. The purified compound is then dissolved in an equal volume mixture of TFA and CH2Cb. The mixture is stirred at rt for 1 h and then poured into ether. The precipitate 17 is washed with ether and dried under vacuum.
Example 18 Synthesis of Cyclodextrin-Camptothecin 18 Scheme XXVIII
N N N
a CPT-CD O=<\ 0 o Ci \ NH
CD
CPT (197 mg, 0.566 mmol) was vacuumed for 30 minutes. Dry chloroform (100 mL) was added under argon. Phosgene (1.34 mL, 20% in toluene solution) was added at 0 C. Ice bath was removed and the solution was warmed up to room temperature. Two hours later solvent was removed under high vacuum. Dry DMSO
(50 mL) was added to the residue, followed by 200 mg CD-NH2 (Cyclodextrin Technology, Inc.) and triethylamine (4 mL, excess). 16 hours later, the solution was , poured into 200 mL ether. Precipitate was washed with ether extensively and then dried. 167 mg yellow powder (13) was obtained (62% yield). TLC analysis (silica gel) of 18: Rf= 0 (developed with CHC13/Me0H v/v =5/1). TLC analysis of CPT:
Rf = 0.65 (developed with CHC13/Me0H v/v =5/1). Solubility: >10 mg/mL in water. This indicates that solubility of CPT in water can be substantially increased when it is covalently attached to cyclodextrin molecule (free CPT solubility in water <0.004 mg/mL).
Example 19. Synthesis of CDDC-Dianhydride Copolymer 19,21 and its CPT
conjugate 20, 22 Scheme XXIX
=
o o ;iiiizH NH
NH2 ____________________________ 0 OGlyCPT
TFA-GlyCPT
___________________ H
0 ty0GlyCPT
LVDGlyCPT
1+-7- 4 HOI 0 >
Licm CPT-01y-, TFA-GlyCPT 0 0 >
22 0Nc,o, Gly-CPT
= A: Ethylenediamine tetraacetic dianhydride (25.6 mg, 0.1 mmol) and CDDC
5 (3, 125.3 mg, 0.1 mrnol) were dissolved in 2 mL of dry DMSO. The solution was heated at 50 C for 72 h. Water was added to the mixture, followed by addition of 1 N NaOH to pH around 12. The polymer was dialyzed in 10,000 MWCO membrane for 24 h. Precipitation was observed in the dialysis membrane. The solid was removed and the remaining solution was dialyzed again in 10,000 MWCO
10 membrane for 24 h. A white powder 19 (75 mg) was obtained after lyophilization.
11 is added to the polymer (19)/DMS0 solution in the presence of EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq). The solution is stirred for 16 hand then poured into ether. The precipitate is washed with CH2C12 extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 20 is obtained after drying under high 15 vacuum.
B: Diethylenetriamine pentaacetic dianhydride (8.5 mg, 0.024 mmol) and CDDC, 3 (30 mg, 0.024 mmol) were dissolved in 1-methyl-2pyridinone (2 mL).
The mixture was stirred at 64 `C for 4 days and then dialyzed in 10,000 MWCO
membrane for 2 days. A white powder 21 (3 mg) was obtained after lyophilization.
11 is added to the polymer.(21)/DMS0 solution in the presence of EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq). The solution is stirred for 16 h and then precipitated in ether. The precipitate is washed with CH2C12 extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 22 is obtained after drying -under high vacuum.
Example 20 Synthesis of CCD-Cys Copolymer 23 and its CPT conjugate 24 Scheme XXX
Mir COOH
142N.)\ Mir CH
OS
COOH N S
S-0 ______________________________ -GIY-CPT
TFA-GlyCPT
MEV
s o GIY-CPT
=
CCD 1 (141.3 mg, 0.1 minol) and cystitie (24 mg, 0.1 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMSO (0.3 rnL) and pyridine (0.1 mL). The mixture was stirred under argon for overnight at 72 C. Water (10 mL) was added. Precipitate was filtered and the filtrate was dialyzed in 10,000 MWCO membrane (Spectra/Por 7) for 48 h. A
white powder 23 (8 mg) was obtained.
11 is mixed with 23 in DMSO. EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred for 16 h and then precipitated with ether. The precipitate is washed with CH2C12 extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 24 is obtained after drying under high vacuum.
Example 21 Synthesis of CD-BisGlu-Diamine Copolymer 25 and its CPT conjugate Scheme 300(1OBz =
?Etz 0OBz OEM
HO yLNY-E7NcOH ________________ -H
OHL. OH
,GlyCPT õGlyCPT
TFA-GlyCrf N'S:
44"
CD-Bis(Glutamic acid-y-Benzyl ester) 6 and ethyleneglycolbisethylamine are dissolved in dry DMSO. EDC (3 eq) and Sulfo-NHS (2 eq) are added to the mixture. The solution is stirred under argon for 2 days at rt. The solution is then transferred to a 10,000 MWCO dialysis membrane and dialyzed for 48 hours.
After lyophilization a white powder is obtained. The solid is then dissolved in DMSO
and methanol solvent mixture and treated with H2 in the presence of 10% Pd/C
catalyst for 24 hours. The solution is poured into ether to crash out the product. 25 is obtained after drying under vacuum. =
11 is mixed with 25 in DMSO solution. EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA
(1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred for 16 hrs and then precipitated with ether. The precipitate is washed with CH2C12 extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 26 is obtained after drying under high vacuum.
Example 22 Synthesis of CDDM-Lys(GlyCPT) Polymer 27 Scheme XXMI
OCPT
C
+ HNWNU2 a o Lys-Gly-CET
HN-27 0 j OCPT
CDDM, 5, and Lys-Gly-CPT, 14, are dissolved in dry DMSO. EDC (3 eq) and Sulfo-NHS (2 eq) are added to the mixture. The solution was stirred under argon for 2 days at it. The solution is then poured into ether. The precipitate 27 is dried under vacuum.
Example 23 Synthesis of CDDC-Cys(Boc) Copolymer 28, CDDC-CysCopolymer 29 and its CPT Conjugate 30 Scheme MITI
H`Y`-s's-Y101-1 Hen. 0 Bac' S.õ
S S
28 Bee"
0 Gly-CPT
HQ)yGly-CPT
>
Gly-CPT
CDDC (3) and N,N-DiBoc-Cystine are dissolved in dry DMSO. EDC (3 eq) and Sulfo-NHS (2 eq) were added to the mixture. The solution was stirred under argon for 2 days at it The solution is then transferred to a 10,000 MWCO
dialysis .
membrane and dialyzed for 48 hours. After lyophilization a white powder, CDDC-Cys(Boc) polymer 23, is obtained. To the white powder 28 is added a mixture of HC1 and DMSO solution. The solution is stirred at rt for 1 h and then dialyzed against water for 24 h using 10,000 MWCO membrane. 29 is obtained as a white solid.
Suc-Gly-CPT 15 is mixed with 29 in DMSO solution. EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DEEA (1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred for 16 h under argon and then precipitated with ether. The precipitate is washed with ether until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 30 is obtained after drying under high vacuum.
. .
Example 24 Synthesis of biodegradable CD-Polyphosphoester Polymer 31 and its CPT conjugates 32 Scheme XXXII/
0 cu., 0 cn, ) \mcisc,43.), ( II 1 a II 1 ON 0 > -- " ¨
2>EP O¨C¨C 0 1, ..,' e:7...,..
.
NaOH Tr7 0 1H3 0 CH, 0 CH, ¨(11-0¨C¨C 0 ) ( W . c 0 ) ( I! .
____c____0 I
NI-I H H, I
OCPT H H2 n 1 CI
,/-- H H2 -1-1TA-GlyCPT
Synthesis of the biodegradable polyphosphoester can be found in Wang J et al, JAC'S, 2001, 123, 9480-9481.
. .
Polyphosphoester is mixed with 10 (0.5 eq of repeat unit) in DMSO. EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred = for 16 hrs and then precipitated with ether. The obtained CD-polyphosphoester 31 is dissolved in DMSO. To the solution is added 11 (0.5 eq of repeat unit), EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq). The solution is stirred for 16 h and then precipitated with ether. The precipitate is washed with ether extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 32 is obtained after drying under high vacuum.
Example 25 Synthesis of CD Copolymer¨CPT conjugate 33 with polyethylene backbone via radical polymerization Scheme XXXV
<
-o ( ___ 0 AIBN
_________________________________________________ 0 \11 or ATRP
CPT CPT
Acrylate monomers of CPT, triethyleneglycol trionomethylether, and CD-monocystamine can be synthesized from N-Acryloxysuccinimide (Polysciences, Inc.). These monomers are mixed in 1:1:1 ratio in dry DMSO. AIBN is added to the mixture under argon. The solution is stirred at rt for 24-48 hrs until the solution becomes viscous. Polymer-CPT conjugate 33 is precipitated with ether and dried under vacuum.
Example 26 Synthesis of CD-graft-poly(ethylene-alt-maleic anhydride)-GlyGlyGlyCPT 34 Scheme XXXVI
s n H,N'P' , I
\ In , t n 0 0Ifa - - 0 FM 0- HN
Thi) )1 c)../1 iLNII .
õLorni s tint IIN
\ N
----- ---- N ' \
, 0 0 \ 0 Poly(ethylene-alt-maleic anhydride) (Aldrich) is dissolved in DMSO. 10 (0.4 eq of repeat unit) and 12 (0.4 eq of repeat) are added. The solution is heated at 70 C for 16 hrs and then precipitated with ether. The obtained CD-graft-poly(ethylene-alt-maleic anhydride)-GlyGlyGlyCPT 34 is dried under high vacuum.
Example 27 Synthesis of Polyglutamate-CD-CPT Conjugate 35 .
Scheme =WTI
I]
).õ...N.
/
,.. .
Hoo Polyglutamate (from Sigma-Aldrich) is mixed with 10 (0.5 eq of repeat unit) and 11 (0.5 eq of repeat unit) in DMSO. EDC (3 eq), NHS (2 eq), and DLEA (1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred for 16 hr and then precipitated with ether. After drying under high vacuum, polyglutamate-CD-CPT conjugate 35 is obtained.
Example 28: Synthesis and Characterization of CD-BisCys-Peg3400 Copolymers 36 and their CPT Conjugates 37.
A. Synthesis and Characterization of CD-BisCys-Peg3400 Copolymers 36 .
Scheme )00CVIIIa .
,, . o , ,, ..,i.`=- = 10, ,....4.5x ,,õ on W-01.
As n A....%.-01 It-oN
11.1.4 110 . PEG -DiSPA (MW =i4i 00 IDa) y c,Ir.sti V
S- I
Q
0.1\17011 rs ...---r 1 ' __ = f-trA,... s2 ( II -' .P. 0 . Con DMSO/D1EA, TEA or DP.I4P
.... .
s (.1.;:f...7nles,. - -.- = , 4 .
36a-f Poly(CDECys,rA-PEG) Abbr.: PA = propanolcrtninebond between PEG and CO
Scheme XXXVIllb =
-on .
r a;tz.. a .,õ'..r`-'-µ,'"
,r,41 1.7./ olt n,,-Ott Xi- I fin' int 0.kon Ito 0 0 HO 110 n TIo 00 00 0.
s 0 t". 5..arComonomer õ,,, . , .
1314SO(DIEA
0 nn -36g-i PEG-DiSBA (MW =3400 f...) 0 Poly(CDDCys.BA-PEG) ,....--' o Q-1?'.11-".-'-{"."--)z-- =====,;",1%._;,-Z3 3611 12= f"H-"-`'.-"--17-'.,-----''.. ) PEG-D.11TC (MW =3440 if3a) . Poly(CDDCTs-CR-PEG) 3G E.
Opr =
PEG-DiNPC (MW = 3400 i.D.2) Poly(CDISICys-C13-PEG) =
.... Abbr: BA = butanoiannide bond; CB =
carbanrne bond , = , Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG), 36a 4 (after precipitation with acetone, 63 mg, 0.047 mmol) and PEG-DiSPA (MW 3400, 160 mg, 0.047 mmol) were dried under vacuum for 8 hours. Anhydrous DMSO (1.26 mL) was added to the mixture under argon. After 10 minutes of stirring, anhydrous diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 19 pL, 2.3 eq.) was added under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred under argon for 120 h. The polymer containing solution was dialyzed using a 10,000 MWCO. membrane (Spectra/Por 7) against water for 48 h and lyophilized to yield 196 mg 36a (90%, Table 1). M. = 57.4 lcDa, Mõ = 41.7 kDa, /1/1õ/Adõ = 1.38. 'H NMR (D20) 8 5.08 (m, CD-2-H), 4.27 (m, Cys-CH), 2.72-3.76 (m, CD-3,4,5,6-CH, CD-CH2, PEG-CH2), 2.44 (m, Cys-CH2).
Synthesis of other poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG) (36b-1), Poly(CDDCys-BA-PEG) (36g) Poly(CDDCys-CB-PEG) (3611-0 were achieved under polymerization condition similar to that of 36a. Details for the polymerization conditions, monomer selection, polymer molecular weight, polydispersity and yields are listed in Table 1.
36g: 'H NMR (D20) 8 5.10 (m, CD-2-H), 4.25-4.37 (m, Cys-CH), 2.72-3.86 (m, CD-3,4,5,6-CH, CD-CH,, PEG:CH2), 2.21 (m, Cys-CH7). 36h-i: 'H NMR (D20) 5 5.05 (m, CD-2-11.), 4.56 (m, Cys-CH), 2.70-3.93 (rn, CD-3,4,5,6-CH, CD-CH2, PEG-CH2), 2.38 (m, -OCH2CH2CH2C(0)-NH-), 2.34 (m, Cys-CH,), 1.90 (in, -OCH2CH2CH2C(0)-NH-).
Addition of a non-nucleophilic organic base (such as DMA) was essential for this polymerization as no viscosity changes of the polymerization solutions were observed after 48 hours if no base was added. When 2.3 eq. of DEEA were added, the viscosity of the polymerization solution increased dramatically after 4-6 hours of reaction. D1EA deprotonates the amino groups of 4 to render them more nucleophilic for coupling with PEG-DiSPA. There were essentially no differences in the polymerizations if other bases, such as TEA or DMAP, were used (36b-e, Table 1). Polymerization using 4 recovered by the two different precipitation methods (acetone and methanol) produced polymers with different MWs. 4 that was purified by the methanol-precipitation method (contains no free cystine) gave higher MW
polymer (36d-e as compared to the less pure 4 that was obtained from the acetone-precipitation method (36a). Polymerization of 4 with PEG-DiSPA typically produced polymer yields greater than 90%.
4 was polymerized with other activated monomers such as PEG-DiSBA, PEG-S DiBTC, and PEG-DiNPC. Reaction of 4 with PEG-DiSBA gave polymer 36g with - similar linkages as 36a-f (amide bond, but one more ¨Cli2 group than 36a-f at the linker) with M, over 100 kDa, while reaction of 4 with PEG-DiBTC and PEG-DiNPC generated polymers 36h and 361, respectively, with connecting carbamate moiety and M,õ's over 50 kDa (Table 1).
Table 1. Polymerization of 4 with difunctionalized PEG
PEG Polymerization M,,, M, Ma Yield CDP Base Comonomer time (h) (kDa) (kDa) Mõ
(%) 36aa PEG-DiSPA DIEA 120 57.4 41.7 1.38 90 36ba PEG-DiSPA DMAP 120 54.2 38.1 1.42 91 36ea PEG-DiSPA TEA 120 57.4 42.6 135 91 36db . PEG-DiSPA DIEA 120 93.6 58.0 1.48 96 36eb PEG-DiSPA DIEA 144 97.3 58.0 1.67 94 36fb PEG-DiSPA DIEA 2 35.3 25.6 1.38 95 36g PEG-DiSBA DIEA 120 114.7 77.9 1.47 96 3611 PEG-DiBTC DIEA 120 67.6 39.4 1.47 95 .36i PEG-DiNPC DIEA 120 86.5 57.2 1.51 96 a 4 was washed with acetone before polymerization.
4 was washed with methanol before polymerization.
Polymers 36a-i are highly soluble in aqueous solution. They can be easily dissolved in water or phosphate buffered saline (PBS) solution at concentrations of at least 200 mg/mL. Solubility of these polymers in aqueous solution at concentrations higher than 200 mg/mL was not attempted due to the high viscosity.
These polymers were also soluble in DMF, DMSO and methanol, slightly soluble in CH3CN and CHC13, but insoluble in Tiff and ethyl ether.
Molecular Weight Control of CD Polymers 4 (after precipitation with methanol) (56.2 mg, 0.0419 mmol) and PEG-DiSPA (147 mg, 0.0419 mmol) were , dried under vacuum for 4-8 hours. To the mixture was added dry DMSO (1.1 mL) under argon. After 10 minutes stirring, DMA (16 ,uL, 2.2 eq) was added under =
argon. A portion of polymerization solution (150 pL) was removed and precipitated with ether at selected times (2 h, 18 h, 43 h, 70 h, 168 h and 288 11). MWs of the precipitated polymers were determined as described above.
As shown in Figures 5a and 5b, molecular weights of 36 can be controlled by.
adjusting polymerization time.
B. Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-CPTConjugates (FIGGG6, LGGG1O, 11G6, HGGG10). .
Scheme XXXIX
_6- =
: - -o - - . i , (ft..- = -. 0 . Z.---= . .I: ' -.1 0 ..,...
C:42:
N 641',0.'111 Ili HO = ION ' .-...' N " 36e m HO -if =
N \ ./ ______ >- - E tfs--,4.3.
C
1 _sn RE/NHS 0H tiot0 _-lifyo o NH
n,' '---0 6 .".. N =
SFA..NH 0 I.0 - 0 i 11 .
1 =
x i õ = 0 ..... .
...:5 .
_ .
A.
.,...), Lu.
10. = w a =
. \/ ;',.:.;./ "' scr',,,,,D . .
yr' 0 I
0 rk =
--..\ = 36e or 36f . , ,.,,0 -10 N
>,-4.. 10 EDONIIS --(--- ii:t . oil o.
q 1111 110 tS
,_.µ Cl 01 03' 0 M? . n!
TYA.NbR 0 0yy-4.
12 . Ho 00 -AL
n 1 ' ¨ . II-W- .
N
-Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-GlyGlyGly-CPT (HGGG6) 36e (1.37 g, 0.30 mmol of repeat unit) was dissolved in dry DMSO (136 mL). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. 12 (419 mg, 0.712 mmol, 2.36 eq), DIEA (0.092 mL, 0.712 mmol, 2.36 eq), EDC (172 mg, 0.903 mmol, 3 eq), and NHS (76 mg, 0.662 mmol, 2.2 eq) were added to the polymer solution and stirred for ca. 15 hours.
The polymer was precipitated with ethyl ether (1 L). The ether was poured out and the precipitate was washed with CH3CN (3 x 100 mL). The precipitate was dissolved in water 600 mL. Some insoluble solid was filtered through 0.2 jum filters. The solution was dialyzed using 25,000 MWCO membrane (Spectra/Por 7) for 10 h at 10-15 C in DI water. Dialysis water was changed every 60 minutes. The polymer-drug conjugate solution was sterilized by passing it through 0.2 uM filters.
The solution was lyophilized to yield ayellow solid HGGG6 (1.42 g, 85% yield).
Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-GlyGlyGly-CPT (LGGG10) Conjugation of 12 to 36f was performed in a manner similar to that used to produce HGGG6 except that this conjugate Was dialyzed with 10,000 MWCO membrane (Spectra/Por 7) instead of with 25,000 MWCO membrane. The yield of LGGG10 was 83%.
Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-Gly-CPT (HG6) Conjugation of 11 to 36e was performed in a manner similar to that used to produce HGGG6. The . 20 yield of HG6 was 83%.
Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-GlyGlyGly-CPT (HGGGIO) 36e (1.5 g, 0.33 mmol of repeat unit) was dissolved in dry DMSO (150 mL). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. 12 (941 mg, 1.49 mmol, 4.5 eq), D1EA (0.258 mL, 1.49 mmol, 4.5 eq), EDC (283 mg, 1.49 mmol, 4.5 eq), and NHS (113 mg, 0.99 mmol, 3 eq) was added to the polymer solution and stirred for ca. 24 hours. Another portion of EDC (142 mg, 0.75 mmol, 2.3 eq) and NHS (56 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) were added to the conjugation solution. The polymer was stirred for an additional hours. The workup procedure was the same as that for the synthesis of HGGG6.
The yield of HGGG10 was 77%.
Determination of wt% CPT on the Conjugates Stock solutions of HGGG6, LGGG10, 11G6 and HGGG10 were prepared at a concentration of 10 mg/mL in DMSO. An aliquot of corresponding stock solution was diluted to 100 ,ug/mL using 1 N NaOH. CPT was completely hydrolyzed in this basic solution and transformed to its carboxylate form within 2 h at room temperature. An aliquot of this solution was diluted to 10 pg/mL using 8.5% H3PO4, and the CPT
carboxylate form was transformed to its lactone form. 30 pL of this solution was injected into the HPLC. The peak area from the CPT lactone form was integrated and compared to a standard curve.
11 and 12 were conjugated to 36e or 36f (Table 2) using conventional coupling methods. Due to the instability of the ester linker of 11 and 12 in aqueous solution, the conjugation was conducted in anhydrous DMSO under argon. An organic base was required to deprotonate the TFA salts of 11 and 12 to facilitate the coupling. For polymer conjugation with 12, the weight percent (wt%) drug loading was around 6-10%. The theoretical maximum drug loading is around 13% using PEG with MW of 3400 Da; maximum values can be increased by decreasing the MW of the PEG segments. Solubilities of all conjugates in water or PBS were more than 200 mg/mL (equivalent to a 12-20 mg CPT/mL for 6-10 wt% drug loading, respectively). Details for the TIGGG6, LGGG10, HG6, and HGGG10 are summarized in Table 2.
Table 2. Properties of polymer-CPT conjugates.
Mu, of parent polymer Conjugate My/gib Linker CPT (wt%) (x 10-3) 97 1.7 triglycine 6.1 LGGG10 35 1.6 triglycine 10.2 HG6 97 1.7 glycine 6.8 HGGG10 97 1.7 triglycine 9.6 'Abbreviations: H = High Mu, polymer (97 IcDa), L = Low M1 polymer (35 kDa), GGG = triglycine linker, G = glycine linker, 6 = drug loading around 6 wt%, 10 = drug loading around 10 wt%.
b Polymer polydispersity as measured by light scattering techniques(26) C. Release of CPT from HGGG6 and 1-1G6 Release of CPT in PBS HGGG6 and HG6 were prepared at I mg/mL in PBS (lx, pH 7.4). A 100 p.L aliquot of the solution was transferred to a 1.5 mL
Eppendorf tube and incubated at 37 'C. The incubated samples were quenched at selected time intervals and stored at -80 C until the analysis. Each solution was diluted with 8.5% H3PO4 to a 5 mL total volume in a volumetric flask. 30 fiL of such solution was injected into the HPLC. The peak area from the CPT laetone form was integrated and compared to a standard curve.
Analysis for the release of CPT from HGGG6 and HG6 in PBS containing acetyl cholinesterase (an esterase, 100 units/mL), in KH2PO4 buffer (pH 6.1, 0.1 .1\4) and in the ,K1-171304 buffer (pH 6.1, 0.1 M) containing cathepsin B (a cysteine proteinase, 200 pM, preaetivated on ice for 30 minutes in this buffer containing 2 mM DTT and 1 mM EDTA) were performed in a manner similar to that described above for PBS alone.
Release of CPT in Human Plasma An aliquot of HGGG6 and HG6 stock solution were diluted to give final concentration of 0.5 mg/mL in PBS (lx, pH
[Mr. Purity of this compound was confirmed with 1-PLC.
Example 6: CD-Bis(Glutarnic acid-y-Benzyl ester) 6 Scheme XX
=
NH, C COO;Lõ.....yo -e}y'on OOR
>=11 0 0 11 A 50 inL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a condenser and a septum was charged with 0.101 g (0.425 mmol) of H-Glu(Obz1)-OH and 0.15 g (0.106 mmol) of dio-ioclo l cyclodextrin 2 in 5 mL of degassed 0.1 M sodium carbonate solution. The solution mixture was heated at 100 C for 2 h.
The solution was then cooled to room temperature and acidified to pH 4 before dialyzing in MWCO 500 membranes for 24 h. The yield of 6 was 0.142 g (83.6 N.
= Example 7 CD-BisLys(Z) 7 Scheme XXI
,CBZ
FIN
=
CBZ,NH ,CBZ
H,N
HO Y:11-7 OH
A 50 mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a condenser and a septum was charged with 0.124 g (0.443 mmol) of 11-Lysine(Z)-OH
and 0.15 g (0.111 mmol) of di-iodo-f-3-cyclodextrin 2 in 5mL of degassed 0.1M
sodium carbonate solution. The solution mixture was heated at 100 C for 4 h.
The 5 solution was then filtered and the pH of the filtrate is adjusted to 8.5 before dialyzing in MWCO 500 membranes for 24 h. The yield of 7 was 0.124 g (68.9%).
Example 8: Synthesis of fl-cyclodextrin-Tosylate, 8 (Melton, L.D., and Slessor, = = K.N., Carbohydrate Research, 18, p. 29 (1971)) Scheme X.XII
Tosyl-CI
10 Tosyl A 500 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar, a vacuum adapter and a septum was charged with a solution of dry fl-cyclodextrin (8.530 g, 7.51 mmol) and 200 mL of dry pyridine. The solution was cooled to 0 C before 15 1.29 g (6.76 mmol) of tosyl chloride was added. The resulting solution was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The pyridine was removed as much as possible in vacuo. The resulting residue was then recrystallized twice from 40 mL
of hot water to yield 7.54 (88%) of a white crystalline solid S.
20 Example 9: Synthesis of Iodo-13-cyclodextrin, 9 Scheme XXIII
KT
_______________________________________________________ )-Tosyl A round bottom flask with a magnetic stirbar and a Schlenk adapter is 25 charged with 8, 15 equivalents of Potassium iodide, and DMF. The resulting mixture is heated at 80 C for 3 h, after which the reaction is allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture is then filtered to remove the precipitate and the filtrate evaporated to dryness and redissolved in water at 0 C.
Tetrachloroethylene is added and the resulting slurry stirred vigorously at 0 C for 20 minutes.
The solid 9 is collected on a medium glass fit, triturated with acetone and stored over P205.
Example 10: Synthesis of Cysteamine-f3-Cyclodextrin, 10 Scheme XXIV
HS
To a solution of 9 in 100 mL of degassed water is added 1 eq. of freshly sublimed cysteamine. The solution is stirred under reflux for 2 h.
After 10 cooled to room temperature and acidified with 1 N HC1, the solution is applied to a Toyopearl SP-650M ion-exchange Column (NH4 form) and the product is eluted with an ammonium bicarbonate gradient. Appropriate fractions are combined and lyophilized to dryness to yield 10.
Example 11: Synthesis of Gly-CPT 11 (Greenwald et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 1998, 6, 551-562) Scheme XXV
-N z N
_____________________________________________________ 110 0 \ 0 TFA-NH!--ir 0 \ 0 t-Boc-glycine (0.9 g, 4.7 mmol) was dissolved in 350 mL of anhydrous methylene chloride at room temperature, and to this solution were added D1PC
(0.75 mL, 4.7 mmol), DMAP (382 mg, 3.13 mmol) and camptothecin (0.55g, 1.57 mmol) at 0 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and left for 16 h. The solution was washed with 0.1 N Ha, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield a white solid, which was recrystallized from methanol to give camptothecin-20-ester of t-Boc-glycine: 111 NMR(DMSO-d6) 7.5-8.8 (m), 7.3 (s),5.5 (s), 5.3 (s), 4 (m), 2.1 (m), 1.6 (s), 1.3 (d), 0.9 (t).
Camptothecin-20-ester of t-Boc-glycine (0.595 g, 1.06 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of methylene chloride (7.5 mL) and TFA (7.5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Solvent was removed and the residue was recrystallized from methylene chloride and ether to give 0.45 g of 11.1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 87.7-8.5 (m); 7.2 (s), 5.6 (s), 5.4 (s), 4.4 (m), 2.2 (m), 1.6 (d), 1.0 (t), 13C NMR
(DMSO-d6) M68.6, 166.6, 156.5, 152.2, 147.9,. 146.2, 144.3, 131.9, 130.6, 129.7, 128.8, 128.6, 128.0, 127.8, 119.0, 95.0, 77.6, 66.6, 50.5, 47.9, 30.2, 15.9, 7.9. ES1/MS
(m/z) =
expected 405; Found 406 (M+H).
Example 12 Synthesis of GlyGlyGly-CPT 12 Scheme XXVI
40 =
Uue.GlyGly0ly 0 N
TFA
0 = N , 0 j = =
C a 11'11-Thr Cir t-Boc-GlyGlyGly (1.359 g, 4.7 mmol) was dissolved in 350 mL of anhydrous methylene chloride at room temperature and to this solution were added D1PC (0.75 mL, 4.7 mmol), DMAP (382 mg,,3.13 mmol) and camptothecin (0.55g, 1.57 mmol) at 0 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and left for 16 h. The solution was washed with 0.1 N HC1, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield a white solid, which was recrystallized from methanol to give camptothecin-20-ester of t-Boc-GlyGlyGly: 1H NMR(DMSO-d6) 5 8.40 (s), 8.25 (d), 7.91 (d), 7.78 (m), 7.65 (t), 7.26 (s), 7.05 (br, s), 5.65 (d), 5.40 (d), 5.25 (S), 5.10 (br, s), 3.75-4.42 (m), 2.15-2.35 (m), 1.45 (s),,0.95 (t) Camptothecin-20-ester of t-Boc-GlyGlyGly (1.5 g, 1.06 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of methylene chloride (10 inL) and TFA (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was re-dissolved in methylene chloride. The solution was poured into ether to give instant precipitate =
(yellow). The precipitate was filtered and washed with cold ether to give 1.31 g of 12. 1H NM.R (DMSO-d6) 5 8.79 (s), 7.75-8.61 (m), 7.10 (s), 5.55 (s), 3.90-4.37 (m), 3.86 (s), 3.54 (s), 2.11-2.23 (m), 0.95 (t). ESI/MS (n/z) expected 519; Found (M+H).
Stability of CPT-Peptide ester bond 11 and 12 were dissolved in PBS buffer (pH 7.4) at room temperature to prepare a solution about 500 ug/mL. This solution was further diluted in 8.5%
H3PO4 to 10 ug/mL. Hydrolysis rate was analyzed using HPLC equipped with a Cis RP (reverse phase) column and a fluorescence detector using a 50/50 (v/v) of acetonitrile/potassium phosphate buffer (pH 4.1). The peaks of 11 (or 12) and the -released CPT (lactone form) were integrated. The stability of the ester bond in aqueous solution is peptide-length dependant. Thus the drug release rate (hydrolysis rate) can be tuned by adjusting the peptide length. See Figure 2.
Lactone Stability of CPT, 11 and 12 in Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) CPT, 11 or 12 was dissolved in DMSO at 1 mg/mL and then diluted to 1 pg/mL with PBS (lx, pH 7.4). 30 pL of solution were injected into the HPLC at room temperature at selected time intervals. The peak area from the CPT
lactone form of CPT, 11 or 12) were integrated.
The rate of lactone ring opening for 11, 12 and CPT were studied in PBS
buffer (pH 7.4). Both 11 and 12 were very stable against ring-opening and no carboxylate forms of 11 and 12 were detected throughout the study (7 hours).
On the other hand, more than 60% of the CPT lactone form was transformed to its carboxylate form in the same period of time. (See Fig. 3) Example 13: Synthesis of Lys(BisCBZ)-CPT 13 Scheme XXVII
N z N z CBZ CBZ
N, N-BisCBZ-Lysine (311 mg, 0.75 mmol) was dissolved in 56 mL of anhydrous methylene chloride at room temperature. To this solution. were added DIPC (0.12 mL, 0.75 mmol), DMAP (0.61 mg, 0.5 mmol) and camptothecin (0.087 g, 0.25 mmol) at 0 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and left for 16 h. The solution was washed with 0.1 N HC1, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield a light yellow solid, which was recrystallized from methanol to give camptothecin-20-ester of N,N-BisCBZ-Lys 13.
Purification of 13 was satisfactory based on TLC andHPLC analysis.
Hydrolysis of 13 in aqueous solution is very slow and cannot be detected using HPLC equipped with a UV detector. Hydrolysis rate of the ester bond of CPT-peptide linker can be tuned not only by adjusting the length of peptide, as shown in Example 12, but also by using different amino acid linked directly with CPT's 20-0H.
The transformation of lactone form to carboxylate form of CPT and 13 were also tested in PBS buffer. It was found that the transformation of lactone form to carboxylate form of compound 13 was much slower than that of free CPT, indicating that lactone form (drug active form) can be stabilized by forming an ester with the ¨OH of CPT at its 20 position. (See Fig. 4) Example 14 Synthesis Lys-Gly-CPT 14 11 is dissolved in chloroform. N, N-DiBoc-Lys-NHS (1.0 eq) is added followed by triethylamine (1.0 eq). The mixture is stirred at rt for 16 hours and extracted twice with water and then dried with MgSO4. Solvent is removed under high vacuum to yield N, N-DiBoc-Lys-Gly-CPT. To this compound is added a mixture of equal volume CH2C12 and TFA and stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent is then removed under vacuum. The residue is redissolved in CHCI3. Ether is added to the solution to crash out the product 14. The precipitate is washed several times =
with ether and then dried under vacuum. It is purified using a silica gel column chromatography to yield 14 in pure TFA salt form.
Example 15 Synthesis of Suc-Gly-CPT 15 A solution of succinic anhydride is mixed with 11(1 eq) in dry CHCI3 in the presence of a catalytic amount of DMAP and DMA (1 eq). The mixture is stirred at rt for 24 hours to yield 15. 15 is purified by crystallization.
Example 16 Synthesis of Glu-Suc-Gly-CPT 16 is converted to its NHS ester using traditional DCC/NHS method. The NHS ester of 15 is then reacted with. glutamic acid (1.0 eq) in DMSO in the presence of triethylamine. The solution is added to ether to precipitate 16. 16 is purified by 15 crystallization.
Example 17 Synthesis of Glu-Bis(GlyCPT) 17 11 and Boc-Glu(NHS)-NHS (0.4 eq) are mixed in CHCI3 under argon before =
triethylamine (1 eq) is added to the mixture. The solution is stirred at it for 16 h and then washed with acidic water. The organic layer is dried and then solvent is removed under vacuum. The resulting compound is purified using a silica gel column chromatography. The purified compound is then dissolved in an equal volume mixture of TFA and CH2Cb. The mixture is stirred at rt for 1 h and then poured into ether. The precipitate 17 is washed with ether and dried under vacuum.
Example 18 Synthesis of Cyclodextrin-Camptothecin 18 Scheme XXVIII
N N N
a CPT-CD O=<\ 0 o Ci \ NH
CD
CPT (197 mg, 0.566 mmol) was vacuumed for 30 minutes. Dry chloroform (100 mL) was added under argon. Phosgene (1.34 mL, 20% in toluene solution) was added at 0 C. Ice bath was removed and the solution was warmed up to room temperature. Two hours later solvent was removed under high vacuum. Dry DMSO
(50 mL) was added to the residue, followed by 200 mg CD-NH2 (Cyclodextrin Technology, Inc.) and triethylamine (4 mL, excess). 16 hours later, the solution was , poured into 200 mL ether. Precipitate was washed with ether extensively and then dried. 167 mg yellow powder (13) was obtained (62% yield). TLC analysis (silica gel) of 18: Rf= 0 (developed with CHC13/Me0H v/v =5/1). TLC analysis of CPT:
Rf = 0.65 (developed with CHC13/Me0H v/v =5/1). Solubility: >10 mg/mL in water. This indicates that solubility of CPT in water can be substantially increased when it is covalently attached to cyclodextrin molecule (free CPT solubility in water <0.004 mg/mL).
Example 19. Synthesis of CDDC-Dianhydride Copolymer 19,21 and its CPT
conjugate 20, 22 Scheme XXIX
=
o o ;iiiizH NH
NH2 ____________________________ 0 OGlyCPT
TFA-GlyCPT
___________________ H
0 ty0GlyCPT
LVDGlyCPT
1+-7- 4 HOI 0 >
Licm CPT-01y-, TFA-GlyCPT 0 0 >
22 0Nc,o, Gly-CPT
= A: Ethylenediamine tetraacetic dianhydride (25.6 mg, 0.1 mmol) and CDDC
5 (3, 125.3 mg, 0.1 mrnol) were dissolved in 2 mL of dry DMSO. The solution was heated at 50 C for 72 h. Water was added to the mixture, followed by addition of 1 N NaOH to pH around 12. The polymer was dialyzed in 10,000 MWCO membrane for 24 h. Precipitation was observed in the dialysis membrane. The solid was removed and the remaining solution was dialyzed again in 10,000 MWCO
10 membrane for 24 h. A white powder 19 (75 mg) was obtained after lyophilization.
11 is added to the polymer (19)/DMS0 solution in the presence of EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq). The solution is stirred for 16 hand then poured into ether. The precipitate is washed with CH2C12 extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 20 is obtained after drying under high 15 vacuum.
B: Diethylenetriamine pentaacetic dianhydride (8.5 mg, 0.024 mmol) and CDDC, 3 (30 mg, 0.024 mmol) were dissolved in 1-methyl-2pyridinone (2 mL).
The mixture was stirred at 64 `C for 4 days and then dialyzed in 10,000 MWCO
membrane for 2 days. A white powder 21 (3 mg) was obtained after lyophilization.
11 is added to the polymer.(21)/DMS0 solution in the presence of EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq). The solution is stirred for 16 h and then precipitated in ether. The precipitate is washed with CH2C12 extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 22 is obtained after drying -under high vacuum.
Example 20 Synthesis of CCD-Cys Copolymer 23 and its CPT conjugate 24 Scheme XXX
Mir COOH
142N.)\ Mir CH
OS
COOH N S
S-0 ______________________________ -GIY-CPT
TFA-GlyCPT
MEV
s o GIY-CPT
=
CCD 1 (141.3 mg, 0.1 minol) and cystitie (24 mg, 0.1 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMSO (0.3 rnL) and pyridine (0.1 mL). The mixture was stirred under argon for overnight at 72 C. Water (10 mL) was added. Precipitate was filtered and the filtrate was dialyzed in 10,000 MWCO membrane (Spectra/Por 7) for 48 h. A
white powder 23 (8 mg) was obtained.
11 is mixed with 23 in DMSO. EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred for 16 h and then precipitated with ether. The precipitate is washed with CH2C12 extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 24 is obtained after drying under high vacuum.
Example 21 Synthesis of CD-BisGlu-Diamine Copolymer 25 and its CPT conjugate Scheme 300(1OBz =
?Etz 0OBz OEM
HO yLNY-E7NcOH ________________ -H
OHL. OH
,GlyCPT õGlyCPT
TFA-GlyCrf N'S:
44"
CD-Bis(Glutamic acid-y-Benzyl ester) 6 and ethyleneglycolbisethylamine are dissolved in dry DMSO. EDC (3 eq) and Sulfo-NHS (2 eq) are added to the mixture. The solution is stirred under argon for 2 days at rt. The solution is then transferred to a 10,000 MWCO dialysis membrane and dialyzed for 48 hours.
After lyophilization a white powder is obtained. The solid is then dissolved in DMSO
and methanol solvent mixture and treated with H2 in the presence of 10% Pd/C
catalyst for 24 hours. The solution is poured into ether to crash out the product. 25 is obtained after drying under vacuum. =
11 is mixed with 25 in DMSO solution. EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA
(1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred for 16 hrs and then precipitated with ether. The precipitate is washed with CH2C12 extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 26 is obtained after drying under high vacuum.
Example 22 Synthesis of CDDM-Lys(GlyCPT) Polymer 27 Scheme XXMI
OCPT
C
+ HNWNU2 a o Lys-Gly-CET
HN-27 0 j OCPT
CDDM, 5, and Lys-Gly-CPT, 14, are dissolved in dry DMSO. EDC (3 eq) and Sulfo-NHS (2 eq) are added to the mixture. The solution was stirred under argon for 2 days at it. The solution is then poured into ether. The precipitate 27 is dried under vacuum.
Example 23 Synthesis of CDDC-Cys(Boc) Copolymer 28, CDDC-CysCopolymer 29 and its CPT Conjugate 30 Scheme MITI
H`Y`-s's-Y101-1 Hen. 0 Bac' S.õ
S S
28 Bee"
0 Gly-CPT
HQ)yGly-CPT
>
Gly-CPT
CDDC (3) and N,N-DiBoc-Cystine are dissolved in dry DMSO. EDC (3 eq) and Sulfo-NHS (2 eq) were added to the mixture. The solution was stirred under argon for 2 days at it The solution is then transferred to a 10,000 MWCO
dialysis .
membrane and dialyzed for 48 hours. After lyophilization a white powder, CDDC-Cys(Boc) polymer 23, is obtained. To the white powder 28 is added a mixture of HC1 and DMSO solution. The solution is stirred at rt for 1 h and then dialyzed against water for 24 h using 10,000 MWCO membrane. 29 is obtained as a white solid.
Suc-Gly-CPT 15 is mixed with 29 in DMSO solution. EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DEEA (1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred for 16 h under argon and then precipitated with ether. The precipitate is washed with ether until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 30 is obtained after drying under high vacuum.
. .
Example 24 Synthesis of biodegradable CD-Polyphosphoester Polymer 31 and its CPT conjugates 32 Scheme XXXII/
0 cu., 0 cn, ) \mcisc,43.), ( II 1 a II 1 ON 0 > -- " ¨
2>EP O¨C¨C 0 1, ..,' e:7...,..
.
NaOH Tr7 0 1H3 0 CH, 0 CH, ¨(11-0¨C¨C 0 ) ( W . c 0 ) ( I! .
____c____0 I
NI-I H H, I
OCPT H H2 n 1 CI
,/-- H H2 -1-1TA-GlyCPT
Synthesis of the biodegradable polyphosphoester can be found in Wang J et al, JAC'S, 2001, 123, 9480-9481.
. .
Polyphosphoester is mixed with 10 (0.5 eq of repeat unit) in DMSO. EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred = for 16 hrs and then precipitated with ether. The obtained CD-polyphosphoester 31 is dissolved in DMSO. To the solution is added 11 (0.5 eq of repeat unit), EDC (2 eq), NHS (1 eq), and DIEA (1.0 eq). The solution is stirred for 16 h and then precipitated with ether. The precipitate is washed with ether extensively until no free drug is observed in the washing solution. Compound 32 is obtained after drying under high vacuum.
Example 25 Synthesis of CD Copolymer¨CPT conjugate 33 with polyethylene backbone via radical polymerization Scheme XXXV
<
-o ( ___ 0 AIBN
_________________________________________________ 0 \11 or ATRP
CPT CPT
Acrylate monomers of CPT, triethyleneglycol trionomethylether, and CD-monocystamine can be synthesized from N-Acryloxysuccinimide (Polysciences, Inc.). These monomers are mixed in 1:1:1 ratio in dry DMSO. AIBN is added to the mixture under argon. The solution is stirred at rt for 24-48 hrs until the solution becomes viscous. Polymer-CPT conjugate 33 is precipitated with ether and dried under vacuum.
Example 26 Synthesis of CD-graft-poly(ethylene-alt-maleic anhydride)-GlyGlyGlyCPT 34 Scheme XXXVI
s n H,N'P' , I
\ In , t n 0 0Ifa - - 0 FM 0- HN
Thi) )1 c)../1 iLNII .
õLorni s tint IIN
\ N
----- ---- N ' \
, 0 0 \ 0 Poly(ethylene-alt-maleic anhydride) (Aldrich) is dissolved in DMSO. 10 (0.4 eq of repeat unit) and 12 (0.4 eq of repeat) are added. The solution is heated at 70 C for 16 hrs and then precipitated with ether. The obtained CD-graft-poly(ethylene-alt-maleic anhydride)-GlyGlyGlyCPT 34 is dried under high vacuum.
Example 27 Synthesis of Polyglutamate-CD-CPT Conjugate 35 .
Scheme =WTI
I]
).õ...N.
/
,.. .
Hoo Polyglutamate (from Sigma-Aldrich) is mixed with 10 (0.5 eq of repeat unit) and 11 (0.5 eq of repeat unit) in DMSO. EDC (3 eq), NHS (2 eq), and DLEA (1.0 eq) are added to the solution. The solution is stirred for 16 hr and then precipitated with ether. After drying under high vacuum, polyglutamate-CD-CPT conjugate 35 is obtained.
Example 28: Synthesis and Characterization of CD-BisCys-Peg3400 Copolymers 36 and their CPT Conjugates 37.
A. Synthesis and Characterization of CD-BisCys-Peg3400 Copolymers 36 .
Scheme )00CVIIIa .
,, . o , ,, ..,i.`=- = 10, ,....4.5x ,,õ on W-01.
As n A....%.-01 It-oN
11.1.4 110 . PEG -DiSPA (MW =i4i 00 IDa) y c,Ir.sti V
S- I
Q
0.1\17011 rs ...---r 1 ' __ = f-trA,... s2 ( II -' .P. 0 . Con DMSO/D1EA, TEA or DP.I4P
.... .
s (.1.;:f...7nles,. - -.- = , 4 .
36a-f Poly(CDECys,rA-PEG) Abbr.: PA = propanolcrtninebond between PEG and CO
Scheme XXXVIllb =
-on .
r a;tz.. a .,õ'..r`-'-µ,'"
,r,41 1.7./ olt n,,-Ott Xi- I fin' int 0.kon Ito 0 0 HO 110 n TIo 00 00 0.
s 0 t". 5..arComonomer õ,,, . , .
1314SO(DIEA
0 nn -36g-i PEG-DiSBA (MW =3400 f...) 0 Poly(CDDCys.BA-PEG) ,....--' o Q-1?'.11-".-'-{"."--)z-- =====,;",1%._;,-Z3 3611 12= f"H-"-`'.-"--17-'.,-----''.. ) PEG-D.11TC (MW =3440 if3a) . Poly(CDDCTs-CR-PEG) 3G E.
Opr =
PEG-DiNPC (MW = 3400 i.D.2) Poly(CDISICys-C13-PEG) =
.... Abbr: BA = butanoiannide bond; CB =
carbanrne bond , = , Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG), 36a 4 (after precipitation with acetone, 63 mg, 0.047 mmol) and PEG-DiSPA (MW 3400, 160 mg, 0.047 mmol) were dried under vacuum for 8 hours. Anhydrous DMSO (1.26 mL) was added to the mixture under argon. After 10 minutes of stirring, anhydrous diisopropylethylamine (DIEA, 19 pL, 2.3 eq.) was added under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred under argon for 120 h. The polymer containing solution was dialyzed using a 10,000 MWCO. membrane (Spectra/Por 7) against water for 48 h and lyophilized to yield 196 mg 36a (90%, Table 1). M. = 57.4 lcDa, Mõ = 41.7 kDa, /1/1õ/Adõ = 1.38. 'H NMR (D20) 8 5.08 (m, CD-2-H), 4.27 (m, Cys-CH), 2.72-3.76 (m, CD-3,4,5,6-CH, CD-CH2, PEG-CH2), 2.44 (m, Cys-CH2).
Synthesis of other poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG) (36b-1), Poly(CDDCys-BA-PEG) (36g) Poly(CDDCys-CB-PEG) (3611-0 were achieved under polymerization condition similar to that of 36a. Details for the polymerization conditions, monomer selection, polymer molecular weight, polydispersity and yields are listed in Table 1.
36g: 'H NMR (D20) 8 5.10 (m, CD-2-H), 4.25-4.37 (m, Cys-CH), 2.72-3.86 (m, CD-3,4,5,6-CH, CD-CH,, PEG:CH2), 2.21 (m, Cys-CH7). 36h-i: 'H NMR (D20) 5 5.05 (m, CD-2-11.), 4.56 (m, Cys-CH), 2.70-3.93 (rn, CD-3,4,5,6-CH, CD-CH2, PEG-CH2), 2.38 (m, -OCH2CH2CH2C(0)-NH-), 2.34 (m, Cys-CH,), 1.90 (in, -OCH2CH2CH2C(0)-NH-).
Addition of a non-nucleophilic organic base (such as DMA) was essential for this polymerization as no viscosity changes of the polymerization solutions were observed after 48 hours if no base was added. When 2.3 eq. of DEEA were added, the viscosity of the polymerization solution increased dramatically after 4-6 hours of reaction. D1EA deprotonates the amino groups of 4 to render them more nucleophilic for coupling with PEG-DiSPA. There were essentially no differences in the polymerizations if other bases, such as TEA or DMAP, were used (36b-e, Table 1). Polymerization using 4 recovered by the two different precipitation methods (acetone and methanol) produced polymers with different MWs. 4 that was purified by the methanol-precipitation method (contains no free cystine) gave higher MW
polymer (36d-e as compared to the less pure 4 that was obtained from the acetone-precipitation method (36a). Polymerization of 4 with PEG-DiSPA typically produced polymer yields greater than 90%.
4 was polymerized with other activated monomers such as PEG-DiSBA, PEG-S DiBTC, and PEG-DiNPC. Reaction of 4 with PEG-DiSBA gave polymer 36g with - similar linkages as 36a-f (amide bond, but one more ¨Cli2 group than 36a-f at the linker) with M, over 100 kDa, while reaction of 4 with PEG-DiBTC and PEG-DiNPC generated polymers 36h and 361, respectively, with connecting carbamate moiety and M,õ's over 50 kDa (Table 1).
Table 1. Polymerization of 4 with difunctionalized PEG
PEG Polymerization M,,, M, Ma Yield CDP Base Comonomer time (h) (kDa) (kDa) Mõ
(%) 36aa PEG-DiSPA DIEA 120 57.4 41.7 1.38 90 36ba PEG-DiSPA DMAP 120 54.2 38.1 1.42 91 36ea PEG-DiSPA TEA 120 57.4 42.6 135 91 36db . PEG-DiSPA DIEA 120 93.6 58.0 1.48 96 36eb PEG-DiSPA DIEA 144 97.3 58.0 1.67 94 36fb PEG-DiSPA DIEA 2 35.3 25.6 1.38 95 36g PEG-DiSBA DIEA 120 114.7 77.9 1.47 96 3611 PEG-DiBTC DIEA 120 67.6 39.4 1.47 95 .36i PEG-DiNPC DIEA 120 86.5 57.2 1.51 96 a 4 was washed with acetone before polymerization.
4 was washed with methanol before polymerization.
Polymers 36a-i are highly soluble in aqueous solution. They can be easily dissolved in water or phosphate buffered saline (PBS) solution at concentrations of at least 200 mg/mL. Solubility of these polymers in aqueous solution at concentrations higher than 200 mg/mL was not attempted due to the high viscosity.
These polymers were also soluble in DMF, DMSO and methanol, slightly soluble in CH3CN and CHC13, but insoluble in Tiff and ethyl ether.
Molecular Weight Control of CD Polymers 4 (after precipitation with methanol) (56.2 mg, 0.0419 mmol) and PEG-DiSPA (147 mg, 0.0419 mmol) were , dried under vacuum for 4-8 hours. To the mixture was added dry DMSO (1.1 mL) under argon. After 10 minutes stirring, DMA (16 ,uL, 2.2 eq) was added under =
argon. A portion of polymerization solution (150 pL) was removed and precipitated with ether at selected times (2 h, 18 h, 43 h, 70 h, 168 h and 288 11). MWs of the precipitated polymers were determined as described above.
As shown in Figures 5a and 5b, molecular weights of 36 can be controlled by.
adjusting polymerization time.
B. Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-CPTConjugates (FIGGG6, LGGG1O, 11G6, HGGG10). .
Scheme XXXIX
_6- =
: - -o - - . i , (ft..- = -. 0 . Z.---= . .I: ' -.1 0 ..,...
C:42:
N 641',0.'111 Ili HO = ION ' .-...' N " 36e m HO -if =
N \ ./ ______ >- - E tfs--,4.3.
C
1 _sn RE/NHS 0H tiot0 _-lifyo o NH
n,' '---0 6 .".. N =
SFA..NH 0 I.0 - 0 i 11 .
1 =
x i õ = 0 ..... .
...:5 .
_ .
A.
.,...), Lu.
10. = w a =
. \/ ;',.:.;./ "' scr',,,,,D . .
yr' 0 I
0 rk =
--..\ = 36e or 36f . , ,.,,0 -10 N
>,-4.. 10 EDONIIS --(--- ii:t . oil o.
q 1111 110 tS
,_.µ Cl 01 03' 0 M? . n!
TYA.NbR 0 0yy-4.
12 . Ho 00 -AL
n 1 ' ¨ . II-W- .
N
-Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-GlyGlyGly-CPT (HGGG6) 36e (1.37 g, 0.30 mmol of repeat unit) was dissolved in dry DMSO (136 mL). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. 12 (419 mg, 0.712 mmol, 2.36 eq), DIEA (0.092 mL, 0.712 mmol, 2.36 eq), EDC (172 mg, 0.903 mmol, 3 eq), and NHS (76 mg, 0.662 mmol, 2.2 eq) were added to the polymer solution and stirred for ca. 15 hours.
The polymer was precipitated with ethyl ether (1 L). The ether was poured out and the precipitate was washed with CH3CN (3 x 100 mL). The precipitate was dissolved in water 600 mL. Some insoluble solid was filtered through 0.2 jum filters. The solution was dialyzed using 25,000 MWCO membrane (Spectra/Por 7) for 10 h at 10-15 C in DI water. Dialysis water was changed every 60 minutes. The polymer-drug conjugate solution was sterilized by passing it through 0.2 uM filters.
The solution was lyophilized to yield ayellow solid HGGG6 (1.42 g, 85% yield).
Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-GlyGlyGly-CPT (LGGG10) Conjugation of 12 to 36f was performed in a manner similar to that used to produce HGGG6 except that this conjugate Was dialyzed with 10,000 MWCO membrane (Spectra/Por 7) instead of with 25,000 MWCO membrane. The yield of LGGG10 was 83%.
Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-Gly-CPT (HG6) Conjugation of 11 to 36e was performed in a manner similar to that used to produce HGGG6. The . 20 yield of HG6 was 83%.
Synthesis of Poly(CDDCys-PA-PEG)-GlyGlyGly-CPT (HGGGIO) 36e (1.5 g, 0.33 mmol of repeat unit) was dissolved in dry DMSO (150 mL). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. 12 (941 mg, 1.49 mmol, 4.5 eq), D1EA (0.258 mL, 1.49 mmol, 4.5 eq), EDC (283 mg, 1.49 mmol, 4.5 eq), and NHS (113 mg, 0.99 mmol, 3 eq) was added to the polymer solution and stirred for ca. 24 hours. Another portion of EDC (142 mg, 0.75 mmol, 2.3 eq) and NHS (56 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) were added to the conjugation solution. The polymer was stirred for an additional hours. The workup procedure was the same as that for the synthesis of HGGG6.
The yield of HGGG10 was 77%.
Determination of wt% CPT on the Conjugates Stock solutions of HGGG6, LGGG10, 11G6 and HGGG10 were prepared at a concentration of 10 mg/mL in DMSO. An aliquot of corresponding stock solution was diluted to 100 ,ug/mL using 1 N NaOH. CPT was completely hydrolyzed in this basic solution and transformed to its carboxylate form within 2 h at room temperature. An aliquot of this solution was diluted to 10 pg/mL using 8.5% H3PO4, and the CPT
carboxylate form was transformed to its lactone form. 30 pL of this solution was injected into the HPLC. The peak area from the CPT lactone form was integrated and compared to a standard curve.
11 and 12 were conjugated to 36e or 36f (Table 2) using conventional coupling methods. Due to the instability of the ester linker of 11 and 12 in aqueous solution, the conjugation was conducted in anhydrous DMSO under argon. An organic base was required to deprotonate the TFA salts of 11 and 12 to facilitate the coupling. For polymer conjugation with 12, the weight percent (wt%) drug loading was around 6-10%. The theoretical maximum drug loading is around 13% using PEG with MW of 3400 Da; maximum values can be increased by decreasing the MW of the PEG segments. Solubilities of all conjugates in water or PBS were more than 200 mg/mL (equivalent to a 12-20 mg CPT/mL for 6-10 wt% drug loading, respectively). Details for the TIGGG6, LGGG10, HG6, and HGGG10 are summarized in Table 2.
Table 2. Properties of polymer-CPT conjugates.
Mu, of parent polymer Conjugate My/gib Linker CPT (wt%) (x 10-3) 97 1.7 triglycine 6.1 LGGG10 35 1.6 triglycine 10.2 HG6 97 1.7 glycine 6.8 HGGG10 97 1.7 triglycine 9.6 'Abbreviations: H = High Mu, polymer (97 IcDa), L = Low M1 polymer (35 kDa), GGG = triglycine linker, G = glycine linker, 6 = drug loading around 6 wt%, 10 = drug loading around 10 wt%.
b Polymer polydispersity as measured by light scattering techniques(26) C. Release of CPT from HGGG6 and 1-1G6 Release of CPT in PBS HGGG6 and HG6 were prepared at I mg/mL in PBS (lx, pH 7.4). A 100 p.L aliquot of the solution was transferred to a 1.5 mL
Eppendorf tube and incubated at 37 'C. The incubated samples were quenched at selected time intervals and stored at -80 C until the analysis. Each solution was diluted with 8.5% H3PO4 to a 5 mL total volume in a volumetric flask. 30 fiL of such solution was injected into the HPLC. The peak area from the CPT laetone form was integrated and compared to a standard curve.
Analysis for the release of CPT from HGGG6 and HG6 in PBS containing acetyl cholinesterase (an esterase, 100 units/mL), in KH2PO4 buffer (pH 6.1, 0.1 .1\4) and in the ,K1-171304 buffer (pH 6.1, 0.1 M) containing cathepsin B (a cysteine proteinase, 200 pM, preaetivated on ice for 30 minutes in this buffer containing 2 mM DTT and 1 mM EDTA) were performed in a manner similar to that described above for PBS alone.
Release of CPT in Human Plasma An aliquot of HGGG6 and HG6 stock solution were diluted to give final concentration of 0.5 mg/mL in PBS (lx, pH
7.4).
This solution was added to a lyophilized powder of human plasma to reconstitute 100% human plasma by the recommended amount. The solution was divided into equal volume (250 pL) to 1.5 mL Eppendorf tubes, incubated at 37 C, and stopped at selected time point. Samples were stored at ¨80 C until the analysis.
Samples were separated from plasma by solid phase extraction columns. The solid phase extraction cartridge (Oasis HLB lcc cartridge from Waters) was pre-conditioned with 1 mL of acetonitrile and then with 1 mL of 8.5% H3PO4 before loading.
Samples were acidified with equal volume of 8_5% H3PO4 prior to loading. After the acidified solution was loaded on the cartridge, the bed was washed with 3 x lmL
of water. Released CPT and polymer conjugate were eluted with 3 x 1 mL of a solution mixture of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate buffer (pH 4.1) (60/40 v/v).
The eluted solution was diluted to 5 naL total volume in a 5 mL volumetric flask. 30 pL of such solution was injected into the HPLC. The peak area from the CPT
lactone form was integrated and compared to a standard curve.
=
Release of CPT from HGGG6 and HG6 in PBS containing 4% human plasma (PBS/reconstituted human plasma solution = 96/4 (v/v)), in mouse plasma and in reconstituted human albumin (PBS solution) were performed in a manner =
similar to that described above for pure human plasma.
In PBS (lx, pH 7.4), the half-lives (An) for releasing CPT from HG6 and HGGG6 were 59h and 321i, respectively. The half-lives decreased to 25h and 22h, respectively, in the presence of 4% human plasma, and to 1.7h and 1.6h, respectively, in 100% human plasma ("HP") and 2.6h and 2.2h, respectively, in 100% mouse plasma ("MT"). CPT release rates for both 1HG6 and HGGG6 in the presence of albumin ("Alb") or acetyl cholinesterase ("Ac Cho") were on the same order of magnitude as in PBS. In a buffer solution at a pH lower than PBS (pH
6.1) with or without the enzyme cathepsin B (active at pH 6.1), less than 50% of total conjugated CPT was released from both 11G6 and HGGG6 for times up to 144 h (Table 3).
Table 3. Half-life (tin, in hour) of the release of CPT from EIG6 and IIGGG6a 4% pH 6.1 Cath B
Conjugate PBS", liPd MP' Albf Ac Chog HpC bufferh (pH 6.1)1 1.7 2.6 >144 >144 1IGGG6 32 22 1.6 2.2 73 43 >144 >144 a tip is defined as time (hours) for the release of half of the total conjugated CPT.
Abbreviations: HP means human plasma, MP means mouse plasma.
b pH 7.4 PBS lx. buffer.
c Reconstituted human plasma mixed with PBS (v/v = 4/96). =
d Reconstituted human plasma e Fresh mouse plasma fin reconstituted human albumin PBS buffer g In the presence of acetyl cholinesterase PBS solution (100 units/mL).
Ii pH 6.1 phosphate buffer (0.11\4) pH 6.1 phosphate buffer in the presence of Cathepsin B
Release of CPT in Solution at Different pH. HGGG6 and HG6 were prepared at 1 ing/mL in buffer solution with pHs ranging from acidic (pH =
1.2) to basic (pH = 13.1) and incubated at 37 C for 24h. An aliquot of each solution was diluted with 8.5% H3PO4 to about 100 ,ug/mL. 30 fiL of such solution was injected into HPLC. The peak area from the CPT lactone form was integrated and compared to a standard curve.
The pH of aqueous solution has a significant effect on the CPT release rates from both 11G6 and HGGG6. The amounts of CPT released from 11G6 and HGGG6 at 37 C after 24 h in buffer solutions with pHs ranging from 1.1 to 13.1 are illustrated in Figure 6. The glycinyl-CPT ester bonds of both 11G6 and were very stable in acidic pH (1.1 to 6.4) as less than 7% of CPT were released in 24 h.
/C50 via MTT Assay The human ovarian carcinoma A2780 cell line was obtained from the European Collection of Cell Cultures (Salisbury, Wiltshire, UK.).
The human colorectal adenocarcinoma HT29, human prostate carcinoma PC-3, and human colonic adeoncarcinoma LS174T cell lines were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD). Cells were seeded in 96-well plates at 5000 cells/well and grown in medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum at 37 C
for 24 h in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere. The medium was replaced with fresh medium containing CPT, 36e, HGGG6 or 11G6 in concentrations ranging from 1 nM to 10 ,uM of CPT and 36e (CPT equivalent for HGGG6 and HG6). At each concentration three wells per plate were treated. The effect of the compounds on cell growth was measured by the MTT assay after 72 h. The medium was removed, the cells were rinsed with PBS, MTT solution was added at a concentration of 0.5 mg/mL, and the plates were incubated for 4 h at 37 C. The medium was removed and the formazan crystals were solubilized in DMSO. Absorbance was measured at 560 nin using a SPECTRAFluor Plus plate reader (Tecan, Durham, NC). The percentage of cell survival was calculated relative to untreated cells, and /C50's were determined from plots of dose versus cell survival. IC50 data of CPT, 36e, HGGG6 =
or 11G6 are listed in Table 4.
Table 4. IC50 of CPT, unconjugated polymer 36e and CPT conjugates HG6 and _ HGGG6 in various cell lines Cell Line 36e (uM) CPT (pM) 11G6 (uM) HGGG6 (,uM) LS174T >300 0.005 0.050 0.010 HT29 300 0.020 0.050 0.030 A2780 100 0.007 0.025 0.020 PC3 >300 0.075 0.25 0.15 Example 29: Poly-CD-BisCys-Peg3400-Ala-CPT 37 36e (54 mg, 0.012 mmol of repeat unit) was dissolved in dry DMSO (226 mL) and stirred for 10 minutes. TFA-Ala-CPT which is prepared similar to 11 (15 mg, 0.028 mmol, 2.36 eq), DIEA (4.88 mL, 0.028 mmol, 2.36 eq), DCC (24.52 mg, 0.12 mmol, 10 eq), and NHS (13.6 mg, 0.12 mmol, 10 eq) were added to the polymer solution. The mixture was stirred for about 16 hours. The polymer was precipitated with ether (40 inL) and washed with ether (2 x 30 mL) and with CH3CN (2 x 10 mL). It was then redissolved in pH 4 aqueous solution (10 mL) and dialyzed at room temperature for 48h using 25,000 MWCO membrane. The solution was then passed through a sterilized 0.2 um filter and then lyophilized.to yield 37(46 mg, 85%).
Weight percent of drug loading was calculated to be 5.5% using HPLC equipped with a fluorescence detector after releasing CPT from 37 using base. Free CPT
in 37 is <1%.
Example 30: Poly-CD-BisCys-Peg3400-Leu-CPT 38 36e (54 mg, 0.012 mmol of repeat unit) was dissolved in dry DMSO (226 mL) and stirred for 10 minutes. 11,A.-Leu-CPT which is prepared similar to 11 (16 mg, 0.028 mmol, 2.36 eq), DIEA (4.88 mL, 0.028 mmol, 2.36 eq), DCC (24.52 mg, 0.12 mmol, 10 eq), and NHS (13.6 mg, 0.12 mmol, 10 eq) were added to the polymer solution. The mixture was stirred for about 16 hours. The polymer was precipitated with ether (40 mL) and washed with ether (2 x 30 mL) and with CH3CN (2 x 10 mL). It was then redissolved in pH 4 aqueous solution (10 mL) and dialyzed at room temperature for 48 h using 25,000 MWCO membrane. The solution was then passed through a sterilized 0.2 1.im filter and then lyophilized to yield 38 (42 mg, 78%).
Weight percent of drug loading was calculated to be 5.0% using HPLC equipped with a fluorescence detector after releasing CPT from 38 using base. Free CPT
in 38 is < 1%.
Example 31: Synthesis of CD-BisCys-BisPeg-FITC 39 Scheme )0CXX
.74- FluorNe1Ssccn-Pcg5k -NHSHprl)0O DlEA
Olt COOH HOOC
01 40 dr-OH HO .11611. 0 0 =
=.
4 (25 mg, 0.0186 mmol) and FITC-Peg5000-NHS (Shearwater, 186 mg, 0.0373 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMSO (2 mL). DIEA (0.0094 mL, 0.056 mmol, 3 eq) was added to the mixture. The mixture was kept in dark and stirred for 24 hours. Water (10 mL) was then added and the solution was dialyzed in dark using 10,000 MWCO for about 48 hours. After lyophilization a yellow polymer 39 was obtained. Polymer was characterized by MS and Ili NMR.
Example 32: Synthesis of Bis-suecinimidyl succinatePeg3400 (Bis-SS-PEG) (40a) and biodegradable CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400 (40b) and its CPT conjugate 41 Scheme =XI
=
=
-S S
OH )m 0 40a 0 rr Gly-CPT
_________________________________________________________________________ )1.
HO 0 0 014 40b o ===,õ o CPT-01y0 0 Gly-CPT
Degradabk.ler bond linkage A 100 mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a septum - 5 was charged with 10 g (2.99 mmol) of polyethylene glycol Mw 3350, 2.0 g (20 mmol) of succinic anhydride and 50 mL of anhydrous pyridine. After stirring the solution at 50 C for 16 h, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporator. The residue was redissolved in 30 mL of water and extracted with 10 mL of chloroform three times. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The solvent was then concentrated and precipitated out in diethyl ether. This resulted in 9.6 g of bis-succinimidyl Peg3400 at a yield of 90.6%. The product was analyzed by reverse-phase columned High Performance Liquid Chromatography.
A 100 mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a septum was charged with 2 g (0.56 mmol) of bis-suecinimidyl Peg3400 and 10 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane. To this solution was added 0.324 g (2.82 mmol) of N-hydroxyl succinimide. The solution mixture was then cooled in an ice bath and added 0.58 g (2.82 mmol) of 1,3-diuclohexylcarbodiimide. After leaving at room temperature for 24 h, the solution was filtered and precipitated out in 150 mL
of diethyl ether. Dissolution in 10 mL dichloromethane and precipitation in diethyl ether was repeated two times. This afforded 1.74 g (82_9 %) of Bis-SS-PEG 40a.
It was analyzed by reverse-phase columned High Performance Liquid Chromatography.
CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400 Polymer 40b A 50-mL pearl shaped flask was charged with 100 mg (0.0746 mmol) of 4 and 254 mg (0.0746 mmol) of 40a. The combined solids were dried under vacuum for 24 hours before the addition of lmL of anhydrous DMSO and 2.2 equivalents (0.164 mmol) of DIEA. The solution mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days and then precipitated out in diethyl ether. This yielded 100% of 40b.
Molecular weight was analyzed on a Hitachi HPLC system equipped with an Anspec RI
detector, a Precision Detectors DLS detector, and a ProgeI-TSK G3000pwxL
column using 0.1 M PBS as eluant at a 0.7 mLmin-1 flow rate. M = 93,000, Mn = 61,000 and M/Mr, = 1.5.
CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400-G1yG1yGly-CPT conjugate 41 40b (201.8 mg, 0.044 mmol of repeat unit), TFA-GlyGlyGly-CPT 12 (66 mg, 0.105 mmol, 2.36 eq), EDC (25.5 mg, 0.133 mmol, 3 eq), and NHS (11 mg, 0.0977 mmol, 2.2 eq) were dissolved in dry DMSO (6 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes.
DIEA (19 !IL, 0.105 mmol, 2.36 eq), added to the polymer solution. The mixture was stirred for about 41 hours. The polymer was crashed out with diethyl ether (250 mL) and washed with acetonitrile (3x25 mL). It was then re-dissolved in pH 4 water (10mg/mL) and dialyzed at room temperature for 24 hours using 10,000 MWCO membrane. The solution was then passed through a sterilized 0.2 p.m filter and then lyophilized to yield 41 (128 mg, 52%). Weight percent of drug loading was calculated to be 6.95% using HPLC equipped with a fluorescence detector after releasing CPT from 41 using base..
Hydrolysis of 41 was set up in human plasma (100% solution) at lmg/mL.
Aliquot solutions (100 pL) were placed in 1.5mL eppendorf tubes and incubated in 37 C water bath. Then, the samples were acidified with 100 pL of 8.5% H3PO4 and loaded on pre-conditioned solid phase extraction cartridge. It was eluted with 60:40 (v/v) acetonitrile: K112PO4 buffer. Free CPT (lactone form) was analyzed on HPLC/Fluorescence detector using acetonitrile/ KH2PO4 buffer. Half-life was determined to be 3 h.
Degradation of CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400 Polymer 40b 50mg/mL of 40b solution was prepared in human plasma reconstituted in PBS (pH 7.4) solution. 100 pL aliquots were incubated at 37 C. Each sample tube _ was taken out at a specific time point and crashed out in 9004 cold methanol.
The solution was centrifuged and the supernatant was analyzed on a 1-1PLC/ELS
detector.
The resulting spectrum is shown in Figure 7.
Methods for increasing drug weight percent loading Method I. Synthesis of CD-BisC'ys-Peg Copolymer with a short Peg linkage and its GlyCPT conjugate Example 33: Synthesis of CD-BisCys-Peg (short PEG, e.g., Peg200-Peg2000) and its CPT Conjugate 42 Scheme XXXXII
= - H
n' -0 Yj 0 =
O/
=
N
. 110 Synthesis of polymer and drug conjugate 42 are same as 36, 37, and 38 in Example 28. =
_._ .
Method II. Synthesis of CD-Biscps-Peg Copolymer with multiple drug molecules on each loading site.
Example 34: Synthesis of CD-BisCys-Peg and its GluBis(GlyCPT) Conjugate 43.
= 5 Scheme XXXXIII
eHs W H
=s'''/\,o /
m n /
./.o 0/õ,-,. 0 Oil. r Oil. r 23 PEG Mw =3400 =--.. N ---, N
2 CPT per CD =
Maximum drug loading 13.4 %
N/ \ N/ \
4110' 0 0 o o o o o o =-=., --,,, ------ PEG Mw =3400 4 CPT per CD
Maximum drug loading 25 %
UN MN HN UN
--, N -.-._ N --=-- N --... N
N'" N/ \ N'" U"" =
-0 * * *
36 and Glu-Bis(Gly-CPT) 17 are dissolved in DMSO. EDC (3 eq), NHS (22 eq), and DIEA (2.2 eq) are added to the solution. CD-BisCys-Peg-GluBis(GlyCPT) 43 is precipitated with CH3CN and washed with the same solvent until no free drug is detected using UV or TLC. 43 is dried under high vacuum.
Example 35: Synthesis of PEI-CD-CPT conjugate 44 (Branched CD-Polymer with CPT conjugates) = 119 A: Synthesis of branched PEI-cyclodextrin polymer Scheme =OCR/
NH
NH, H\
=
NH NR, FIN
NH HIV
Tosyl NH is1112 FIN NH NI-I, NH
NH
NH
PEI (29 mg, Aldrich Mw 25,000) was dissolved in dry DMSO (2 In.L).
Cyclodextrin monotosylate (448 mg, Cyclodextrin Technologies Development, Inc.) was added to the solution under N2. The cloudy solution turned clear after the mixture was stirred at 70 C for about 1 hour. The solution turned slightly yellow after 48 hours at such temperature under N2.
Thesolution was transferred to a Spectra/Por MWCO 10,000 membrane and dialyzed against water for 4 days. Water was then removed by lyophilization. A
white powder was obtained (120-140 mg) after the solution was lyophilized.
Cyclodextrin/PEI ratio was calculated based on the proton integration of III
NMR.
B: Synthesis of branched PEI-CD-CPT conjugate Scheme XXXXV
\17 UN IN
V17 .
NilUN NT!
- ( _____________________________________ >¨ ._1(-)L
Nil LIIII.kµrj'P. " ZUII 1'11111, ?NH .
= 0 01 LII
111i Nil 11,14 o PEI-CD and Suc-Gly-CPT 15 (1.0 eq) are dissolved in DMSO. EDC (3 eq), NHS (2.2 eq), and DIEA (1 eq) are added to the solution. PEI-CD-Gly-CPT 44 is precipitated with ether, washed extensively with this solvent, and dried under high vacuum.
Example 36: Synthesis of Ad-PE03400-Ad 45 Scheme XXXXVI
NI-12 + N-0-C-CH,-CH2---0-PEG3406-0-CH2-CH2-C-0 --N - -0 = 0 N¨C¨CH2-CH2-0¨PEG3400-0¨CH2-CH2¨C¨N
240 mg of 1-aminoadamantane (1.60 rnmol, Aldrich) and 272 mg of 15 PEG3400(SPA)2 (0.080 mmol, Shearwater Polymers) was added to a glass vial equipped with a stirbar. To this was added 5 mL of dichloromethane, and the solution was stirred overnight. The next day, the solution was filtered to remove the n-hydroxysuccinimide byproduct and the dichloromethane was removed in vacuo.
The residue was dissolved in water and centrifuged to remove excess 1-aminoadamantane. The supernatant was then dialyzed overnight in Pierce's Slide--A-Lyzer with MWC0-3500: The solution was then lyophilized to afford 248 mg of a white fluffy solid of Ad-PEG3400-Ad 45.
Example 37: Synthesis of DiCyclodextrin PEG 46 362 mg of CD-NH2 (0_32 mmol, Cyclodextrin Technology, Inc.) and 436 mg of PEG3400(SPA)2 (0.128 mmol, Shearwater Polymers) were added to a glass vial equipped with a stirbar. To this vial was added 4.36 mL of DMSO, and the solution was stirred for 72 hrs. The solution was dialyzed using 2000 MWCO membrane for 4 days in water. 46 (603 mg, 86%) was obtained as a white powder after lyophilization.
Example 38: Synthesis of Inclusion polymer 47 using DiAD-Peg 45 and DiCD-46 (54.6 mg, 0.01 mmol) and 45 (34 mg, 0.01 mmol) were mixed in water (0.27 mL) and stirred for overnight. The solution is very viscous. Polymer 47 was crashed out with ether and dried under vacuum Example 39: Synthesis of Inclusion Polymer CPT-Conjugate 48 between DiCD-PEG 46 and a CPT-Di-AD compound Synthesis of diadamantane crosslinker: Bis-(2(1-adamantypethyl)phosphate (Zhang et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc1997, 119, 1676-1681) Scheme )oomill 10 0 4- Pyridine 0 0 le 0 Anhydrous pyridine (10 mL, Aldrich, Milwaukee, WI) was cooled in an ice bath and methyl dichlorophosphate (1.488 g, 10 mmol, Aldrich, Milwaukee, WI) was added dropwise. The mixture was kept cold for a further 15 mm. During this period a precipitate of N-methylpyridinium dichlorophosphate formed. 1-. Adamantane ethanol (4.758 g, 26.4 mmol, Aldrich, Milwaukee, WI) was added, and the sealed mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. It was then poured into 10% NaHCO3 solution (50 "IQ and the pyridine was evaporated under vacuum.
The slightly yellow solid was dissolved in 1 L of water and extracted with ether (three 150 la portions). The aqueous phase was acidified with 2 N HCI to pH 1, and then extracted with three 150 mL portions of CHC13:n-BuOH (7:3). The combined organic layer (ether and CHC13:n-BuOH) was washed with water and a slightly yellow precipitate was formed in the mixed solvents, at which point the solvents were evaporated under vacuum. A slightly yellow solid was formed and was recrystallized from acetone/hexane. The solid was dried under vacuum, yield 60 %.
Scheme =Mil o'"No ) ________________________________________ 10 OH
= pi \ 0 Bis-(2(1-adamantyl)ethyl)phosphate and 11 are mixed in DMSO. EDC (3 eq), NHS (2.2 eq), and DIEA (1 eq) are added to the solution. Solution is stirred under argon for 16 hours. Bis-(2(1-adamantypethyl)phosphate-Gly-CPT is precipitated with ether, washed extensively with this solvent, and dried under high vacuum. This compound and Di-CD-PEG 46 are mixed in DMSO to form inclusion polymer-CPT conjugate 48.
Example 40: Synthesis of AD-Peg-Folate 49 The following procedure is the synthesis of AD-Peg5000-Folate. This method can be adapted for the synthesis of any Guest molecule-Linker-Ligand tri-component molecules.
I. Synthesis of AD-Peg-NH, 266 mg of FM0C-PEG5000-NHS (78.2 Imo!, Shearwater Polymers, Huntsville AL) were added to a glass vial equipped with a magnetic stirbar. 10 eq.
of 1-adamantane-methylamine (1.5 mmol, Aldrich) dissolved in 3 mL of dichloromethane were then added and the solution stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo and water was added to the remaining solution to dissolve the PEG product. The solution was centrifuged at 20K rcf for 10 minutes, whereupon the adamantane-methylamine phase-separated as a denser liquid. The aqueous portion was collected and water removed in vacuo.
The remaining viscous liquid was redissolved in 20% piperidine in DMF for FMOC
deprotection and stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo, washed several times with MAP, redissolved in water, and run on an anionic exchange column to remove unreacted PEG. The first fractions were collected and lyophilized to yield 222 mg of a white, fluffy powder (76%
yield) of the desired product which was confirmed by MALDI-TOF analysis.
2. Synthesis of N-HYdravsuccinimide-folate (1VHS-Jblate) Scheme )00=
011 11,N N
DCC/NHS N
14;:rIN.,)= 0 - 011 0 it NHS-folate is synthesized according to the method of Lee and Low (Lee, R.
.1; Low, P. S. J Biol. Chem. 1994, 269, 3198-3204). Folic acid (5 g, 11.3 mmol;
124 =
Sigma) is dissolved in DMSO (100 ml) and triethylamine (2.5 ml) and reacted with N-hydroxysuccinimide (2.6 g, 22.6 mrnol) and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (4.7 g, 22.7 minol) over-night at room temperature. The solution is filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. NHS-folate is precipitated using diethyl ether (yellow-orange precipitate), and washed 2-3 times in anhydrous ether, dried under vacuum, and stored at ¨20 C.
3. AD-Feg5000-Folate Scheme L
N
IN 111_2-o -AD-UII, -r 0 0 0 on =
AD-Peg5000-NH2 and NHS-Folate are mixed at 1:1 eq. in DMSO solution.
DIEA (2 eq) is added. The mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for overnight. The DMSO solution is then dialyzed against 3500 MWCO (Spectra/For 7) membrane for 48 hours. AD-Peg5000-Folate 49 is obtained after lyophilization.
Example 41: Formulation of the AD-Peg-Folate and a CD-Polymer-CPT conjugate A typical procedure: A CD-polymer CPT conjugate is dissolved in a D5W buffer.
A D5W solution containing 0.1-I eq (mols of repeat unit) of AD-Peg-Folate solution -is added to polymer solution. Particle sizes of polymer are measured before and after adding of AD-Peg-Folate using light scattering. This solution is used for either in vitro or in vivo test for the analysis of folate targeting effects.
Example 42: Covalent linking a targeting ligand (e.g., folate) to a CD-CPT
polymer conjugate (eg PEI-CD-GlyCPT) 50 Scheme LI
Fr: "ti c" c' _ ¨71 MI HI, NU
-C"
IMI.
LI
:1?-1 PEI-CD-GlyCPT 44 and Folate-NHS (0.1-0.5 eq) are mixed in DMSO and stirred 5 for 24 hours. The polymer is crashed out with ether and washed extensively with this solvent until no free folate molecule can be detected. The resulting CD-polymer-CPT-Folate conjugate 50 is dried under vacuum.
Example 43: Crosslinking of CD-CPT polymer using Ad-Peg-Ad. 51 10 A typical procedure: AD-Peg-AD 45 (0.01-0.1 eq of CD-polymer repeat unit) and CD-polymer CPT conjugate are mixed in a minimum amount of DMSO. The resulting viscous solution is precipitated with ether and dried under vacuum to yield lightly crosslinked polymer 51. 51 should still maintain small particle size in solution, have good water solubility, and have higher molecular weight than parent 15 CD-polymer CPT conjugate.
Example 44: In vivo tests of carnptothecin polymer conjugates HGGG6, LGGG10, HG6, and HGGG10 (Synthesized according to Example 28).
20 A. In Vivo Toxicity and Blood Chemistry Analysis from Dosing With Parent Polymer 36e The toxicity of 36e and its effects on blood chemistry were evaluated in female Charles River nude mice (13-14 weeks old). Four treatment groups of six mice each were treated with a D5W solution of 36e at a dose of 240 mg/kg, 160.
=
mg/kg, 80 mg/kg or D5W alone by i.v. tail vein injection on Days 1, 5, and 9, respectively. Dosing volume was determined based upon a ratio of 200 pl for a 20 g mouse, and was scaled appropriately according to the actual 13W of the mice.
The BWs of the mice were followed daily for the first 5 days and then twice a week, thereafter. Blood samples (150-200 pl) were collected from each mouse by retro-orbital bleeding under isoflourane on Day 12. Samples from three mice in each group were used for complete blood count (CBC) analyses, while blood samples from the remaining three mice in each group were processed for blood chemistry analyses. The study was stopped at Day 23. All mice were euthanized by cardiac puncture under CO2, and blood from each mouse was collected for CBC and blood chemistry analysis in the same manner as on Day 12.
There was no significant difference in BW loss, CBC or blood chemistry data between any of the 36e treated groups and D5W control group throughout the study, and no time dependent effects were observed over 23 days for all the treated groups.
36e was well tolerated by mice at the Maximum dose treated (240 mg/kg).
B. Determination of Maximum Tolerable Dose (MTD) for CDP-CPT
Conjugates.
The MTD was determined using female Charles River nude mice (15-16 weeks old) for 11G6, LGGG10, HGGG10. A 5% (w/v) of dextrose solution (D5W) of the polymer-CPT conjugates was freshly prepared before each injection. Doses for the treatment groups ranged from 2.25 mg CPT/kg to 54 mg CPT/kg. Dosing was administered intravenously (i.v.) by tail vein injection on Days 1, 5, and 9.
The dosing volume was determined based upon a ratio of 200 /al for a 20 g mouse, and . was scaled appropriately according to actual body weight (BW) of the mice.
Three to five mice were used in each treatment group. The BWs of the mice were followed daily for the first 5 days and then twice a week, thereafter. The MTD was defined as the highest administered dose that resulted in a decrease of mean group BW of less than 20% or the highest administered dose that did not result in death of any animal in that group. The maximum mean body weight loss and treatment related deaths for all treated groups are listed in Table 5.
Table 5. Treatment response for the MTD study. Nude mice (n= 3-6) were treated i.v. by tail vein injection.
Agent mg/kga Max %BW loss; Dayb NTR/Nc D5W - -2.5%; Day 3 0/6 36e 240 -2M%; Day 3 0/6 36e 160 -3.5%; Day 13 0/6 36e 80 -2.3%; Day 3 0/6 LGGG10 54 -20.6%; Day 3 3/3 LGGG10 36 -9.3%; Day 13 0/3 LGGG10 415 -0.8%; Day 13 0/5 EIG6 54. -28.5%; Day 3 ` 3/3 HG6 36 -23.9%; Day 3 3/3 11G6 18 -22.1%; Day 3 3/3 11G6 9 -6.1%; Day 9 0/5 .
11G6 4.5 -4.4%; Day 5 0/5 11G6 2.25 -2.9%; Day 9 0/5 HGGG10 54 --- 3/3 , HGGG10 36 -34%; Day 5 3/3 IIGGG10 18 -16%; Day 3 1/3 HGGG10 9 -3.3%; Day 9 0/5 HG,GG10 4_5 -2_5%; Day 9 0/5 a Mg CDP /kg for the CDP polymer and mg CPT/kg for the three conjugates tested. .
b Maximum body weight (BW) loss observed post injection C Number of treatment-related deaths (NTR) to the number of mice treated ('1) The MTD of LGGG10, 111G6, and HGGG10 were determined to be 36 mg CPT/kg, 9 mg CPT/kg, and 9 mg CPT/kg, respectively. Based on the structural =
similarities between HGGG6 and HGGG10, it is expected that the MTD for these two groups are similar. Therefore, the MTD of HGGG6 (not tested) was assumed to be 9 mg CPT/kg.
C. Antitumor Efficacy Study.
The antitumor efficacy study was performed using female Charles River nude mice (15-16 weeks old). A fragment (1 mm3) of human LS174T colon carcinoma tissue was implanted subcutaneously (s.c.) into the right flank of each test mouse approximately 14-18 days before dosing. The tumor volume was determined by measuring the tumor in two dimensions with calipers and calculated using the formula: tumor volume = (length x width2)/2. Tumor volume was converted to tumor weight assuming 1 mm3 is equal to 1 mg tumor in weight. Treatment was initialized when mean tumor size reached approximately 60-100 mg (Day 1). The animals were sorted into twelve groups. Each group consisted of seven mice with tumor sizes ranging from 62.5-144.0 mg with group mean tumor sizes of 88.6-90.7 mg_ Mice in each group were treated according to the protocol listed in Table 6. All conjugate treatments were administered intravenously by tail vein injection.
Tumor sizes were measured twice a week for the duration of the experiment. At the end of study, tumors from each euthanized mouse were harvested and frozen at ¨80 C.
Table 6. Dosing protocol for efficacy study.' Dose (nig Gr'oup Agent Route Scheduled CPT/kg)b D5 W i.v. Q4D x 3 9 CPT 9 i .p. Q4D x 3 Irinotecau 100f i.p. Qwk x 3 4 HGGG6 9 i.v. Q4D x 3 5 HGGG6 4.5 i.v. Q4D x 3 6 LGGG10 36 i _v. Q4D x 3 7 LGGG10 18 i.v. Q4D x 3 8 LGGG10 9 i.v. Q4D x 3 9 11G6 9 i.v. Q4D x 3 11G6 4.5 i.v. Q4D x 3 11 HGGGIO 9 i.v. Q4D x 3 12 HGGGIO 4.5 i.v. Q4D x.3 a Seven mice were used in each group b Doses are equivalent of CPT except for group 3 i.p. = intraperitoneal, i.v. = intravenous d Administration schedules were abbreviated as: Q4D x 3 = three injection with 5 four-day intervals, Qwk x 3 = three injection with one-week interval, first dose was initialized on day 1 for all groups.
The scheduled third dose was not given due to the emerging toxicity 100 mg irinotecan/kg Each animal was euthanized .when tumor weight reached the predetermined endpoint size (1,500 mg). The time-to-endpoint (TTE) for each mouse was calculated from the equation: ITE, = (log(endpoint-b))/m, where b and m are the intercept and the slope, respectively, of the line obtained by linear regression of a log-transformed tumor growth data set comprised of the first observation that exceeded the study endpoint volume and the three consecutive observations that immediately preceded the attainment of the endpoint volume. Animals that do not reach the endpoint were assigned a 11'E, value equal to the last day of the study (114 days). Animals classified as treatment-related deaths (Ttt.) were assigned a 1TE.
value equal to the day of death. Animals classified as non-treatment-related death (NTR) are excluded from TIE calculations. Tumor growth delay (TGD), defined as the increase in the median time to endpoint (TTE) in a treatment group compared to the control group, was one parameter investigated to evaluate treatment efficacy.
TGD is calculated as the difference between the median TTE for a treatment group and the median TIE of the control group (TGD = T - C) and is expressed in days, and as a percentage of the median FIE of the control group; %TGD = (T-C)/C
where T is equal to median TTE for a treatment groups and C is equal to median 1TE for the control, Group 1.
Toxicity. Animals were weighed daily on Days 1-5, then twice weekly thereafter. Mice were examined frequently for overt signs of any adverse, drug-related side effects. Acceptable toxicity for cancer drugs in mice is defined by the NCI as a group mean body-weight loss of less than 20% during the study, and not.
more than one toxic death among seven treated animals.
Results for this efficacy study that include median ap, values, median tumor burden on day 114, treatment response and deaths are summarized in Table 7.
Table 7.
Median NThei Median Tumor P vs P vs Group ______________ T-Cb c/oTGDc NNTRI
1-lha Burden in D5W1' CPT' NEug mg (Nsci) 1 34.9 -(0) 0/1/6 2 5L4 16.5 47% -(0) 2/0/5 0.2128 -3 68.7 33.8 97% 1152(3) 0/0/4 0.0002 0.0253 4 114.0 79.1 227% 256 (5) 1/0/1 0.0040 0.0115 5 65.6 30.7 88% 566 (2) 0/1/4 0.0046 0.1369 6 100.0 65.1 187% 666 (3) 4/0/0 0.0272 0.0289 7 75.6 40.7 117% 221 (3) 0/0/4 0.0018 0.0601 8 63.2 28.3 81% 700(1) 1/0/5 0.0006 0.1064 9 114.0 79.1 227% 394 (4) 0/0/3 0.0002 0.0028 10 74.2 39.3 113% 668(2) 1/1/3 0.0016 0.0673 11 114.0 79.1 227% 500 (5) 1/0/1 0.0040 0.0050 12 78.0 43.1 123% 1010 (2) 0/0/6 0.0006 0.0392 a 1-11, = Time (Days) to endpoint (1500 mg) b T-C =-- Difference between TTE (Days) of treated versus control group %TGD = [(T-C)/C]
d Mice surviving e NTR = Number of treatment-related death fNNTR = Number of non-treatment-related death g NEu = Number of mice euthanized after reaching endpoint h P value versus the D5V%i treatment group (Group 1) P value versus the CPT treatment group (Group 2) One NTR death on day 72 was observed in the control animals freated with D5W. Tumors in the other six control mice grew to the 1500 mg endpoint size, yielding a median 1-11, of 34.9 days (Table 7).
Two treatment-related deaths were reported on Day 9 for CPT at 9 mg/kg. Thus, CPT must be considered to be toxic at this dose in this experiment. The median TTE
for this group was 51.4 days, corresponding to a 16.5 day T-C and a 47% TGD, relative to untreated control. mice (not significant). No animal in Group 2 survived to Day 114.
Group 3 received irinotecan i.p. at 100 mg/kg (Qwk x 3). The median TTE for Group 3 was 68.7 days, corresponding to a significant 33.8 day T¨C and a 97%
TGD, relative to control mice (P <0.01). Three animals survived to Day 114 with a median tumor burden of 1,152 mg. No regressions were recorded.
Groups 4 and 5 received HGGG6 i.v. Q4D x 3 at 9 and 4.5 mg CPT/kg, respectively. One treatment-related death was observed on Day 16 in Group 4, and one NTR death was recorded on Day 37 in Group 5. The median TTE for Group 4 was 114 days, the maximum possible value in this study. This TTE value corresponds to a significant 79.1 day T¨C and a 227% TGD, relative to control (P <
0.01). Tumors in five mice of Group 4 did not reach the 1,500 mg endpoint.
These five mice had a median tumor burden of 256 mg on Day 114. The median TTE for Group 5 was 65.6 days, and corresponds to a significant 30.7 day T¨C and an 88%
TGD, relative to control (P < 0.01).
Groups 6-8 were treated with LGGG10 i.v. Q4D x 3 at 36, 18, and 9 mg CPT/kg, respectively. Although no death was observed in MTD study using this conjugate in non-tumor bearing mice at 36 mg CPT/kg (Table 5), four treatment-related deaths were recorded in Group 6 when tumor-bearing mice were given at this dose, two on Day 16 and one each on Days 75 and 100. These results indicate that 36 mg CPT/kg is probably over the MTD of LGGG10. As shown in Table 5, no significant body weight loss was recorded in the MTD study when the mice were dosed at 18 mg CPT/Icg, indicating that this dose is below the MTD. Therefore, the MTD of LGGG10 lies somewhere between 18 to 36 mg CPT/kg. The median TTE
for Group 7 (18 mg CPT/kg) was 75.6 days. This 1.-1E value corresponds to a significant 40.7 day T¨C and a 117% TGD, relative to control mice (P < 0.01).
Three mice in this group had a median tumor burden of 221 mg on Day 114. One late TR death was recorded on Day 103 in Group 8 (9 mg CPT/kg). The median 'FIFE for Group 8 was 63.2 days. This TTE value corresponds to a significant 28.3 day T¨C and an 81% TGD, relative to untreated control mice (P < 0.01). The remaining mouse in this group had a tumor burden of 700 mg on Day 114.
Groups 9 and 10 were dosed with 11G6 i.v. Q4D x 3 at 9 and 4.5 mg CPT/kg, respectively. One FR and one NTR death were recorded in Group 10 on Days 47 and 84, respectively. The median TTE for Group 9 was the maximum, 114 days.
This TTE value corresponds to a significant 79.1 day T¨C and a 227% TGD, relative to untreated control mice p < 0.01). Four mice in Group 9 had a median tumor burden of 394 mg on Day 114. The median TUE for Group 10 was 74.2 days.
This F1L, value corresponds to a significant 39.3 day T¨C and a 113% TGD, relative to control mice (P < 0.01). The remaining two mice in Group 10 had a median tumor burden of 668 mg on Day 114.
Groups 11 and 12 were dosed with HGGG10 i.v. Q4D x 3 at 9 and 4.5 mg CPT/kg, respectively. One treatment-related death was recorded on Day 16 in Group 11. The median TTE for Groups 11 and 12 were 114 days and 78 days, respectively.
The TTE value for Group 11 corresponds to a significant 79.1 day T¨C and a 227%
TGD, relative to control mice (F < 0.01). Tumors in five mice in Group 11 did not reach the endpoint; these five mice had a median tumor burden of 500 mg on Day 114. The TTE value of Group 12 corresponds to a significant 43.1 day T¨C and a 123% TGD, relative to control mice (P < 0.01). The remaining two mice in this group had a median tumor burden of 1,010 mg on Day 114.
The tumor growth curve as a function of time for the D5W, CPT, irinotecan, LGGG10 at its highest non-toxic dose tested (18 mg CPT/kg), and the other three conjugates with high MW polymer (HGGG6, 11G6, HGGG10) at their MTDs are shown in Figure 8. The three high MW conjugates administered at their MTDs =
displayed more prolonged tumor growth inhibition compared to D5W, CPT and irinotecan. The median tumor growth curves for HGGG6, HG6 and HGGGIO that are illustrated in Figure 9 show that there is a distinct dose response for all three of these polymers when dosed as their MTD and at half of their MTD. The medium tumor growth curves for ILGGG10 and EIGGG10 each dosed at 9 mg CPT/kg as =
illustrated in Figure 10 demonstrate that high MW polymer-drug conjugate has greater antitumor effect when compared to the low MW conjugates presumably due to the enhanced accumulation (EPR effect) and reduced renal clearance.
Mean Body Weight Loss of Mice. Mean body weight (MBW) losses as a function of time are plotted for D5W, CPT, irinotecan and the three conjugates containing high MW polymer at their MTDs (Fig. 11). Maximum MBW losses observed in Group 2 (CPT) and the two conjugates with the triglycine linker dosed at their MTDs (Groups 4 and 11) were 13.1%, 18.3%, and 12.6%, respectively.
Maximum MBW loss of IIG6 (3.4%), the only conjugate with a glycine linker, was similar to the maximum MBW loss recorded for irinotecan (5.0%). Negligible (<5%) maximum group mean body-weight losses were recorded in all the other treatment groups and in the D5W. group. Mean body weight returned to baseline levels for all treatment groups following cessation of therapy.
D Correlation of Tumor size of enthanized mouse and the CPT concentration in corresponding tumor.
Each tumor harvested from mice at the completion of the LS1 74t xenog,raft mouse study was thawed and placed in a 2 ml lysis tube (Lysing Matrix D, Qbiogen). 300 1L of lysis reagent (Cellytic ¨MT Mommalian Tissue Lysis/Extraction reagent) was added to each tube. The tissue was homogenized on a FastPrep FP12 homogenizer (Qbiogen) at 5 m/s for 40 sec. Homogenization was repeated six times with a 10 min interval between successive homogenization.
The homogenized solution was centrifuged at 14000g forl 5 mm at 10 C. 90 p.L of the solution was syringed out to which 10 1.t.L IN NaOH was added. An aliquot of iL Me014 was added to this solution after allowing the homogenized solution to stand for 2h at room temperature. The solution was centrifuged for 15 mm at g. The supernatant (270 u.L) was mixed with 30 uL 1N HC1 and injected into an HPLC for analysis. The correlation of CPT concentration (ng/mg tissue) to tumor size (in mg) is illustrated in Figure 12. CPT concentration was inversely correlated =
to tumor size.
Example 45: Synthesis of Poly(CDDC-PEG)-Amphotericin B 52 via amide linker Scheme LII
AmE1 funt3 n 2. AmB
Poly(CDDC-PEG) (788 mg) and 1,1'-carbonyl diimidazole (CDI, 1.45 g, 50 eq.) were stirred in anhydrous DMSO (10 mL) in the presence of DMAP (429 mg, eq) for 16 h. Ether (200 mL) was added to the mixture to precipitate poly(CDDC-PEG)-carbonyl-imidazole. The resulting yellow solid was washed with ether 2 x 200 mL and dried under vacuum. The solid was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (15 mL), followed by adding AmB (332 mg, 2 eq) and DMAP (43.0 mg, 20 2eq). The solution was stirred in dark for 48 h and dialyzed in water using 25000 MWCO membrane for 3 days. The solution was then filtered using 0.2 gm filter and lyophilized. A yellow solid (920 mg) 52 was obtained. The wt% of AmB is around 13%.
Example 46: Synthesis of Poly(CDDC-PEG)-Anphotericin B 53 via imine linker 11a104 , 11 DMSO k sasdlo-34..
es "
_fte r co A¨C;) ( I
3 and PEG-DiSPA (1:1 ratio) were dried under vacuum at room temperature.
DMSO (10 mg of 3/mL DMSO) was added to the solid and followed by adding of D1EA (2 eq) to the mixture. Polymer was crashed out with excess ether 5 days later and dialyzed using 25000 MWCO membrane for 48 It. The yield of poly(CDDC-PEG) is 80-95%. The Mw of polymer was determined using GPC to be 70-100 lcDa.
Poly(CDDC-PEG) (1.124g, 0.25 mmol) was dissolved in water (55 naL).
Na104 (0.264g, 5 eq.) was added. The solution was stirred in dark at room temperature for 20 mm and stored at 4 C for 24h in dark. BaCh solution was added (5.05 eq) to the solution to give immediate precipitation of Ba(104)2. The precipitate was filtered. Saturated Na2CO3 solution was added to adjust pH to 11.
Amphotericin B (343mg, 1.5 eq) was then added to solution and stirred at rt in dark for 48h. The pH of solution was maintained to be 11 by adding NaOH (0.1N) throughout the reaction. The solution was dialyzed at 4 C for 48 h using MWCO and lyophilized to give 1.03 g polymer-AmB conjugate 53 as a yellow = powder. The wt% of AmB is determined to be 18 using UV spectrometer at urn.
D. References Additional cyclodextrin-containing polymers that can be modified according to the teachings of the present invention, as well as methods of preparing.
such polymers, are disclosed in U.S. Patents 6,509,323; 7,091,192;
7,375,096; 7,166,302 and 7,018,609.
This solution was added to a lyophilized powder of human plasma to reconstitute 100% human plasma by the recommended amount. The solution was divided into equal volume (250 pL) to 1.5 mL Eppendorf tubes, incubated at 37 C, and stopped at selected time point. Samples were stored at ¨80 C until the analysis.
Samples were separated from plasma by solid phase extraction columns. The solid phase extraction cartridge (Oasis HLB lcc cartridge from Waters) was pre-conditioned with 1 mL of acetonitrile and then with 1 mL of 8.5% H3PO4 before loading.
Samples were acidified with equal volume of 8_5% H3PO4 prior to loading. After the acidified solution was loaded on the cartridge, the bed was washed with 3 x lmL
of water. Released CPT and polymer conjugate were eluted with 3 x 1 mL of a solution mixture of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate buffer (pH 4.1) (60/40 v/v).
The eluted solution was diluted to 5 naL total volume in a 5 mL volumetric flask. 30 pL of such solution was injected into the HPLC. The peak area from the CPT
lactone form was integrated and compared to a standard curve.
=
Release of CPT from HGGG6 and HG6 in PBS containing 4% human plasma (PBS/reconstituted human plasma solution = 96/4 (v/v)), in mouse plasma and in reconstituted human albumin (PBS solution) were performed in a manner =
similar to that described above for pure human plasma.
In PBS (lx, pH 7.4), the half-lives (An) for releasing CPT from HG6 and HGGG6 were 59h and 321i, respectively. The half-lives decreased to 25h and 22h, respectively, in the presence of 4% human plasma, and to 1.7h and 1.6h, respectively, in 100% human plasma ("HP") and 2.6h and 2.2h, respectively, in 100% mouse plasma ("MT"). CPT release rates for both 1HG6 and HGGG6 in the presence of albumin ("Alb") or acetyl cholinesterase ("Ac Cho") were on the same order of magnitude as in PBS. In a buffer solution at a pH lower than PBS (pH
6.1) with or without the enzyme cathepsin B (active at pH 6.1), less than 50% of total conjugated CPT was released from both 11G6 and HGGG6 for times up to 144 h (Table 3).
Table 3. Half-life (tin, in hour) of the release of CPT from EIG6 and IIGGG6a 4% pH 6.1 Cath B
Conjugate PBS", liPd MP' Albf Ac Chog HpC bufferh (pH 6.1)1 1.7 2.6 >144 >144 1IGGG6 32 22 1.6 2.2 73 43 >144 >144 a tip is defined as time (hours) for the release of half of the total conjugated CPT.
Abbreviations: HP means human plasma, MP means mouse plasma.
b pH 7.4 PBS lx. buffer.
c Reconstituted human plasma mixed with PBS (v/v = 4/96). =
d Reconstituted human plasma e Fresh mouse plasma fin reconstituted human albumin PBS buffer g In the presence of acetyl cholinesterase PBS solution (100 units/mL).
Ii pH 6.1 phosphate buffer (0.11\4) pH 6.1 phosphate buffer in the presence of Cathepsin B
Release of CPT in Solution at Different pH. HGGG6 and HG6 were prepared at 1 ing/mL in buffer solution with pHs ranging from acidic (pH =
1.2) to basic (pH = 13.1) and incubated at 37 C for 24h. An aliquot of each solution was diluted with 8.5% H3PO4 to about 100 ,ug/mL. 30 fiL of such solution was injected into HPLC. The peak area from the CPT lactone form was integrated and compared to a standard curve.
The pH of aqueous solution has a significant effect on the CPT release rates from both 11G6 and HGGG6. The amounts of CPT released from 11G6 and HGGG6 at 37 C after 24 h in buffer solutions with pHs ranging from 1.1 to 13.1 are illustrated in Figure 6. The glycinyl-CPT ester bonds of both 11G6 and were very stable in acidic pH (1.1 to 6.4) as less than 7% of CPT were released in 24 h.
/C50 via MTT Assay The human ovarian carcinoma A2780 cell line was obtained from the European Collection of Cell Cultures (Salisbury, Wiltshire, UK.).
The human colorectal adenocarcinoma HT29, human prostate carcinoma PC-3, and human colonic adeoncarcinoma LS174T cell lines were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD). Cells were seeded in 96-well plates at 5000 cells/well and grown in medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum at 37 C
for 24 h in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere. The medium was replaced with fresh medium containing CPT, 36e, HGGG6 or 11G6 in concentrations ranging from 1 nM to 10 ,uM of CPT and 36e (CPT equivalent for HGGG6 and HG6). At each concentration three wells per plate were treated. The effect of the compounds on cell growth was measured by the MTT assay after 72 h. The medium was removed, the cells were rinsed with PBS, MTT solution was added at a concentration of 0.5 mg/mL, and the plates were incubated for 4 h at 37 C. The medium was removed and the formazan crystals were solubilized in DMSO. Absorbance was measured at 560 nin using a SPECTRAFluor Plus plate reader (Tecan, Durham, NC). The percentage of cell survival was calculated relative to untreated cells, and /C50's were determined from plots of dose versus cell survival. IC50 data of CPT, 36e, HGGG6 =
or 11G6 are listed in Table 4.
Table 4. IC50 of CPT, unconjugated polymer 36e and CPT conjugates HG6 and _ HGGG6 in various cell lines Cell Line 36e (uM) CPT (pM) 11G6 (uM) HGGG6 (,uM) LS174T >300 0.005 0.050 0.010 HT29 300 0.020 0.050 0.030 A2780 100 0.007 0.025 0.020 PC3 >300 0.075 0.25 0.15 Example 29: Poly-CD-BisCys-Peg3400-Ala-CPT 37 36e (54 mg, 0.012 mmol of repeat unit) was dissolved in dry DMSO (226 mL) and stirred for 10 minutes. TFA-Ala-CPT which is prepared similar to 11 (15 mg, 0.028 mmol, 2.36 eq), DIEA (4.88 mL, 0.028 mmol, 2.36 eq), DCC (24.52 mg, 0.12 mmol, 10 eq), and NHS (13.6 mg, 0.12 mmol, 10 eq) were added to the polymer solution. The mixture was stirred for about 16 hours. The polymer was precipitated with ether (40 inL) and washed with ether (2 x 30 mL) and with CH3CN (2 x 10 mL). It was then redissolved in pH 4 aqueous solution (10 mL) and dialyzed at room temperature for 48h using 25,000 MWCO membrane. The solution was then passed through a sterilized 0.2 um filter and then lyophilized.to yield 37(46 mg, 85%).
Weight percent of drug loading was calculated to be 5.5% using HPLC equipped with a fluorescence detector after releasing CPT from 37 using base. Free CPT
in 37 is <1%.
Example 30: Poly-CD-BisCys-Peg3400-Leu-CPT 38 36e (54 mg, 0.012 mmol of repeat unit) was dissolved in dry DMSO (226 mL) and stirred for 10 minutes. 11,A.-Leu-CPT which is prepared similar to 11 (16 mg, 0.028 mmol, 2.36 eq), DIEA (4.88 mL, 0.028 mmol, 2.36 eq), DCC (24.52 mg, 0.12 mmol, 10 eq), and NHS (13.6 mg, 0.12 mmol, 10 eq) were added to the polymer solution. The mixture was stirred for about 16 hours. The polymer was precipitated with ether (40 mL) and washed with ether (2 x 30 mL) and with CH3CN (2 x 10 mL). It was then redissolved in pH 4 aqueous solution (10 mL) and dialyzed at room temperature for 48 h using 25,000 MWCO membrane. The solution was then passed through a sterilized 0.2 1.im filter and then lyophilized to yield 38 (42 mg, 78%).
Weight percent of drug loading was calculated to be 5.0% using HPLC equipped with a fluorescence detector after releasing CPT from 38 using base. Free CPT
in 38 is < 1%.
Example 31: Synthesis of CD-BisCys-BisPeg-FITC 39 Scheme )0CXX
.74- FluorNe1Ssccn-Pcg5k -NHSHprl)0O DlEA
Olt COOH HOOC
01 40 dr-OH HO .11611. 0 0 =
=.
4 (25 mg, 0.0186 mmol) and FITC-Peg5000-NHS (Shearwater, 186 mg, 0.0373 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMSO (2 mL). DIEA (0.0094 mL, 0.056 mmol, 3 eq) was added to the mixture. The mixture was kept in dark and stirred for 24 hours. Water (10 mL) was then added and the solution was dialyzed in dark using 10,000 MWCO for about 48 hours. After lyophilization a yellow polymer 39 was obtained. Polymer was characterized by MS and Ili NMR.
Example 32: Synthesis of Bis-suecinimidyl succinatePeg3400 (Bis-SS-PEG) (40a) and biodegradable CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400 (40b) and its CPT conjugate 41 Scheme =XI
=
=
-S S
OH )m 0 40a 0 rr Gly-CPT
_________________________________________________________________________ )1.
HO 0 0 014 40b o ===,õ o CPT-01y0 0 Gly-CPT
Degradabk.ler bond linkage A 100 mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a septum - 5 was charged with 10 g (2.99 mmol) of polyethylene glycol Mw 3350, 2.0 g (20 mmol) of succinic anhydride and 50 mL of anhydrous pyridine. After stirring the solution at 50 C for 16 h, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporator. The residue was redissolved in 30 mL of water and extracted with 10 mL of chloroform three times. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The solvent was then concentrated and precipitated out in diethyl ether. This resulted in 9.6 g of bis-succinimidyl Peg3400 at a yield of 90.6%. The product was analyzed by reverse-phase columned High Performance Liquid Chromatography.
A 100 mL round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar and a septum was charged with 2 g (0.56 mmol) of bis-suecinimidyl Peg3400 and 10 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane. To this solution was added 0.324 g (2.82 mmol) of N-hydroxyl succinimide. The solution mixture was then cooled in an ice bath and added 0.58 g (2.82 mmol) of 1,3-diuclohexylcarbodiimide. After leaving at room temperature for 24 h, the solution was filtered and precipitated out in 150 mL
of diethyl ether. Dissolution in 10 mL dichloromethane and precipitation in diethyl ether was repeated two times. This afforded 1.74 g (82_9 %) of Bis-SS-PEG 40a.
It was analyzed by reverse-phase columned High Performance Liquid Chromatography.
CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400 Polymer 40b A 50-mL pearl shaped flask was charged with 100 mg (0.0746 mmol) of 4 and 254 mg (0.0746 mmol) of 40a. The combined solids were dried under vacuum for 24 hours before the addition of lmL of anhydrous DMSO and 2.2 equivalents (0.164 mmol) of DIEA. The solution mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days and then precipitated out in diethyl ether. This yielded 100% of 40b.
Molecular weight was analyzed on a Hitachi HPLC system equipped with an Anspec RI
detector, a Precision Detectors DLS detector, and a ProgeI-TSK G3000pwxL
column using 0.1 M PBS as eluant at a 0.7 mLmin-1 flow rate. M = 93,000, Mn = 61,000 and M/Mr, = 1.5.
CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400-G1yG1yGly-CPT conjugate 41 40b (201.8 mg, 0.044 mmol of repeat unit), TFA-GlyGlyGly-CPT 12 (66 mg, 0.105 mmol, 2.36 eq), EDC (25.5 mg, 0.133 mmol, 3 eq), and NHS (11 mg, 0.0977 mmol, 2.2 eq) were dissolved in dry DMSO (6 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes.
DIEA (19 !IL, 0.105 mmol, 2.36 eq), added to the polymer solution. The mixture was stirred for about 41 hours. The polymer was crashed out with diethyl ether (250 mL) and washed with acetonitrile (3x25 mL). It was then re-dissolved in pH 4 water (10mg/mL) and dialyzed at room temperature for 24 hours using 10,000 MWCO membrane. The solution was then passed through a sterilized 0.2 p.m filter and then lyophilized to yield 41 (128 mg, 52%). Weight percent of drug loading was calculated to be 6.95% using HPLC equipped with a fluorescence detector after releasing CPT from 41 using base..
Hydrolysis of 41 was set up in human plasma (100% solution) at lmg/mL.
Aliquot solutions (100 pL) were placed in 1.5mL eppendorf tubes and incubated in 37 C water bath. Then, the samples were acidified with 100 pL of 8.5% H3PO4 and loaded on pre-conditioned solid phase extraction cartridge. It was eluted with 60:40 (v/v) acetonitrile: K112PO4 buffer. Free CPT (lactone form) was analyzed on HPLC/Fluorescence detector using acetonitrile/ KH2PO4 buffer. Half-life was determined to be 3 h.
Degradation of CD-BisCys-SS-Peg3400 Polymer 40b 50mg/mL of 40b solution was prepared in human plasma reconstituted in PBS (pH 7.4) solution. 100 pL aliquots were incubated at 37 C. Each sample tube _ was taken out at a specific time point and crashed out in 9004 cold methanol.
The solution was centrifuged and the supernatant was analyzed on a 1-1PLC/ELS
detector.
The resulting spectrum is shown in Figure 7.
Methods for increasing drug weight percent loading Method I. Synthesis of CD-BisC'ys-Peg Copolymer with a short Peg linkage and its GlyCPT conjugate Example 33: Synthesis of CD-BisCys-Peg (short PEG, e.g., Peg200-Peg2000) and its CPT Conjugate 42 Scheme XXXXII
= - H
n' -0 Yj 0 =
O/
=
N
. 110 Synthesis of polymer and drug conjugate 42 are same as 36, 37, and 38 in Example 28. =
_._ .
Method II. Synthesis of CD-Biscps-Peg Copolymer with multiple drug molecules on each loading site.
Example 34: Synthesis of CD-BisCys-Peg and its GluBis(GlyCPT) Conjugate 43.
= 5 Scheme XXXXIII
eHs W H
=s'''/\,o /
m n /
./.o 0/õ,-,. 0 Oil. r Oil. r 23 PEG Mw =3400 =--.. N ---, N
2 CPT per CD =
Maximum drug loading 13.4 %
N/ \ N/ \
4110' 0 0 o o o o o o =-=., --,,, ------ PEG Mw =3400 4 CPT per CD
Maximum drug loading 25 %
UN MN HN UN
--, N -.-._ N --=-- N --... N
N'" N/ \ N'" U"" =
-0 * * *
36 and Glu-Bis(Gly-CPT) 17 are dissolved in DMSO. EDC (3 eq), NHS (22 eq), and DIEA (2.2 eq) are added to the solution. CD-BisCys-Peg-GluBis(GlyCPT) 43 is precipitated with CH3CN and washed with the same solvent until no free drug is detected using UV or TLC. 43 is dried under high vacuum.
Example 35: Synthesis of PEI-CD-CPT conjugate 44 (Branched CD-Polymer with CPT conjugates) = 119 A: Synthesis of branched PEI-cyclodextrin polymer Scheme =OCR/
NH
NH, H\
=
NH NR, FIN
NH HIV
Tosyl NH is1112 FIN NH NI-I, NH
NH
NH
PEI (29 mg, Aldrich Mw 25,000) was dissolved in dry DMSO (2 In.L).
Cyclodextrin monotosylate (448 mg, Cyclodextrin Technologies Development, Inc.) was added to the solution under N2. The cloudy solution turned clear after the mixture was stirred at 70 C for about 1 hour. The solution turned slightly yellow after 48 hours at such temperature under N2.
Thesolution was transferred to a Spectra/Por MWCO 10,000 membrane and dialyzed against water for 4 days. Water was then removed by lyophilization. A
white powder was obtained (120-140 mg) after the solution was lyophilized.
Cyclodextrin/PEI ratio was calculated based on the proton integration of III
NMR.
B: Synthesis of branched PEI-CD-CPT conjugate Scheme XXXXV
\17 UN IN
V17 .
NilUN NT!
- ( _____________________________________ >¨ ._1(-)L
Nil LIIII.kµrj'P. " ZUII 1'11111, ?NH .
= 0 01 LII
111i Nil 11,14 o PEI-CD and Suc-Gly-CPT 15 (1.0 eq) are dissolved in DMSO. EDC (3 eq), NHS (2.2 eq), and DIEA (1 eq) are added to the solution. PEI-CD-Gly-CPT 44 is precipitated with ether, washed extensively with this solvent, and dried under high vacuum.
Example 36: Synthesis of Ad-PE03400-Ad 45 Scheme XXXXVI
NI-12 + N-0-C-CH,-CH2---0-PEG3406-0-CH2-CH2-C-0 --N - -0 = 0 N¨C¨CH2-CH2-0¨PEG3400-0¨CH2-CH2¨C¨N
240 mg of 1-aminoadamantane (1.60 rnmol, Aldrich) and 272 mg of 15 PEG3400(SPA)2 (0.080 mmol, Shearwater Polymers) was added to a glass vial equipped with a stirbar. To this was added 5 mL of dichloromethane, and the solution was stirred overnight. The next day, the solution was filtered to remove the n-hydroxysuccinimide byproduct and the dichloromethane was removed in vacuo.
The residue was dissolved in water and centrifuged to remove excess 1-aminoadamantane. The supernatant was then dialyzed overnight in Pierce's Slide--A-Lyzer with MWC0-3500: The solution was then lyophilized to afford 248 mg of a white fluffy solid of Ad-PEG3400-Ad 45.
Example 37: Synthesis of DiCyclodextrin PEG 46 362 mg of CD-NH2 (0_32 mmol, Cyclodextrin Technology, Inc.) and 436 mg of PEG3400(SPA)2 (0.128 mmol, Shearwater Polymers) were added to a glass vial equipped with a stirbar. To this vial was added 4.36 mL of DMSO, and the solution was stirred for 72 hrs. The solution was dialyzed using 2000 MWCO membrane for 4 days in water. 46 (603 mg, 86%) was obtained as a white powder after lyophilization.
Example 38: Synthesis of Inclusion polymer 47 using DiAD-Peg 45 and DiCD-46 (54.6 mg, 0.01 mmol) and 45 (34 mg, 0.01 mmol) were mixed in water (0.27 mL) and stirred for overnight. The solution is very viscous. Polymer 47 was crashed out with ether and dried under vacuum Example 39: Synthesis of Inclusion Polymer CPT-Conjugate 48 between DiCD-PEG 46 and a CPT-Di-AD compound Synthesis of diadamantane crosslinker: Bis-(2(1-adamantypethyl)phosphate (Zhang et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc1997, 119, 1676-1681) Scheme )oomill 10 0 4- Pyridine 0 0 le 0 Anhydrous pyridine (10 mL, Aldrich, Milwaukee, WI) was cooled in an ice bath and methyl dichlorophosphate (1.488 g, 10 mmol, Aldrich, Milwaukee, WI) was added dropwise. The mixture was kept cold for a further 15 mm. During this period a precipitate of N-methylpyridinium dichlorophosphate formed. 1-. Adamantane ethanol (4.758 g, 26.4 mmol, Aldrich, Milwaukee, WI) was added, and the sealed mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. It was then poured into 10% NaHCO3 solution (50 "IQ and the pyridine was evaporated under vacuum.
The slightly yellow solid was dissolved in 1 L of water and extracted with ether (three 150 la portions). The aqueous phase was acidified with 2 N HCI to pH 1, and then extracted with three 150 mL portions of CHC13:n-BuOH (7:3). The combined organic layer (ether and CHC13:n-BuOH) was washed with water and a slightly yellow precipitate was formed in the mixed solvents, at which point the solvents were evaporated under vacuum. A slightly yellow solid was formed and was recrystallized from acetone/hexane. The solid was dried under vacuum, yield 60 %.
Scheme =Mil o'"No ) ________________________________________ 10 OH
= pi \ 0 Bis-(2(1-adamantyl)ethyl)phosphate and 11 are mixed in DMSO. EDC (3 eq), NHS (2.2 eq), and DIEA (1 eq) are added to the solution. Solution is stirred under argon for 16 hours. Bis-(2(1-adamantypethyl)phosphate-Gly-CPT is precipitated with ether, washed extensively with this solvent, and dried under high vacuum. This compound and Di-CD-PEG 46 are mixed in DMSO to form inclusion polymer-CPT conjugate 48.
Example 40: Synthesis of AD-Peg-Folate 49 The following procedure is the synthesis of AD-Peg5000-Folate. This method can be adapted for the synthesis of any Guest molecule-Linker-Ligand tri-component molecules.
I. Synthesis of AD-Peg-NH, 266 mg of FM0C-PEG5000-NHS (78.2 Imo!, Shearwater Polymers, Huntsville AL) were added to a glass vial equipped with a magnetic stirbar. 10 eq.
of 1-adamantane-methylamine (1.5 mmol, Aldrich) dissolved in 3 mL of dichloromethane were then added and the solution stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo and water was added to the remaining solution to dissolve the PEG product. The solution was centrifuged at 20K rcf for 10 minutes, whereupon the adamantane-methylamine phase-separated as a denser liquid. The aqueous portion was collected and water removed in vacuo.
The remaining viscous liquid was redissolved in 20% piperidine in DMF for FMOC
deprotection and stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo, washed several times with MAP, redissolved in water, and run on an anionic exchange column to remove unreacted PEG. The first fractions were collected and lyophilized to yield 222 mg of a white, fluffy powder (76%
yield) of the desired product which was confirmed by MALDI-TOF analysis.
2. Synthesis of N-HYdravsuccinimide-folate (1VHS-Jblate) Scheme )00=
011 11,N N
DCC/NHS N
14;:rIN.,)= 0 - 011 0 it NHS-folate is synthesized according to the method of Lee and Low (Lee, R.
.1; Low, P. S. J Biol. Chem. 1994, 269, 3198-3204). Folic acid (5 g, 11.3 mmol;
124 =
Sigma) is dissolved in DMSO (100 ml) and triethylamine (2.5 ml) and reacted with N-hydroxysuccinimide (2.6 g, 22.6 mrnol) and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (4.7 g, 22.7 minol) over-night at room temperature. The solution is filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. NHS-folate is precipitated using diethyl ether (yellow-orange precipitate), and washed 2-3 times in anhydrous ether, dried under vacuum, and stored at ¨20 C.
3. AD-Feg5000-Folate Scheme L
N
IN 111_2-o -AD-UII, -r 0 0 0 on =
AD-Peg5000-NH2 and NHS-Folate are mixed at 1:1 eq. in DMSO solution.
DIEA (2 eq) is added. The mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for overnight. The DMSO solution is then dialyzed against 3500 MWCO (Spectra/For 7) membrane for 48 hours. AD-Peg5000-Folate 49 is obtained after lyophilization.
Example 41: Formulation of the AD-Peg-Folate and a CD-Polymer-CPT conjugate A typical procedure: A CD-polymer CPT conjugate is dissolved in a D5W buffer.
A D5W solution containing 0.1-I eq (mols of repeat unit) of AD-Peg-Folate solution -is added to polymer solution. Particle sizes of polymer are measured before and after adding of AD-Peg-Folate using light scattering. This solution is used for either in vitro or in vivo test for the analysis of folate targeting effects.
Example 42: Covalent linking a targeting ligand (e.g., folate) to a CD-CPT
polymer conjugate (eg PEI-CD-GlyCPT) 50 Scheme LI
Fr: "ti c" c' _ ¨71 MI HI, NU
-C"
IMI.
LI
:1?-1 PEI-CD-GlyCPT 44 and Folate-NHS (0.1-0.5 eq) are mixed in DMSO and stirred 5 for 24 hours. The polymer is crashed out with ether and washed extensively with this solvent until no free folate molecule can be detected. The resulting CD-polymer-CPT-Folate conjugate 50 is dried under vacuum.
Example 43: Crosslinking of CD-CPT polymer using Ad-Peg-Ad. 51 10 A typical procedure: AD-Peg-AD 45 (0.01-0.1 eq of CD-polymer repeat unit) and CD-polymer CPT conjugate are mixed in a minimum amount of DMSO. The resulting viscous solution is precipitated with ether and dried under vacuum to yield lightly crosslinked polymer 51. 51 should still maintain small particle size in solution, have good water solubility, and have higher molecular weight than parent 15 CD-polymer CPT conjugate.
Example 44: In vivo tests of carnptothecin polymer conjugates HGGG6, LGGG10, HG6, and HGGG10 (Synthesized according to Example 28).
20 A. In Vivo Toxicity and Blood Chemistry Analysis from Dosing With Parent Polymer 36e The toxicity of 36e and its effects on blood chemistry were evaluated in female Charles River nude mice (13-14 weeks old). Four treatment groups of six mice each were treated with a D5W solution of 36e at a dose of 240 mg/kg, 160.
=
mg/kg, 80 mg/kg or D5W alone by i.v. tail vein injection on Days 1, 5, and 9, respectively. Dosing volume was determined based upon a ratio of 200 pl for a 20 g mouse, and was scaled appropriately according to the actual 13W of the mice.
The BWs of the mice were followed daily for the first 5 days and then twice a week, thereafter. Blood samples (150-200 pl) were collected from each mouse by retro-orbital bleeding under isoflourane on Day 12. Samples from three mice in each group were used for complete blood count (CBC) analyses, while blood samples from the remaining three mice in each group were processed for blood chemistry analyses. The study was stopped at Day 23. All mice were euthanized by cardiac puncture under CO2, and blood from each mouse was collected for CBC and blood chemistry analysis in the same manner as on Day 12.
There was no significant difference in BW loss, CBC or blood chemistry data between any of the 36e treated groups and D5W control group throughout the study, and no time dependent effects were observed over 23 days for all the treated groups.
36e was well tolerated by mice at the Maximum dose treated (240 mg/kg).
B. Determination of Maximum Tolerable Dose (MTD) for CDP-CPT
Conjugates.
The MTD was determined using female Charles River nude mice (15-16 weeks old) for 11G6, LGGG10, HGGG10. A 5% (w/v) of dextrose solution (D5W) of the polymer-CPT conjugates was freshly prepared before each injection. Doses for the treatment groups ranged from 2.25 mg CPT/kg to 54 mg CPT/kg. Dosing was administered intravenously (i.v.) by tail vein injection on Days 1, 5, and 9.
The dosing volume was determined based upon a ratio of 200 /al for a 20 g mouse, and . was scaled appropriately according to actual body weight (BW) of the mice.
Three to five mice were used in each treatment group. The BWs of the mice were followed daily for the first 5 days and then twice a week, thereafter. The MTD was defined as the highest administered dose that resulted in a decrease of mean group BW of less than 20% or the highest administered dose that did not result in death of any animal in that group. The maximum mean body weight loss and treatment related deaths for all treated groups are listed in Table 5.
Table 5. Treatment response for the MTD study. Nude mice (n= 3-6) were treated i.v. by tail vein injection.
Agent mg/kga Max %BW loss; Dayb NTR/Nc D5W - -2.5%; Day 3 0/6 36e 240 -2M%; Day 3 0/6 36e 160 -3.5%; Day 13 0/6 36e 80 -2.3%; Day 3 0/6 LGGG10 54 -20.6%; Day 3 3/3 LGGG10 36 -9.3%; Day 13 0/3 LGGG10 415 -0.8%; Day 13 0/5 EIG6 54. -28.5%; Day 3 ` 3/3 HG6 36 -23.9%; Day 3 3/3 11G6 18 -22.1%; Day 3 3/3 11G6 9 -6.1%; Day 9 0/5 .
11G6 4.5 -4.4%; Day 5 0/5 11G6 2.25 -2.9%; Day 9 0/5 HGGG10 54 --- 3/3 , HGGG10 36 -34%; Day 5 3/3 IIGGG10 18 -16%; Day 3 1/3 HGGG10 9 -3.3%; Day 9 0/5 HG,GG10 4_5 -2_5%; Day 9 0/5 a Mg CDP /kg for the CDP polymer and mg CPT/kg for the three conjugates tested. .
b Maximum body weight (BW) loss observed post injection C Number of treatment-related deaths (NTR) to the number of mice treated ('1) The MTD of LGGG10, 111G6, and HGGG10 were determined to be 36 mg CPT/kg, 9 mg CPT/kg, and 9 mg CPT/kg, respectively. Based on the structural =
similarities between HGGG6 and HGGG10, it is expected that the MTD for these two groups are similar. Therefore, the MTD of HGGG6 (not tested) was assumed to be 9 mg CPT/kg.
C. Antitumor Efficacy Study.
The antitumor efficacy study was performed using female Charles River nude mice (15-16 weeks old). A fragment (1 mm3) of human LS174T colon carcinoma tissue was implanted subcutaneously (s.c.) into the right flank of each test mouse approximately 14-18 days before dosing. The tumor volume was determined by measuring the tumor in two dimensions with calipers and calculated using the formula: tumor volume = (length x width2)/2. Tumor volume was converted to tumor weight assuming 1 mm3 is equal to 1 mg tumor in weight. Treatment was initialized when mean tumor size reached approximately 60-100 mg (Day 1). The animals were sorted into twelve groups. Each group consisted of seven mice with tumor sizes ranging from 62.5-144.0 mg with group mean tumor sizes of 88.6-90.7 mg_ Mice in each group were treated according to the protocol listed in Table 6. All conjugate treatments were administered intravenously by tail vein injection.
Tumor sizes were measured twice a week for the duration of the experiment. At the end of study, tumors from each euthanized mouse were harvested and frozen at ¨80 C.
Table 6. Dosing protocol for efficacy study.' Dose (nig Gr'oup Agent Route Scheduled CPT/kg)b D5 W i.v. Q4D x 3 9 CPT 9 i .p. Q4D x 3 Irinotecau 100f i.p. Qwk x 3 4 HGGG6 9 i.v. Q4D x 3 5 HGGG6 4.5 i.v. Q4D x 3 6 LGGG10 36 i _v. Q4D x 3 7 LGGG10 18 i.v. Q4D x 3 8 LGGG10 9 i.v. Q4D x 3 9 11G6 9 i.v. Q4D x 3 11G6 4.5 i.v. Q4D x 3 11 HGGGIO 9 i.v. Q4D x 3 12 HGGGIO 4.5 i.v. Q4D x.3 a Seven mice were used in each group b Doses are equivalent of CPT except for group 3 i.p. = intraperitoneal, i.v. = intravenous d Administration schedules were abbreviated as: Q4D x 3 = three injection with 5 four-day intervals, Qwk x 3 = three injection with one-week interval, first dose was initialized on day 1 for all groups.
The scheduled third dose was not given due to the emerging toxicity 100 mg irinotecan/kg Each animal was euthanized .when tumor weight reached the predetermined endpoint size (1,500 mg). The time-to-endpoint (TTE) for each mouse was calculated from the equation: ITE, = (log(endpoint-b))/m, where b and m are the intercept and the slope, respectively, of the line obtained by linear regression of a log-transformed tumor growth data set comprised of the first observation that exceeded the study endpoint volume and the three consecutive observations that immediately preceded the attainment of the endpoint volume. Animals that do not reach the endpoint were assigned a 11'E, value equal to the last day of the study (114 days). Animals classified as treatment-related deaths (Ttt.) were assigned a 1TE.
value equal to the day of death. Animals classified as non-treatment-related death (NTR) are excluded from TIE calculations. Tumor growth delay (TGD), defined as the increase in the median time to endpoint (TTE) in a treatment group compared to the control group, was one parameter investigated to evaluate treatment efficacy.
TGD is calculated as the difference between the median TTE for a treatment group and the median TIE of the control group (TGD = T - C) and is expressed in days, and as a percentage of the median FIE of the control group; %TGD = (T-C)/C
where T is equal to median TTE for a treatment groups and C is equal to median 1TE for the control, Group 1.
Toxicity. Animals were weighed daily on Days 1-5, then twice weekly thereafter. Mice were examined frequently for overt signs of any adverse, drug-related side effects. Acceptable toxicity for cancer drugs in mice is defined by the NCI as a group mean body-weight loss of less than 20% during the study, and not.
more than one toxic death among seven treated animals.
Results for this efficacy study that include median ap, values, median tumor burden on day 114, treatment response and deaths are summarized in Table 7.
Table 7.
Median NThei Median Tumor P vs P vs Group ______________ T-Cb c/oTGDc NNTRI
1-lha Burden in D5W1' CPT' NEug mg (Nsci) 1 34.9 -(0) 0/1/6 2 5L4 16.5 47% -(0) 2/0/5 0.2128 -3 68.7 33.8 97% 1152(3) 0/0/4 0.0002 0.0253 4 114.0 79.1 227% 256 (5) 1/0/1 0.0040 0.0115 5 65.6 30.7 88% 566 (2) 0/1/4 0.0046 0.1369 6 100.0 65.1 187% 666 (3) 4/0/0 0.0272 0.0289 7 75.6 40.7 117% 221 (3) 0/0/4 0.0018 0.0601 8 63.2 28.3 81% 700(1) 1/0/5 0.0006 0.1064 9 114.0 79.1 227% 394 (4) 0/0/3 0.0002 0.0028 10 74.2 39.3 113% 668(2) 1/1/3 0.0016 0.0673 11 114.0 79.1 227% 500 (5) 1/0/1 0.0040 0.0050 12 78.0 43.1 123% 1010 (2) 0/0/6 0.0006 0.0392 a 1-11, = Time (Days) to endpoint (1500 mg) b T-C =-- Difference between TTE (Days) of treated versus control group %TGD = [(T-C)/C]
d Mice surviving e NTR = Number of treatment-related death fNNTR = Number of non-treatment-related death g NEu = Number of mice euthanized after reaching endpoint h P value versus the D5V%i treatment group (Group 1) P value versus the CPT treatment group (Group 2) One NTR death on day 72 was observed in the control animals freated with D5W. Tumors in the other six control mice grew to the 1500 mg endpoint size, yielding a median 1-11, of 34.9 days (Table 7).
Two treatment-related deaths were reported on Day 9 for CPT at 9 mg/kg. Thus, CPT must be considered to be toxic at this dose in this experiment. The median TTE
for this group was 51.4 days, corresponding to a 16.5 day T-C and a 47% TGD, relative to untreated control. mice (not significant). No animal in Group 2 survived to Day 114.
Group 3 received irinotecan i.p. at 100 mg/kg (Qwk x 3). The median TTE for Group 3 was 68.7 days, corresponding to a significant 33.8 day T¨C and a 97%
TGD, relative to control mice (P <0.01). Three animals survived to Day 114 with a median tumor burden of 1,152 mg. No regressions were recorded.
Groups 4 and 5 received HGGG6 i.v. Q4D x 3 at 9 and 4.5 mg CPT/kg, respectively. One treatment-related death was observed on Day 16 in Group 4, and one NTR death was recorded on Day 37 in Group 5. The median TTE for Group 4 was 114 days, the maximum possible value in this study. This TTE value corresponds to a significant 79.1 day T¨C and a 227% TGD, relative to control (P <
0.01). Tumors in five mice of Group 4 did not reach the 1,500 mg endpoint.
These five mice had a median tumor burden of 256 mg on Day 114. The median TTE for Group 5 was 65.6 days, and corresponds to a significant 30.7 day T¨C and an 88%
TGD, relative to control (P < 0.01).
Groups 6-8 were treated with LGGG10 i.v. Q4D x 3 at 36, 18, and 9 mg CPT/kg, respectively. Although no death was observed in MTD study using this conjugate in non-tumor bearing mice at 36 mg CPT/kg (Table 5), four treatment-related deaths were recorded in Group 6 when tumor-bearing mice were given at this dose, two on Day 16 and one each on Days 75 and 100. These results indicate that 36 mg CPT/kg is probably over the MTD of LGGG10. As shown in Table 5, no significant body weight loss was recorded in the MTD study when the mice were dosed at 18 mg CPT/Icg, indicating that this dose is below the MTD. Therefore, the MTD of LGGG10 lies somewhere between 18 to 36 mg CPT/kg. The median TTE
for Group 7 (18 mg CPT/kg) was 75.6 days. This 1.-1E value corresponds to a significant 40.7 day T¨C and a 117% TGD, relative to control mice (P < 0.01).
Three mice in this group had a median tumor burden of 221 mg on Day 114. One late TR death was recorded on Day 103 in Group 8 (9 mg CPT/kg). The median 'FIFE for Group 8 was 63.2 days. This TTE value corresponds to a significant 28.3 day T¨C and an 81% TGD, relative to untreated control mice (P < 0.01). The remaining mouse in this group had a tumor burden of 700 mg on Day 114.
Groups 9 and 10 were dosed with 11G6 i.v. Q4D x 3 at 9 and 4.5 mg CPT/kg, respectively. One FR and one NTR death were recorded in Group 10 on Days 47 and 84, respectively. The median TTE for Group 9 was the maximum, 114 days.
This TTE value corresponds to a significant 79.1 day T¨C and a 227% TGD, relative to untreated control mice p < 0.01). Four mice in Group 9 had a median tumor burden of 394 mg on Day 114. The median TUE for Group 10 was 74.2 days.
This F1L, value corresponds to a significant 39.3 day T¨C and a 113% TGD, relative to control mice (P < 0.01). The remaining two mice in Group 10 had a median tumor burden of 668 mg on Day 114.
Groups 11 and 12 were dosed with HGGG10 i.v. Q4D x 3 at 9 and 4.5 mg CPT/kg, respectively. One treatment-related death was recorded on Day 16 in Group 11. The median TTE for Groups 11 and 12 were 114 days and 78 days, respectively.
The TTE value for Group 11 corresponds to a significant 79.1 day T¨C and a 227%
TGD, relative to control mice (F < 0.01). Tumors in five mice in Group 11 did not reach the endpoint; these five mice had a median tumor burden of 500 mg on Day 114. The TTE value of Group 12 corresponds to a significant 43.1 day T¨C and a 123% TGD, relative to control mice (P < 0.01). The remaining two mice in this group had a median tumor burden of 1,010 mg on Day 114.
The tumor growth curve as a function of time for the D5W, CPT, irinotecan, LGGG10 at its highest non-toxic dose tested (18 mg CPT/kg), and the other three conjugates with high MW polymer (HGGG6, 11G6, HGGG10) at their MTDs are shown in Figure 8. The three high MW conjugates administered at their MTDs =
displayed more prolonged tumor growth inhibition compared to D5W, CPT and irinotecan. The median tumor growth curves for HGGG6, HG6 and HGGGIO that are illustrated in Figure 9 show that there is a distinct dose response for all three of these polymers when dosed as their MTD and at half of their MTD. The medium tumor growth curves for ILGGG10 and EIGGG10 each dosed at 9 mg CPT/kg as =
illustrated in Figure 10 demonstrate that high MW polymer-drug conjugate has greater antitumor effect when compared to the low MW conjugates presumably due to the enhanced accumulation (EPR effect) and reduced renal clearance.
Mean Body Weight Loss of Mice. Mean body weight (MBW) losses as a function of time are plotted for D5W, CPT, irinotecan and the three conjugates containing high MW polymer at their MTDs (Fig. 11). Maximum MBW losses observed in Group 2 (CPT) and the two conjugates with the triglycine linker dosed at their MTDs (Groups 4 and 11) were 13.1%, 18.3%, and 12.6%, respectively.
Maximum MBW loss of IIG6 (3.4%), the only conjugate with a glycine linker, was similar to the maximum MBW loss recorded for irinotecan (5.0%). Negligible (<5%) maximum group mean body-weight losses were recorded in all the other treatment groups and in the D5W. group. Mean body weight returned to baseline levels for all treatment groups following cessation of therapy.
D Correlation of Tumor size of enthanized mouse and the CPT concentration in corresponding tumor.
Each tumor harvested from mice at the completion of the LS1 74t xenog,raft mouse study was thawed and placed in a 2 ml lysis tube (Lysing Matrix D, Qbiogen). 300 1L of lysis reagent (Cellytic ¨MT Mommalian Tissue Lysis/Extraction reagent) was added to each tube. The tissue was homogenized on a FastPrep FP12 homogenizer (Qbiogen) at 5 m/s for 40 sec. Homogenization was repeated six times with a 10 min interval between successive homogenization.
The homogenized solution was centrifuged at 14000g forl 5 mm at 10 C. 90 p.L of the solution was syringed out to which 10 1.t.L IN NaOH was added. An aliquot of iL Me014 was added to this solution after allowing the homogenized solution to stand for 2h at room temperature. The solution was centrifuged for 15 mm at g. The supernatant (270 u.L) was mixed with 30 uL 1N HC1 and injected into an HPLC for analysis. The correlation of CPT concentration (ng/mg tissue) to tumor size (in mg) is illustrated in Figure 12. CPT concentration was inversely correlated =
to tumor size.
Example 45: Synthesis of Poly(CDDC-PEG)-Amphotericin B 52 via amide linker Scheme LII
AmE1 funt3 n 2. AmB
Poly(CDDC-PEG) (788 mg) and 1,1'-carbonyl diimidazole (CDI, 1.45 g, 50 eq.) were stirred in anhydrous DMSO (10 mL) in the presence of DMAP (429 mg, eq) for 16 h. Ether (200 mL) was added to the mixture to precipitate poly(CDDC-PEG)-carbonyl-imidazole. The resulting yellow solid was washed with ether 2 x 200 mL and dried under vacuum. The solid was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (15 mL), followed by adding AmB (332 mg, 2 eq) and DMAP (43.0 mg, 20 2eq). The solution was stirred in dark for 48 h and dialyzed in water using 25000 MWCO membrane for 3 days. The solution was then filtered using 0.2 gm filter and lyophilized. A yellow solid (920 mg) 52 was obtained. The wt% of AmB is around 13%.
Example 46: Synthesis of Poly(CDDC-PEG)-Anphotericin B 53 via imine linker 11a104 , 11 DMSO k sasdlo-34..
es "
_fte r co A¨C;) ( I
3 and PEG-DiSPA (1:1 ratio) were dried under vacuum at room temperature.
DMSO (10 mg of 3/mL DMSO) was added to the solid and followed by adding of D1EA (2 eq) to the mixture. Polymer was crashed out with excess ether 5 days later and dialyzed using 25000 MWCO membrane for 48 It. The yield of poly(CDDC-PEG) is 80-95%. The Mw of polymer was determined using GPC to be 70-100 lcDa.
Poly(CDDC-PEG) (1.124g, 0.25 mmol) was dissolved in water (55 naL).
Na104 (0.264g, 5 eq.) was added. The solution was stirred in dark at room temperature for 20 mm and stored at 4 C for 24h in dark. BaCh solution was added (5.05 eq) to the solution to give immediate precipitation of Ba(104)2. The precipitate was filtered. Saturated Na2CO3 solution was added to adjust pH to 11.
Amphotericin B (343mg, 1.5 eq) was then added to solution and stirred at rt in dark for 48h. The pH of solution was maintained to be 11 by adding NaOH (0.1N) throughout the reaction. The solution was dialyzed at 4 C for 48 h using MWCO and lyophilized to give 1.03 g polymer-AmB conjugate 53 as a yellow = powder. The wt% of AmB is determined to be 18 using UV spectrometer at urn.
D. References Additional cyclodextrin-containing polymers that can be modified according to the teachings of the present invention, as well as methods of preparing.
such polymers, are disclosed in U.S. Patents 6,509,323; 7,091,192;
7,375,096; 7,166,302 and 7,018,609.
Claims (68)
1. A modified cyclodextrin ring, wherein exactly two hydroxyl moieties are substituted with an amino acid other than histidine.
2. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 1, wherein the two hydroxyl moieties are substituted with a nitrogen or sulfur atom of an amino acid.
3. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 1, wherein the amino acid is an alpha-amino acid.
4. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 3, wherein the amino acid is cysteine, tryptophan, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, lysine, or arginine.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein the amino acid is glutamic acid.
6. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 4, wherein the amino acid is cysteine.
7. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 5, wherein the cysteine is attached at the A and D positions of the cyclodextrin and wherein the two hydroxyl moieties are substituted with the sulfur atom of the cysteine.
8. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 5, wherein the cyclodextrin is betacyclodextrin and wherein the two hydroxyl moieties are substituted with the sulfur atom of the cysteine.
9. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 4, wherein the amino acid is a boc protected glutamic acid.
10. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 4, wherein the amino acid is included in an oligopeptide comprising 2 to 50 amino acid residues.
11. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 10, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2-30 amino acid residues.
12. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 11, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2-15 amino acid residues.
13. The modified cyclodextrin ring of claim 1, wherein the cyclodextrin is a [3-cyclodextrin.
14. A compound of the formula:
wherein is a cyclodextrin, wherein each AA independently comprises an amino acid other than histidine.
wherein is a cyclodextrin, wherein each AA independently comprises an amino acid other than histidine.
15. The compound of claim 14, wherein the amino acid is linked to the cyclodextrin via a nitrogen or a sulfur atom of the amino acid.
16. The compound of claim 14, wherein the amino acid is an alpha-amino acid.
17. The compound of claim 14, wherein the amino acid is selected from cysteine, tryptophan, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, lysine,or arginine.
18. The compound of claim 14, wherein the amino acid is glutamic acid.
19. The compound of claim 14, wherein the amino acid is a boc protected glutamic acid.
20. The compound of claim 17, wherein the amino acid is cysteine.
21. The compound of claim 14, wherein the amino acid is included in an oligopeptide comprising 2 to 50 amino acid residues.
22. The compound of claim 21, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2 to 30 amino acid residues.
23. The compound of claim 22, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2 to 15 amino acid residues.
24. The compound of claim 14, wherein is a .beta.-cyclodextrin.
25. The compound of claim 24, wherein is linked in an A, D
configuration.
configuration.
26. The compound of claim 14, wherein the compound is:
27. A compound of the formula:
wherein is a cyclodextrin, wherein each AA independently comprises an amino acid.
wherein is a cyclodextrin, wherein each AA independently comprises an amino acid.
28. The compound of claim 27, wherein the amino acid is linked to the cyclodextrin via a nitrogen or a sulfur atom of the amino acid.
29. The compound of claim 27, wherein the amino acid is an alpha-amino acid.
30. The compound of claim 27, wherein the amino acid is cysteine, tryptophan, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, lysine, arginine or histidine.
31. The compound of claim 27, wherein the amino acid is glutamic acid.
32. The compound of claim 27, wherein the amino acid is a boc protected glutamic acid.
33. The compound of claim 30, wherein the amino acid is cysteine.
34. The compound of claim 27, wherein the amino acid is included in an oligopeptide comprising 2 to 50 amino acid residues.
35. The compound of claim 34, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2 to 30 amino acid residues.
36. The compound of claim 35, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2 to 15 amino acid residues.
37. The compound of claim 27, wherein is a .beta.-cyclodextrin.
38. A compound of the formula:
wherein is a cyclodextrin, wherein each AA independently comprises an amino acid.
wherein is a cyclodextrin, wherein each AA independently comprises an amino acid.
39. The compound of claim 38, wherein the amino acid is linked to the cyclodextrin via a nitrogen or a sulfur atom of the amino acid.
40. The compound of claim 38, wherein the amino acid is an alpha-amino acid.
41. The compound of claim 38, wherein the amino acid is cysteine, tryptophan, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, lysine, arginine or histidine.
42. The compound of claim 38, wherein the amino acid is glutamic acid.
43. The compound of claim 38, wherein the amino acid is a boc protected glutamic acid.
44. The compound of claim 41, wherein the amino acid is cysteine.
45. The compound of claim 38, wherein the amino acid is included in an oligopeptide comprising 2 to 50 amino acid residues.
46. The compound of claim 38, wherein is a .beta.-cyclodextrin.
47. The compound of claim 45, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2 to 30 amino acid residues.
48. A compound of the formula:
wherein each AA independently comprises an amino acid.
wherein each AA independently comprises an amino acid.
49. The compound of claim 48, wherein the amino acid is linked to the cyclodextrin via a nitrogen or a sulfur atom of the amino acid.
50. The compound of claim 48, wherein the amino acid is an alpha-amino acid.
51. The compound of claim 48, wherein the amino acid is cysteine, tryptophan, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, lysine, arginine or histidine.
52. The compound of claim 48, wherein the amino acid is glutamic acid.
53. The compound of claim 48, wherein the amino acid is a boc protected glutamic acid.
54. The compound of claim 51, wherein the amino acid is cysteine.
55. The compound of claim 51, wherein the two hydroxyl moieties are substituted with the sulfur atom of the cysteine.
56. The compound of claim 55, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2 to 50 amino acid residues.
57. The compound of claim 56, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2 to 15 amino acid residues.
58. The compound of claim 48, wherein the amino acid is included in an oligopeptide comprising 2 to 50 amino acid residues.
59. The compound of claim 58, wherein the oligopeptide comprises 2 to 30 amino acid residues.
60. The compound of claim 48, wherein the compound is:
61. A salt of the modified cyclodextrin ring of any one of claims 1 to 13.
62. A salt of the compound of any one of claims 14 to 60.
63. A composition comprising the modified cyclodextrin ring of any one of claims 1 to 13 or a salt of the modified cyclodextrin ring of any one of claims 1 to 13 and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
64. A composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 14 to 60 or a salt of the compound of any one of claims 14 to 60 and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
65. A composition comprising the compound of claim 60 and a solvent.
66. The composition of claim 63, further comprising an activated monomer.
67. The composition of claim 64, further comprising an activated monomer.
68. The composition of claim 67, further comprising an activated ester.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CA2892003A CA2892003A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2003-09-04 | Modified cyclodextrin ring compounds having exactly two hydroxyl moieties substituted with an amino acid for therapeutics delivery |
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US40885502P | 2002-09-06 | 2002-09-06 | |
US60/408,855 | 2002-09-06 | ||
US42283002P | 2002-10-31 | 2002-10-31 | |
US60/422,830 | 2002-10-31 | ||
US45199803P | 2003-03-04 | 2003-03-04 | |
US60/451,998 | 2003-03-04 | ||
CA2497792A CA2497792C (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2003-09-04 | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2497792A Division CA2497792C (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2003-09-04 | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2892003A Division CA2892003A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2003-09-04 | Modified cyclodextrin ring compounds having exactly two hydroxyl moieties substituted with an amino acid for therapeutics delivery |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2818071A1 true CA2818071A1 (en) | 2004-03-18 |
CA2818071C CA2818071C (en) | 2015-08-18 |
Family
ID=35353386
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2892003A Abandoned CA2892003A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2003-09-04 | Modified cyclodextrin ring compounds having exactly two hydroxyl moieties substituted with an amino acid for therapeutics delivery |
CA2818071A Expired - Lifetime CA2818071C (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2003-09-04 | Modified cyclodextrin ring compounds having exactly two hydroxyl moieties substituted with an amino acid for therapeutics delivery |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2892003A Abandoned CA2892003A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2003-09-04 | Modified cyclodextrin ring compounds having exactly two hydroxyl moieties substituted with an amino acid for therapeutics delivery |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN1694728B (en) |
CA (2) | CA2892003A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA200501848B (en) |
Families Citing this family (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102516417B (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2014-12-10 | 天蓝制药公司 | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery |
US20080176958A1 (en) | 2007-01-24 | 2008-07-24 | Insert Therapeutics, Inc. | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery |
JP5597396B2 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2014-10-01 | ナノデックス株式会社 | Folic acid-modified cyclodextrin compound, method for producing the same, drug delivery agent for targeted drug delivery system, pharmaceutical composition and contrast agent |
US20120114658A1 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2012-05-10 | John Ryan | Treatment of cancer |
CN104208716A (en) * | 2009-11-23 | 2014-12-17 | 天蓝制药公司 | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutic delivery |
EP3566719A1 (en) * | 2010-05-18 | 2019-11-13 | Cerulean Pharma Inc. | Compositions and methods for treatment of autoimmune and other diseases |
CN102258788B (en) * | 2011-06-13 | 2012-11-07 | 南开大学 | Targeted transmission assembly of adriamycin anticancer medicine and preparation method thereof |
JP2015505559A (en) * | 2012-01-31 | 2015-02-23 | セルリアン・ファーマ・インコーポレイテッド | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutic agent delivery |
CN104244986B (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2016-11-16 | 浦项工科大学校产学协力团 | The drug delivery conjugate of realizing controlled-release and application thereof |
WO2014055493A1 (en) | 2012-10-02 | 2014-04-10 | Cerulean Pharma Inc. | Methods and systems for polymer precipitation and generation of particles |
US9285359B2 (en) * | 2013-08-09 | 2016-03-15 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Protein detection using modified cyclodextrins |
CN112675312B (en) * | 2020-12-30 | 2023-07-25 | 香港理工大学深圳研究院 | Brain-targeted nano delivery system and preparation method thereof |
CN113777100B (en) * | 2021-08-27 | 2022-11-01 | 厦门大学 | Quantitative substance controlled release system and method based on host-guest action |
CN113855799A (en) * | 2021-10-21 | 2021-12-31 | 天津市人民医院 | Application of combination of cideramide and rituximab in treatment of senile relapse refractory B cell lymphoma disease |
CN117645698B (en) * | 2024-01-29 | 2024-06-04 | 广东工业大学 | Amphiphilic 21-arm photosensitizer-prodrug star polymer and preparation method and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6509323B1 (en) * | 1998-07-01 | 2003-01-21 | California Institute Of Technology | Linear cyclodextrin copolymers |
-
2003
- 2003-09-04 CN CN038248298A patent/CN1694728B/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-09-04 CA CA2892003A patent/CA2892003A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2003-09-04 CA CA2818071A patent/CA2818071C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2005
- 2005-05-03 ZA ZA200501848A patent/ZA200501848B/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2892003A1 (en) | 2004-03-18 |
CA2818071C (en) | 2015-08-18 |
CN1694728A (en) | 2005-11-09 |
ZA200501848B (en) | 2006-06-28 |
CN1694728B (en) | 2011-12-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20210128516A1 (en) | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for delivering the therapeutic agents covalently bound thereto | |
ZA200501848B (en) | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for delivering the therapeutic agents covalently bound thereto | |
AU2012247051B2 (en) | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery | |
AU2013204984A1 (en) | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request |
Effective date: 20130606 |
|
EEER | Examination request |
Effective date: 20130606 |
|
MKEX | Expiry |
Effective date: 20230905 |